《DEITY》 INT. YOHEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - SCHOOLYARD- DAY The playground is a canvas of joy and youthful energy. Ha-Yoon, 6, sits atop the monkey bars, her legs swinging casually as she observes the scene below. The other children play, their laughter a gentle backdrop to the whispers of the breeze. The whispers of the other children reach her, their words about the mysterious towers piquing her interest. She''s heard of these structures from her parents, their voices low and tinged with urgency. But she keeps her thoughts to herself, focusing instead on the rhythmic sway of the swings and the soft rustle of leaves. Today, as she sat high on the monkey bars, the world of the schoolyard laid out before her like a battlefield, she noticed the 9-year-old Si-woo''s shoulders hunched, his books and lunchbox clutched tightly to his chest. The cruel jibes of the other children rained down upon him, a cacophony of words that stung like needles. Her heart tugged, a silent symphony of pity and anger. But she knew better than to interfere. Si-woo had his brother, and she had her studies. Besides, she had heard that Si-woo was strange, that he liked to bite things when anxious, and she didn''t want to get involved with someone who was already marked as an outcast. As she was about to swing down from her perch, her thoughts still on Si-woo, a bouncy voice cut through the air. "Hey, Ha-Yoon! Wanna play tag?" It was her classmate, Min-joo, her cheeks flushed with excitement. Min-joo''s eyes sparkled with joy, the kind that could convince even the most stoic statue to crack a smile. The promise of fun was too tempting to resist. She nodded and swung down, landing with a thud on the packed earth. The game abruptly ended, and the children, panting and smiling, lined up to enter the school. Ha-Yoon took one last look at Si-woo, who was still standing there, looking down, before she joined the river of children flowing into the classroom. The classroom, a bastion of order amidst the chaos of playtime, is a sharp contrast to the schoolyard. Ha-Yoon''s desk is at the front, her hands folded neatly on the surface as Mr. Yuu, a gentle giant of a man with a warm smile, writes on the chalkboard. The children, now seated, watch him with rapt attention. Mr. YUU (turning to face the class) Alright, class. Who can tell me about the human body''s circulatory system? The room buzzes with excitement as hands shoot up. Ha-Yoon, her mind racing, raises her hand. Mr. Yuu nods in her direction. HA-YOON (confidently) The circulatory system is like a road map for our blood. It''s made up of the heart, arteries, veins, and capillaries. The heart is like the central station, pumping blood to the rest of the body. Arteries are like the big highways that carry oxygen-rich blood away from the heart, and veins are the smaller streets that bring the oxygen-poor blood back. Capillaries are the tiny alleys where the exchange happens, like little markets where oxygen and nutrients get picked up and waste gets dropped off. Mr. YUU (smiling) Very good, Ha-Yoon. Your father is a doctor, isn''t he? The class nods collectively, a murmur of agreement passing through them. Ha-Yoon feels a swell of pride, her cheeks tinting pink. The cafeteria is a cacophony of clanking trays and chattering children. Ha-Yoon sits with her friends, her tray filled with a steaming bowl of rice and various side dishes. They discuss the morning''s lesson, their voices a mix of excitement and curiosity. MIN-JOO (cheerfully) Did you hear what Mrs. Jim said? There''s going to be a science fair next month! We should totally make something together, Ha-Yoon. You''re so smart! HA-YOON (smiling shyly) Maybe. But we need to think of something really amazing. MIN-JOO (excitedly) How about we build a model of the human body? You could totally teach us all about it! If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. The group of friends giggles and nods, their eyes lighting up with excitement at the prospect. The bell rings, signaling the end of lunch and the start of the science assembly. The children, their laughter now a distant memory, file out of the cafeteria, their footsteps echoing down the hallways like a herd of tiny elephants. The children stream into the assembly hall, their voices a murmur of excitement. Si-woo lingers at the back, his lunchbox a silent companion amidst the sea of chatter. Jung-ho, the bully, stands with his group of friends, his eyes scanning the room for his next target. Mrs. Kim, the science teacher, stands at the front, her hands fluttering over a table laden with scientific paraphernalia. The room falls silent as the children settle onto the floor, cross-legged and eager. MRS. KIM (clapping her hands) Welcome, young scientists! Today, we''re going to explore the wonders of chemistry with a bubbly surprise! The children lean in, their eyes wide with excitement. Jung-ho and his friends exchange knowing smirks, their attention fixed on Si-woo. Mrs. Kim mixes vinegar and baking soda in a beaker, her movements precise and deliberate. The room seems to hold its breath as the mixture fizzes and froths. MRS. KIM (dramatically) And now, for the grand finale... She pours the bubbling mixture into a small plastic volcano, its mouth painted a vibrant shade of red. The children''s eyes follow the stream of fizz, their whispers hushed in anticipation. Mrs. KIM (proudly) Look at the reaction! It''s like a volcano erupting before our very eyes! The children gasped as the volcano spews a plume of foam into the air, the room erupting into applause. Si-woo''s cheeks burn with a mix of embarrassment and anger as he notices Jung-ho''s group still staring at him, their laughter a cruel echo in his ears. Mrs. Kim''s eyes scan the room, her smile faltering as she sees Si-woo''s plight. She quickly recovers, turning the attention back to the science at hand. MRS. KIM (chuckling) Ah, it seems our little volcano has had enough for today. Now, who can tell me what happened here? The room falls silent, all eyes on Si-woo. He takes a deep breath, the scent of sulfur lingering from the experiment mixing with the anticipation in the air. SI-WOO (voice quivering) Vinegar is an acid, and baking soda is a base. When they mix, they cause a chemical reaction that produces carbon dioxide gas. That''s what makes the bubbles and the foam. The room holds its breath, the only sound the faint hiss of the volcano''s final gurgles. Mrs. Kim''s eyes light up with understanding, and she nods encouragingly at Si-woo. MRS. KIM (beaming) That''s right, Si-woo! You''ve been paying attention. Would you like to come up here and join me? Maybe you can help me with the next experiment. Si-woo''s heart races as he looks up at Mrs. Kim, then over at Jung-ho, whose smug expression falters. With a deep breath, he stands and makes his way to the front, the lunchbox still clutched in his hand. Si-woo''s legs feel like jelly as he approaches Mrs. Kim, but he refuses to let Jung-ho''s mocking gaze break his stride. He stands beside her, the table between them a barricade of knowledge and courage. MRS. KIM (softly) Now, let''s show everyone what happens when we mix these two substances. Si-woo''s hands shake slightly as he carefully pours the vinegar into a jar filled with baking soda. The reaction is instant, the jar overflowing with a frothy, colorful concoction. The children ooh and aah, their faces a picture of wonder. MRS. KIM (to the class) See? Just like that, we''ve created a simple chemical reaction. It''s not so scary when you know what''s happening, right? (to Si-woo) Good job, Si-woo. You have a natural talent for this. The room erupts in applause, the sound washing over Si-woo like a warm embrace. Jung-ho''s smirk fades, replaced by a look of surprise and begrudging respect. MRS. KIM (to the class) Alright, everyone. Remember what you''ve learned today and maybe you''ll find the bravery to face your own volcanos. Now, let''s clean up and get back to class. The children begin to gather their things, the assembly coming to a close. Jung-ho and his friends watch Si-woo with a newfound wariness, their earlier malice now tinged with something else. As the room clears, Mrs. Kim gently places a hand on Si-woo''s shoulder. MRS. KIM (whispering) You did well up there. Don''t let anyone ever make you feel small for being smart. Si-woo nods, his eyes glistening with unshed tears, and she gives him a comforting smile before walking away. He collects his lunchbox, feeling a strange mix of pride and dread in his chest. The corridor is almost empty as Si-woo makes his way back to class, the echo of his footsteps a lonely rhythm in the otherwise silent space. As he turns the corner, Jung-ho and his friends emerge from a nearby classroom, their eyes locking onto him like predators spotting prey. Jung-ho''s smile is cold, his friends'' grins wicked. JUNG-HO Look who thinks he''s all that now. The group strides towards Si-woo, blocking his path. His heart sinks, the applause from the assembly hall now a distant memory. INT. YOHEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - OUTSIDE THE SCHOOL - CONTINUOUS The rain has started to fall, the droplets tapping against the windows as Si-woo gathers his books, his thoughts racing. The bell rings, signaling the end of the school day. He takes a deep breath and steps into the storm, his heart pounding in his chest. The schoolyard is a battleground of puddles and splashing feet. Children scatter in all directions, racing for the shelter of their homes, the excitement of the assembly forgotten. The air is thick with the scent of rain and the promise of a tempest. Si-woo''s eyes dart around the schoolyard, searching for a safe path home. His stomach turns at the sight of Jung-ho and his friends huddled under a tree, their eyes glinting with malice as they spot him. He knows what''s coming. He''s faced it before. But today feels different. Jung-ho breaks away from his group, his sneakers squelching in the wet earth as he approaches Si-woo. Rain plasters his hair to his forehead, a warrior''s mane before the battle. His friends follow, their laughter a chilling symphony. JUNG-HO (sneering) Looks like the little genius had a taste of victory today. Si-woo''s grip tightens on his lunchbox, the warmth of the food inside a sharp difference to the cold dread seeping through his veins. He tries to keep his chin up, to stand tall like Ye-jun had taught him. SI-WOO (swallows hard) What do you want, Jung-ho? JUNG-HO (spits) I want to show you that no matter how much you think you know, you''re still a BITCH! and didn¡¯t we tell you last time to stop dyeing your hair pink? The first blow is swift, a fist connecting with Si-woo''s nose. He stumbles backward, his eyes watering with pain. The rain mingles with the blood that starts to trickle down his face. The rain intensifies, the droplets striking the ground with a ferocity that matches the boys'' fight. Jung-ho''s fists fly like the wind, driven by his anger and the need to prove his dominance. Si-woo''s arms are up in a feeble attempt to protect himself, his eyes darting around for a way out. JUNG-HO (laughing) You think you''re so smart? You''re just a weak little nerd you wannabe bitch! SI-WOO (panting) I''m not... I''m not scared of you. Jung-ho''s friends circle around, their eyes glinting with excitement. They egg Jung-ho on, their words lost in the roar of the rain. JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 1 (yelling) Show him who''s boss! JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 2 (laughing) Yeah, make him beg! Jung-ho''s fists land again and again, each hit more painful than the last. Si-woo''s breath comes in ragged gasps, his body bruised and battered. Suddenly, a flash of lightning pierces the gloom, illuminating the scene in stark relief. For a moment, the world stands still, and in that moment, something within Si-woo shifts. He thinks of Ye-jun, his brother''s strong arms wrapping around him in comfort, his voice a gentle reassurance. "You''re not weak, Si-woo. You''re just not a fighter yet." With a surge of determination, Si-woo drops the lunchbox and takes a defensive stance, remembering the lessons Ye-jun had taught him. He ducks under Jung-ho''s next swing, narrowly avoiding another blow. SI-WOO (yelling over the storm) I''m not weak! I won''t let you do this anymore! The rain beats down on them, a relentless rhythm that seems to fuel Si-woo''s newfound courage. He throws a punch, catching Jung-ho off guard. The bully stumbles back, his eyes widening in shock. JUNG-HO (enraged) You hit me? You little... Jung-ho charges, but Si-woo is ready. He sidesteps and delivers another blow, this one connecting with Jung-ho''s stomach. Jung-ho doubles over, the wind knocked out of him. The other bullies hesitate, their laughter dying in their throats as they see Jung-ho falter. Jung-ho''s eyes flicker with surprise, then fury. He straightens up, wiping the rain from his face. His friends exchange nervous glances, unsure of what to do. JUNG-HO (wheezing) You''ll regret that, Si-woo. But Si-woo''s fear has transformed into something else. Something stronger. His eyes burn with a fierce determination that even the rain can''t extinguish. SI-WOO (defiantly) I''m not scared of you anymore. Jung-ho charges again, but Si-woo is nimble, dodging the brunt of the attack. He throws a series of jabs, each one connecting with a satisfying thwack. Jung-ho''s friends inch back, their confidence wavering. JUNG-HO (angrily) This isn''t over! He swings wildly, but Si-woo''s newfound agility allows him to dodge and weave. With each hit he lands, Si-woo feels a piece of the weight he''s been carrying lift from his shoulders. The rain soaks his clothes, turning them into a second skin that clings to his newfound strength. The other children, drawn by the commotion, begin to gather around the fight, their whispers a hushed crescendo. SI-WOO (shouting) Leave me alone! The storm outside mirrors the tempest in Si-woo''s soul, the thunder drowning out his cries. Jung-ho''s eyes are wild with rage, his fists a blur of motion. But Si-woo''s movements are more deliberate now, each step and punch calculated. The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings. JUNG-HO (snarling) You think you can beat me? The crowd of children gasps as Jung-ho''s friends, emboldened by their leader''s rage, jump into the fray. They surround Si-woo, fists and feet flying. He tries to dodge, but they''re too many, too fast. The storm''s intensity matches the chaos of the fight. JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 1 (laughing maniacally) You think you can take us all on? Si-woo''s legs tremble, his eyes darting in every direction. The rain blurs his vision, mixing with the tears of pain and fear. His mind races, searching for a way out, a glimpse of the brotherly wisdom Ye-jun had imparted. JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 2 (panting) You''re going to regret this, nerd! The circle of bullies tightens, their faces twisted with the desire to crush Si-woo''s newfound courage. He stumbles, and Jung-ho''s friends pounce like a pack of hungry wolves. Si-woo hits the ground hard, the rain bouncing off his back as fists and feet rain down on him. The pain is a symphony of agony, each blow a discordant note that threatens to drown out his thoughts. SI-WOO (whispering) Ye-jun... In the cacophony of the storm and the fight, Si-woo hears his brother''s voice, a memory from their training sessions.Ye-jun''s voice echoed in his mind, the memory of their training sessions flooding back. "Keep your chin down, eyes up," his brother had said, his own eyes serious as he demonstrated the stance. "Always be ready to dodge, to deflect." The words became a mantra, a beacon of hope in the storm of pain. Remember, Si-woo, strength isn''t just in your muscles. It''s in your heart and your mind. The sound of Ye-jun''s voice echoes in Si-woo''s head, giving him a moment of clarity amidst the chaos. He takes a deep breath, tasting the rainwater and the metallic tang of blood in his mouth. SI-WOO (screams) Leave me alone! With a sudden burst of adrenaline, Si-woo manages to break free from their grasp, rolling away from the barrage of fists and feet. He scrambles to his feet, his body a canvas of bruises and determination. JUNG-HO (panting) You''re going to pay for that! The bullies regroup, their eyes filled with the frenzy of the hunt. Jung-ho''s hand closes around a loose rock, his knuckles white with rage. SI-WOO (panting) You... you can''t do this to me! As Jung-ho lifts the rock, ready to hurl it at Si-woo, a bolt of lightning cracks through the sky, illuminating the scene with a blinding flash. The thunder that follows seems to shake the very ground beneath them. JUNG-HO (laughing) Looks like the heavens are on my side today! He turns back to Si-woo, who''s now on his hands and knees, gasping for breath. Jung-ho''s friends, emboldened by the fear in Si-woo''s eyes, leap at him like a pack of ravenous dogs. SI-WOO (desperately) Please... stop! Jung-ho''s arm cocks back, ready to throw the rock, but the earth beneath them trembles violently. The tremor sends everyone stumbling, the ground groaning in protest. Jung-ho''s arm falters, the rock slipping from his grasp. The tremor subsides, leaving the children panting and off-balance. Jung-ho''s friends look around in confusion, their eyes wide with fear. The air is thick with the scent of ozone and the promise of more rain. JUNG-HO (sneering) What was that? SI-WOO (still on the ground) I don''t know... JUNG-HO (aggravated) Who the hell was talking to you? The tremor had been a common and not entirely unexpected event in Yohen, a town built on the cusp of a dormant volcanic valley. The tremors had become more frequent, a whisper of the earth''s power growing restless beneath them. JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 1 (frightened) Let''s go, Jung-ho. Maybe it''s a sign. JUNG-HO (snarling) He glares at his friends, his eyes burning with defiance. JUNG-HO (shouting over the rain) I''m not running scared like a bunch of pussies! Jung-ho''s bravado is met with hesitant nods from his friends, their earlier excitement now diluted with fear. They exchange nervous glances, the tremor a stark reminder of the precarious world they live in. JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 2 (swallows hard) But, Jung-ho... the tremors... JUNG-HO (interrupts) I said we''re not going anywhere! Si-woo, still on the ground, uses the distraction to crawl away from the group. Each movement sends waves of pain through his body, but he knows he has to escape before they turn their attention back to him. The rain beats down on him as he drags himself across the wet asphalt, leaving a trail of blood and hope behind him. The tremor has shaken the earth, but not Jung-ho''s resolve to maintain his dominance. JUNG-HO (to his friends) You see that? He''s trying to run again! The bullies start to move towards Si-woo, but another tremor hits, more intense than the first. The ground shakes more violently, and the children stumble, their cries of fear swallowed by the thunder. JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 1 (panicking) Jung-ho, let''s go! This isn''t normal! Jung-ho''s eyes flicker with uncertainty, but his pride won''t let him back down. He takes a step towards Si-woo, the rock now forgotten. JUNG-HO (shouting) You think this scares me? I''m not like you, Si-woo! The tremors cease as abruptly as they began, leaving an eerie silence in their wake. The rain continues to pummel the ground, the droplets a rhythmic drumbeat of tension. Si-woo''s vision swims as he tries to stand, his legs wobbly beneath him. The tremor has bought him a moment''s reprieve, but the storm in Jung-ho''s eyes shows no sign of abating. SI-WOO (desperately) Please... Jung-ho... stop. Jung-ho''s fist connects with Si-woo''s jaw, the impact sending him sprawling into the mud. The world spins, a kaleidoscope of pain and rain. JUNG-HO (triumphant) You''re not so tough now, are you? The tremor hits again, more intense than before. The children scream, the sound piercing the storm''s fury. The ground beneath them rumbles like an angry beast, and the schoolyard seems to come alive with the tremors. Jung-ho''s friends grab onto each other, their fear palpable. JUNG-HO''S FRIEND 2 (terrified) We have to go! Now! Jung-ho glances around, his face contorted with a mix of anger and fear. He kicks Si-woo once more before turning to his friends. JUNG-HO (snarling) Fine. But this isn''t over. With that, Jung-ho and his friends scatter, leaving Si-woo alone in the rain-soaked schoolyard. The tremors have ceased, but the ground still feels unsteady beneath him. He struggles to get up, his body protesting with every movement. The rain is a relentless assault, washing away the tears and blood that stain Si-woo''s face. He blinks rapidly, trying to clear his vision, his mind racing with fear and pain. He''s barely aware of the children running for cover, the schoolyard emptying around him. SI-WOO (whispers to himself) Home... I need to get home. With a Herculean effort, Si-woo manages to stand, his legs threatening to give out at any moment. He stumbles away from the scene of the fight, each step a battle against the pain and the rain. The schoolyard blurs into a kaleidoscope of pain and rain. The world tilts on its axis, and suddenly everything goes black. ¡­ When Si-woo comes to, he''s lying on his back, the rain pummeling his face. He coughs, tasting mud and blood, and pushes himself up to his elbows. His head spins, and he retches, but nothing comes out. SI-WOO (weakly) Home... The word is a prayer, a promise to himself that he''ll find the strength to keep going. His eyes scan the deserted schoolyard, the puddles reflecting the grey sky above. He struggles to his feet, swaying like a drunkard. The rain hammers down, a cruel reminder of the storm Si-woo has just faced. He stumbles through the schoolyard, his vision swimming with pain and fatigue. Each step is a victory, each breath a battle. The schoolyard is now a blur of colors, the buildings leaning in as if whispering dark secrets about the earth''s unrest. Si-woo''s house comes into view, a beacon of warmth and safety amidst the cold, unforgiving rain. He drags himself through the gate, his teeth chattering. Each step closer feels like a mile conquered. INT. SI-WOOS HOUSE - LIVING ROOM - CONTINUOUS The door to the house opens, and Si-woo steps inside, his body trembling. He leans against the wall next to one of his brothers many paintings, listening for any sign of his mother. The TV''s laugh track pierces the silence, and he breathes a sigh of relief. Si-woo shuts the door quietly, the warmth of the house wrapping around him like a comforting blanket. He takes a moment to gather himself, the pain in his ribs and jaw a constant, pulsing reminder of the fight. He hears his mother''s laughter from the living room, and his heart swells with a mix of love and guilt. He can''t bear the thought of her seeing him like this. Si-woo slowly climbs the stairs, each step sending a jolt of pain through his bruised body. His mother''s laughter from the living room grows fainter as he ascends, the TV''s chatter a distant echo. Si-woo reaches the top of the stairs, his breaths shallow and quick. He limps down the hallway, the floorboards groaning beneath his weight. His hand shakes as he reaches for the bathroom door, the pain in his side a constant throb. Si-woo stumbles into the bathroom, his vision blurring from the pain. He turns the shower knob with trembling hands, the sound of water a symphony of relief in the quiet room. The shower comes to life, spraying warm water onto the tiles. Si-woo peels off his wet clothes, each layer revealing more bruises and scrapes. He steps under the spray, the heat enveloping him like a warm embrace. He closes his eyes, letting the water cascade over his bruised and bloodied body. The water runs hot over Si-woo''s injuries, mixing with the rainwater to form rivulets of red and clear that swirl down the drain. He gasps as the heat meets the bruises, but it''s a pain he''ll endure for the sake of the comfort it brings. His breathing slows, matching the rhythm of the rain outside. The warmth of the shower starts to soothe Si-woo''s bruised muscles, and he sags against the wall, letting the water wash over him. He opens his eyes to find the bathroom mirror fogged up, obscuring his reflection. SI-WOO (whispers) I can''t let them win. The water runs cold now, the steam dissipating into the air. Si-woo turns off the shower and steps out, his body shivering from the sudden chill. He wraps a towel around his waist, the fabric sticking to his skin. The chilly air hits Si-woo''s wet skin, making him shiver as he reaches for his mother''s makeup kit. He opens the cabinet with a soft creak, careful not to disturb the quiet of the house. SI-WOO (whispers to himself) I have to hide this. He opens the makeup kit, the scent of his mother''s perfume wafting up to mingle with the dampness of the room. His hand shakes as he selects a bottle of foundation, a shiver running down his spine, he takes them to his room. Wrapped in a towel, Si-woo limps into his bedroom and passes martial art trophies Ye-jun won, the floor cold against his bruised feet. Setting down the makeup kit on his desk, He opens his closet and pulls out a fresh set of clothes, laying them on the bed with trembling hands. Si-woo dresses with painstaking care, each movement sending shockwaves through his bruised body. He winces as he pulls a shirt over his head, the fabric brushing against his injuries. Si-woo examines his bruised and bloodied reflection in the mirror on top of his desk. He takes a deep breath and opens his mother''s makeup kit, his heart racing as he attempts to conceal his injuries. Si-woo''s hand shakes as he applies the makeup, dabbing at the dark bruises with gentle strokes of the sponge. The foundation is too light, but it''ll have to do. He doesn''t want to raise any suspicion. SI-WOO (whispers) Just a little more... He blots his skin with a tissue, the crimson marks fading beneath the thick layer of concealer. His eyes are rings of darkness, but he covers them with a gentle hand, applying a light dusting of powder. He tries to smile, but it comes out as a grimace. With his face now a mask of concealed pain, Si-woo gathers his strength and heads back downstairs. The aroma of dinner fills the house, a comforting embrace that wraps around him as he descends. Si-woo steps into the living room, the warm light and comforting aroma of his mother''s cooking wrapping around him. His mother, MRS. PARK, is at the stove, her back to him, stirring a bubbling pot of stew. She''s humming a tune, lost in her own world. Unauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings.MRS. PARK (turns around) Ah, Si-woo, you''re back. How was your- Her eyes widen when she sees his bruised and swollen face, the makeup barely concealing the damage. The spoon clatters to the floor, the stew forgotten. MRS. PARK (alarmed) Si-woo! What happened? Si-woo''s heart skips a beat as he tries to come up with a believable excuse. The lie is on the tip of his tongue, but the sight of his mother''s concerned face cracks his resolve. SI-WOO (swallows hard) I... fell down. The words hang in the air, a feeble shield against the storm of emotions on his mother''s face. Mrs. Park''s eyes searched his, a silent plea for the truth. But she knew better than to push him. MRS. PARK (softly) Okay, my love. If that''s what you want to say. Her gaze holds his for a moment longer, filled with an unspoken understanding. She turns back to the stove, her movements careful, as if she''s afraid any sudden action might shatter the fragile calm in the room. MRS. PARK (continuing to cook) Dinner will be ready soon. You should sit down and rest. Si-woo nods, his eyes stinging with ready tears. He sluggishly makes his way to the dinner table, each step echoing in the quiet kitchen. He sits, the chair creaking beneath him, and watches his mother''s reflection in the kitchen window. Her back is a wall of unspoken words, a fortress of worry and love. Mrs. Park sets the table with quiet efficiency, her eyes occasionally flickering to Si-woo''s reflection in the window. His gaze is fixed on the rain, the droplets racing down the glass like tiny rivers of regret. MRS. PARK (concerned) Are you sure you''re okay, Si-woo? Si-woo nods, the lie feeling heavier with each question. The TV''s volume rises slightly, filling the room with the sound of a cooking show, a stark contrast to the tension simmering between them. SI-WOO (weak smile) I''m fine, Mom. It''s just a little fall. Mrs. Park''s eyes never leave him as she sets the final plate on the table. The rain outside seems to mirror the unspoken words between them, a constant reminder of the pain that Si-woo is trying to keep hidden. The TV''s chatter fades into the background as Mrs. Park sits opposite Si-woo, her eyes never leaving his face. The steaming pot of stew sits between them, a silent sentinel of their unspoken truths. MRS. PARK (voice tight) You know you can tell me anything, Si-woo. SI-WOO (swallows hard) It''s nothing, Mom. Just kids being kids. The lie feels like a knife twisting in his gut, but he can''t bear to tell her the truth. Not yet. MRS. PARK (nods slowly) Okay. But if you ever need help... Her voice trails off, the weight of her words heavy in the air. Si-woo nods again, the lump in his throat making it hard to speak. The sound of the front door opening echoes through the house. Ye-jun, Si-woo''s older brother, steps into the hallway, his eyes immediately drawn to the kitchen. He''s soaked from the rain, his school bag slung over one shoulder. YE-JUN (surprised) Si-woo? What happened? Mrs. Park turns, her expression a mix of relief and fear as she sees Ye-jun. She opens her mouth to speak, but no words come out. Ye-jun walks in, his eyes scanning Si-woo''s bruised form. He sets his bag down with a thump and takes a step towards his brother. YE-JUN (concerned) Tell me the truth. Who did this? Si-woo''s gaze flickers to his mother, then back to Ye-jun. The silence is deafening. SI-WOO (whispers) Jung-ho and his friends. Ye-jun''s eyes darken, his fists clenching at his sides. He turns to Mrs. Park. YE-JUN (to Mrs. Park) Mom, I''ll handle this. Mrs. Park''s eyes are filled with a mix of fear and pride as she looks at her oldest son. She knows the fierce loyalty Ye-jun feels towards Si-woo, but she also knows the dangers of letting anger lead the way. MRS. PARK (softly) Be careful, Ye-jun. Remember what I''ve always told you. Ye-jun nods, his jaw set. He turns to Si-woo, his eyes searching his younger brother''s battered face. YE-JUN (Serious) You don''t have to deal with this alone anymore. Si-woo''s eyes fill with a mix of gratitude and dread. He doesn''t want his brother to get involved, but the fear that has been his constant companion feels a little less oppressive with Ye-jun by his side. The three of them sit around the small dining table, the rain''s patter providing a rhythmic score to their silent meal. Mrs. Park serves the steaming dumplings, her eyes never leaving Si-woo''s. MRS. PARK (forced smile) Eat up, Si-woo. You must be starving. Si-woo nods obediently, taking a dumpling with his chopsticks. The warmth of the food does little to dispel the chill in his heart. He chews slowly, the silence stretching out like a tightrope. YE-JUN (firmly) You don''t have to be the strong one all the time, Si-woo. Si-woo looks up, his eyes meeting Ye-jun''s, and sees the fiery determination in his brother''s gaze. The weight of his burden feels lighter, just for a moment. The three of them sat down to dinner, the sound of their chopsticks the only conversation in the otherwise quiet room. The dumplings, once a symbol of comfort, now felt like lead in Si-woo''s stomach. He picked at them half-heartedly, the rain outside a backdrop to his somber thoughts. His mother''s eyes searched his, but she said nothing more, understanding that sometimes, words could only do so much. The stairs seem to stretch on forever, each step a testament to Si-woo''s willpower. He leans heavily on the banister, the wood digging into his palm as he pulls himself upwards. His eyes are on the prize: the soft glow of his bedroom light, beckoning him to rest. Si-woo opens the door to his room, the soft glow of his nightlight the only source of comfort in the darkness. His books, once a source of escape, now seem to loom over him. He collapses onto his bed, the mattress sighing under his weight. He lies there for a moment, the rain outside lulling him into a false sense of peace. Then, with a grimace, sits up and reaches for the book on the nightstand. SI-WOO (whispers) I won''t let them win. The book is about a young hero facing his fears, a story that mirrors his own. He opens it to the bookmarked page, his eyes scanning the words as if they hold the answer to his troubles. The story within the pages seems to pulse with the rhythm of his own heart. He sleeps. INT. HA-YOONS HOUSE - KITCHEN - THE NEXT MORNING The smell of freshly brewed coffee fills the air as Ha-Yoon''s mother, MRS. HU, sets the table for breakfast. Ha-Yoon enters, still in her pajamas, her hair a wild mess from sleep. She looks out the window, the same eerie sense of foreboding from the day before lingering in the air. MRS. HU (hands Ha-Yoon a cup of coffee) You okay, sweetie? You look a bit pale. HA-YOON (nods, taking the coffee) Just a weird feeling. Like something''s off. Mrs. HU''s gaze lingers on Ha-Yoon, her eyes filled with a mother''s intuition. She knows her daughter too well to dismiss her fears as mere nonsense. MRS. HU (concerned) Are you sure you don''t want to stay home today? HA-YOON (shakes her head) No, I''ll be fine. Just a bit shaken from the tremors, I guess. Mrs. HU nods, her hand briefly touching Ha-Yoon''s cheek before returning to the breakfast preparations. The door opens, and Ha-Yoon''s father, MR. HU, steps in, his doctor''s coat already donned. He looks tired, the shadows under his eyes speaking of a long night at the hospital. MR. HU (kisses Mrs. HU on the cheek) I''m off. Mrs. HU nods, her eyes following him as he grabs his umbrella and heads out into the misty morning. The door closes with a soft click, leaving Ha-Yoon and her mother alone in the quiet house. Mrs. HU sighs, her eyes lingering on the spot where her husband once stood. Ha-Yoon notices the worry lines etched into her mother''s face, a silent testament to the unspoken tension that''s been growing between them. HA-YOON (swallows her fear) I''ll be okay, Mom. Promise. Mrs. HU nods, forcing a smile as she pours Ha-Yoon a bowl of porridge. Ha-Yoon takes it gratefully, the warmth of the food seeping into her cold hands. She scarfs it down, the comforting taste of home a fleeting reprieve from the dread that lingers in her stomach. With a final glance at her mother, Ha-Yoon bolts up the stairs, her bare feet slapping against the cold wooden floor. She flings open her bedroom door, the room a disaster zone of discarded clothes and textbooks. Her eyes scan the chaos, searching for something to wear that won''t scream ''disaster''. She grabs a clean uniform from the back of her closet, the fabric whispering a promise of normalcy. Her hands shake as she pulls on her uniform, the fabric feeling stiff and unyielding against her skin. The rain patters against the window, a reminder of the tumultuous day that awaits her. The clock on the wall ticks away, each second a warning that she''s running out of time. Ha-Yoon''s heart races as she buttons her shirt, her thoughts a whirlwind of what-ifs and fears. HA-YOON (whispers to herself) I have to go. With a deep breath, she ties her hair into a ponytail, the elastic snapping against her skull. She grabs her backpack, the weight of her books a reminder of the escape she''s leaving behind. The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. Ha-Yoon rushes down the stairs, her school shoes squeaking against the floor. She pauses at the door, her hand hovering over the handle. MRS. HU (from the kitchen) Remember, Ha-Yoon. Be careful. Her mother''s voice is a gentle push, a reminder that she''s not alone in this. Ha-Yoon nods, steeling herself for what''s to come. HA-YOON (turns back, smiles bravely) I will, Mom. The door opens, and Ha-Yoon steps out into the grey morning, the rain a light mist that kisses her skin. She pulls her hoodie up, the fabric sticking to her damp forehead. The room is bathed in early morning light, the curtains fluttering slightly with the breeze. Si-woo''s mother, MRS. PARK, sits on the edge of his bed, her hand on his forehead, checking for fever. MRS. PARK (whispers) You''re not going to school today, Si-woo. You''re not well. SI-WOO (weakly) But... brother... Mrs. Park''s gaze is firm, but her voice is filled with a gentle resolve. MRS. PARK (softly) Ye-jun can handle himself. You need to rest and heal. Si-woo nods, his eyes drooping with exhaustion. He watches as his mother pulls the blankets up to his chin, her touch a silent promise of protection. The house begins to stir as Ye-jun gets ready for school, his footsteps a reminder of the battle Si-woo is about to face without him. The sound of the shower echoes through the walls, a symphony of his brother''s preparation. The sound of the shower turns off, and Ye-jun emerges from the bathroom, towel around his waist, water droplets still clinging to his skin. He notices Si-woo''s door ajar and walks over, a look of concern etched on his face. YE-JUN (whispers) You okay, Si-woo? SI-WOO (weakly) Yeah... just tired. Ye-jun steps into the room, his eyes sweeping over Si-woo''s bruised form. He opens his mouth to speak, but Si-woo cuts him off. SI-WOO (swallows hard) I''m sorry, Ye-jun. It''s all my fault. YE-JUN (firmly) Don''t say that. It''s not your fault. You didn''t ask for this. Ye-jun walks over to Si-woo''s bed, his eyes filled with a fierce protectiveness. He sits down next to him, his weight causing the mattress to dip slightly. YE-JUN (softly) You don''t have to deal with this alone anymore. I''ll talk to the teachers, to the principal, to anyone who''ll listen. Si-woo''s eyes widen, a spark of hope igniting within him. He nods, his voice a mere whisper. SI-WOO (nods) But don''t fight them. Please. Ye-jun''s expression tightens, but he nods in understanding. He leans in, pressing a gentle kiss to Si-woo''s forehead. YE-JUN (promises) I''ll be careful. But I won''t let them get away with this. The room fills with a heavy silence, the only sound of the rain''s steady beat against the window. Ye-jun''s hand rests on Si-woo''s shoulder, a silent pledge of solidarity. Ye-jun stands, his hand lingering on Si-woo''s shoulder for a moment longer before he turns and leaves the room. The door clicks shut, leaving Si-woo alone with his thoughts. Si-woo lies there, listening to the rain''s lullaby, his mind racing with the events of the previous day. The tremors, the fight, the look on Jung-ho''s face when he realized the tremors were real and not just a ploy to escape. ¡­ Mrs. Park''s soft footsteps approach, the scent of homemade soup wafting through the crack in the door. Si-woo''s stomach growls, a traitorous betrayal of his anxiety. MRS. PARK (whispers) Lunch is ready, Si-woo. Si-woo forces himself to sit up, his body a symphony of protests. He takes the tray from her, the warmth of the food a clear difference to the coldness he feels inside. SI-WOO (swallows hard) Thank you, Mom. Mrs. Park sets the tray down on the bedside table, her eyes filled with a mix of love and sadness. MRS. PARK (softly) Rest, my love. I''ll be downstairs if you need anything. With a gentle pat on his back, she leaves the room, closing the door behind her. The click of the door echoes through the silence, leaving Si-woo with nothing but the rain''s serenade. Si-woo takes a tentative spoonful of the soup, the warmth spreading through his body like a much-needed balm. The TV in the corner of his room flickers to life, the news broadcasting images of the city in chaos. INT.-SI-WOOS HOUSE-BEDROOM NEWS REPORTER (O.S.) ...unexplained earthquakes have been reported across the city, with no signs of letting up. Scientists are baffled by the sudden... The newscast''s urgent tone cuts through the quiet, the images of destruction on the TV sending a shiver down Si-woo''s spine. He sets the spoon down, his appetite forgotten. SI-WOO (whispers) What''s happening? The room starts to tremble, the walls pulsing in time with his racing heart. The TV wobbles on its stand, the picture flickering with the intensity of the tremors. SI-WOO (shouts) Mom! Mrs. Park rushes in, her eyes wide with fear. MRS. PARK (panicked) Hold on, Si-woo! It''s another earthquake! The house groans around them, the floor buckling like a ship in a storm. Si-woo clutches the bed frame, his knuckles white. The tremors grow stronger, the very foundation of their home seemingly crumbling beneath them. The TV topples, the screen shattering into a spiderweb of cracks. MRS. PARK (screams) Si-woo! The floor gives way, sending Mrs. Park tumbling towards the door. Si-woo lunges, his hand grasping hers just as the world outside their window lights up with an unearthly glow. The room is bathed in a pulsating blue light, the sound of a monstrous roar drowning out the news broadcast. The house shakes violently, plaster raining down like confetti. SI-WOO (choking on fear) What is that? Mrs. Park''s eyes are glued to the window, her grip on Si-woo''s hand unyielding. MRS. PARK (shaky) I don''t know, but we need to get to the basement. Now! They stumble out of the bedroom, the hallway a nightmare of shaking walls and swaying lights. The house feels alive, a beast in the throes of death. They make their way down the stairs, each step a battle against gravity and fear. The living room is a minefield of debris, the furniture a jumbled mess. The chandelier crashes to the floor, showering them with shards of crystal. Mrs. Park''s grip on Si-woo''s hand tightens, her eyes never leaving his as they navigate the chaos. The roar outside grows louder, the blue light pulsing through the cracks in the walls like the heartbeat of a monster. Mrs. Park''s foot catches on a piece of splintered wood, sending her tumbling. Si-woo''s heart lurches as he tries to hold on, but the force is too much. They''re separated, the earthquake''s fury swallowing the space between them. MRS. PARK (screams) Si-woo! He reaches out for her, his voice lost in the cacophony of the world falling apart around them. The floor splits open, a chasm forming between them, swallowing everything in its path. SI-WOO (desperately) Mom! Mrs. Park slides closer to the edge, her eyes wide with terror. Si-woo''s hand grabs onto the banister, his muscles straining as he tries to pull her back. MRS. PARK (voice shaking) Hold on! I''ve got you! With a superhuman effort, Si-woo pulls his mother closer, the gap between them narrowing. But the earth has other plans. The chasm widens, a maw of destruction that seems to laugh at their desperation. Help support creative writers by finding and reading their stories on the original site. The house groans, a symphony of splintering wood and shattering glass. A beam from the ceiling crashes down, aiming straight for Si-woo. In a flash of instinct, Mrs. Park throws herself in front of her son, her body a human shield. SI-WOO (screams) Mom, no! The beam impales her, the sound of snapping bones piercing the air like a gunshot. Her eyes, once filled with terror, now hold only pain and love.She cups her sons cheek with her hand. MRS. PARK (whispers) I... love you... Her body goes limp, the light in her eyes fading. Si-woo''s world narrows to the weight of his mother''s lifeless hand in his. The house continues to tremble around them. SI-WOO (screams) Mom! MMMMOOOOMMM! The school had emptied out, students and teachers alike fleeing the tremors that had turned the classrooms into a labyrinth of fear. Ha-Yoon had stumbled into the bathroom, the tremors echoing through her as they had through the halls. She clutched the sink, her heart racing, the porcelain cold against her palms. The fluorescent lights flickered, casting a sickly pallor over the tiles. The mirror reflected a girl who looked much older than her six years, her dark cream hair plastered to her face with sweat. The earth''s groans grew louder, the walls cracking and groaning in protest. The sink shuddered, water sloshing out of the basin. Ha-Yoon''s eyes darted to the door, the frame warping as if the wood was alive and trying to escape. She knew she had to get under cover, but her legs felt like lead. With a gulp, she crouched down, pulling her knees to her chest, making herself as small as she could. The world outside was falling apart, but in this tiny space, she had a semblance of control. The floor trembled beneath her, and she felt the cold tile bite into her skin through her skirt. The bathroom''s usual smell of soap and bleach was overpowered by the scent of dust and panic. She pressed her hands over her ears, trying to drown out the screams and the crashing sounds that grew closer. Her eyes squeezed shut, she whispered a prayer she had learned from her mother, hoping it would shield her from the horrors beyond the stall. The lights flickered erratically, throwing monstrous shadows that danced across the floor. Each time the lights dimmed, she held her breath, fearing the darkness would swallow her whole. The mirror above the sink rattled, and she watched the cracks spread like a spiderweb, the reflection of her terrified face distorting until it was almost unrecognizable. The door to the bathroom burst open, and Ha-Yoon squeezed her eyes shut, bracing for the worst. But instead of the panic of her classmates, she heard the frantic footsteps of a teacher, Mrs. SEUL, the school''s English instructor. "In here," she called out, her voice shaking almost as much as the ground beneath them. Mrs. SEUL looked around wildly, her eyes locking on Ha-Yoon''s. "You need to get under a sink," she instructed, her voice firm despite the chaos. The little girl nodded, her legs wobbly as she stood up. She stumbled over to the nearest sink, the tiles cold and unforgiving under her bare knees. Mrs. SEUL helped her into the fetal position, her hands gentle but urgent. The teacher''s eyes were wide with fear, but she managed a small smile, whispering, "You''re so brave." Ha-Yoon didn''t feel brave; she felt like a scared rabbit caught in a hunter''s snare. The earthquake grew stronger, the walls shaking so violently that plaster rained down from the ceiling like a deadly snowfall. The mirror above them shattered, raining down in a cacophony of noise and danger. Ha-Yoon covered her head with her arms, the sound of breaking glass a symphony of terror. Mrs. SEUL pulled her closer, her own body shaking with the tremors of the earth. In the distance, the sound of the school collapsing reached them, a thunderous crescendo that seemed to shake the very core of existence. Screams and cries for help filled the air, a chorus of despair that was abruptly silenced by the relentless roar of destruction. The world around them was a maelstrom of chaos, a dance of doom that had no intention of sparing them. With a deafening crash, a wall gave way, the bricks and mortar crumbling like cookie crumbs. The force of the collapse sent Mrs. SEUL flying across the room, her eyes wide with shock. Ha-Yoon watched in horror as the teacher''s body was crushed under the weight of the rubble, her hand reaching out in a silent plea for help that would never come. The air grew thick with dust, obscuring the grim scene from view, but the echo of her pain remained. The earthquake had turned the school into a tomb, each classroom a silent testament to the innocence lost. The once orderly corridors were now a jagged maze of destruction, the walls adorned with the twisted remains of lockers and bookshelves. Ha-Yoon''s heart raced as she crawled through the debris, the taste of dust coating her tongue. The screams of the trapped and the injured were a mournful symphony that haunted her every movement. The tremors grew more intense, the ground beneath her shifting like a living beast. With a final surge of strength, she managed to squeeze out from under the wreckage of the bathroom stall. The floor heaved, and she felt her consciousness slipping away. The world around her grew darker, the edges of her vision blurring into a sea of black. Her breaths grew shallow, her thoughts fading into a distant whisper. INT. SI-WOOS HOUSE - BEDROOM- AFTERNOON ¡­ The house shudders to a halt, the tremors dying away like a malevolent whisper. The dust settles, leaving a scene of utter devastation. The beam that had claimed Mrs. Park''s life lay still, a grim reminder of the cost of their struggle. SI-WOO (choking back tears) Mom... He reaches out, his hand touching the cold, still flesh of Mrs. Park''s cheek. The world seems to stand still, the chaos outside their shattered home a distant memory. His chest tightens, the weight of loss threatening to crush him. But he can''t give in to the grief. Not yet. Si-woo''s chest felt tight, a scream building up inside him, desperate to be released. But he knew he had to be strong, for her, for Ye-jun. He pushed against the weight of the world, his small body straining to move the rubble. Each shift of debris brought a new wave of pain, his bruised ribs screaming in protest, but he ignored them. He had to get out. He had to find his brother. The earth had gone quiet, the once deafening roar now a mournful silence. The only sounds were the distant cries of the town''s people and the occasional rumble of something moving in the ruins. He worked tirelessly, his hands slick with blood and grime. He could feel the warmth of his mother''s body fading, each second a knife twisting in his gut. With a final heave, Si-woo managed to free himself from the debris, his body bruised and battered. He looked around the destroyed room, his eyes searching for any sign of his mother''s spirit, but all he found was emptiness. He took a deep breath, the dust in the air stinging his nose and throat, and started to crawl out from under the rubble. Each movement sent waves of pain through his body, but he gritted his teeth and pushed on. Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on. The house was a wreck, the once familiar walls and furniture now twisted and unrecognizable. He stumbled through the wreckage, his heart racing with fear and adrenaline. He had to find Ye-jun, had to know that his brother was safe. The thought of facing the world without his mother was unbearable, but he couldn''t let that stop him. He had to be strong, for Ye-jun. The air outside was thick with dust and the air seemed much thinner than it was supposed to be with the acrid smell of destruction. The once bustling streets of Yohen were now a silent tomb, the only sound was his own shallow breaths and the occasional whimper of someone trapped nearby. He forced his legs to move, each step feeling like a betrayal of his mother''s sacrifice. The world was a blur, a canvas of ruin painted in shades of gray and brown. Si-woo''s eyes searched the horizon, desperately looking for any sign of life, of hope. His school, the place where he had found brief moments of triumph amidst the bullying, was now a pile of rubble. The sight of it brought a fresh wave of pain, a stark reminder of the world''s cruelty. He had to keep moving, had to find Ye-jun. He stumbled through the wreckage, his small body navigating the maze of collapsed buildings. Finally, he reached the hill that overlooked Ye-jun''s school, his heart racing with anticipation and fear. The sight before him was apocalyptic. The school, once a bastion of learning and a symbol of their mother''s hopes for their future, was now a jagged skeleton of twisted metal and concrete. The playground was a crater, the swings hanging limply like the broken wings of a giant bird. The classrooms, where Ye-jun had promised to protect him, were flattened, erased from existence. Overstimulated by the chaos, Si-woo''s knees buckled. He fell to the ground, his palms scraping against the harsh gravel. The world spun around him, the air thick with dust and despair.¡°EUUGHHH¡± A bloodcurdling cry ripped from his throat, raw and primal, echoing through the desolate landscape. The scream of loss, of pain, of fear for his brother. His voice, usually so small and meek, filled the air with a power that seemed to shake the very earth. INT. OUTSIDE YOHENS MIDDLE SCHOOL-AFTERNOON The world stilled for a moment, the dust particles hanging in the air as if paying respect to his grief. Then, a flicker of movement caught his eye. A hand, small and trembling, emerged from the wreckage of the school. SI-WOO (sobbing) Ye-jun! The hand grew more frantic, desperately searching for purchase amidst the wreckage. With renewed strength, Si-woo stumbled towards the school, the dust from his fall billowing around him like a cloud of grief. His eyes locked on the hand, a beacon of hope in the sea of despair. Suddenly, the air grew charged, the hairs on his arms standing on end. The ground beneath his feet vibrated gently, building into a rhythmic pulse that grew stronger with each passing second. The hand paused, and Si-woo watched in horror as a bluish light began to envelop it, pulling Ye-Juns distorted, bloody body out of the rubble. The light grew brighter, illuminating the ruins around them. It was the same light from the earthquake. The same light that had promised hope and salvation, but had instead brought only loss and pain. SI-WOO (screaming) NO! The hand grew still, the light consuming Ye-jun''s body inch by inch. Si-woo''s screams grew louder, his legs pumping as he sprinted towards the wreckage. His eyes burned with tears, blurring his vision, but he couldn''t tear them away from the sight before him. The light grew brighter, and the air grew colder, the ground beneath him trembling with a power that seemed to beckon him forward. YE-JUN (muffled) Si-woo... The light enveloped Ye-jun completely, and with a final, agonizing cry, he disappeared into the ether. The pulsing subsided, and the earth grew still once more. The silence was absolute, a counterpoint to the chaos that had just unfolded. Si-woo stumbled forward, his knees giving way as he reached the front of what used to be the middle school his brother had been moments before. The rubble lay undisturbed as if Ye-jun had never been there. His chest heaved with sobs that seemed to tear through him, echoing through the desolate streets. "No...no...no," he chanted, his voice hoarse and broken. He could still feel the heat of the light on his skin, the cold emptiness where his brother''s hand had been. Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. He staggered homeward, the mask now hanging around his neck, his body numb, useless. The air outside was thick with dust and the metallic scent of fear. Each step was heavier than the last as if the very earth was mourning with him. The neighborhood was a ghost town, with only the occasional sound of distant wailing to break the silence. As he approached the shattered remains of the convenience store, he saw it through new eyes. The familiar shelves, now twisted and broken, held no comfort. With trembling hands, Si-woo reached into the wreckage, searching for something, anything that could shield him from the acrid air of loss and despair that choked the streets. His fingertips brushed against cold cans, shattered glass, and the lifeless hand of the store owner, Mr. Tsun He recoiled, pulling his hand back in horror. He scanned the debris, eyes blurred with tears. His hand found a mask, and he put it on, the fabric doing little to filter the toxic fumes that clung to the ruins like a specter. The streets of Yohen were eerily silent, the only sound the occasional groan of a shifting pile of rubble. The once-lively town was now a ghostly shell, a testament to the sudden and brutal demise of civilization. He walked with a heavy heart, his eyes scanning the horizon for any sign of life. The sight of his home, or what was left of it, brought a fresh wave of pain. There were only bits and pieces of the gate that once gave him comfort in security. The house he had known all his life now stood as a mere skeleton, the flesh of its walls torn away by the relentless earthquake. As he approached the door, he found himself biting his nails, a nervous habit he hadn''t had since he was much younger. The mask he had found in the ruins of the convenience store felt tight and suffocating, but he knew it was necessary. He took a deep breath and stepped over the threshold, the dust rising to greet him like a malevolent specter. The sight of his mother''s lifeless body was almost too much to bear. He had sat there for what felt like an eternity, his eyes transfixed on her still form. The blood had congealed into a macabre painting on the floor, a grim reminder of the chaos that had taken her from him. He knew he couldn''t just leave her there, so he forced himself to his feet, his legs feeling like they were made of lead. With a trembling hand, Si-woo reached out to touch her cheek, cold and pale. He whispered a prayer, a silent goodbye that seemed to hang in the air around him. He felt a sudden urge to rip off the mask, to let the outside world in, but he knew that was a dangerous thought. The mask had become a symbol of protection, a barrier between him and the horrors that surrounded him. He stepped out of the house, mask on his face feeling like a prison that allowed him to breathe but stole his voice. The sun had dipped below the horizon, casting long shadows across the deserted street. As he made his way to what was left of the convenience store, he noticed something that made his heart skip a beat. A little girl, no more than six years old, with dark cream hair, was following him. She tried to stay hidden, but her small frame was difficult to miss in the barren landscape. INT. YOHEN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - BATHROOM - AFTERNOON ... When Ha-Yoon awoke, she found herself lying in a sea of dust and debris. The air was thick with the scent of crushed concrete and the metallic tang of blood. The cries had grown faint, the symphony of terror replaced by a mournful silence. She blinked, trying to clear the dust from her eyes, and took stock of her surroundings. The bathroom was gone, replaced by a gaping hole that led to the outside world. With trembling hands, she reached for the shards of the shattered mirror in her hair. Each piece of glass she removed from her hair felt like a layer of terror being peeled away. The world outside the stall was unrecognizable, a twisted jungle of rubble that had once been her school. She took a deep breath, tasting the grit in the air, and pushed herself to her feet. Her legs wobbled, unsteady after the ordeal. She stumbled through the debris, the weight of her teacher''s sacrifice pressing down on her like an invisible hand. Each step was a battle against the dust and the fear that clung to her like a second skin. Ha-Yoon coughed, the dust filling her lungs with a choking embrace, but she pushed on, driven by an instinctual need to escape. As she made her way through the destroyed hallways, the air grew thicker, a noxious cocktail of dust and something else she couldn''t quite place. It was then she realized she had to cover her mouth with her shirt to breathe. The fabric clung to her face, stifling and warm, but it was better than inhaling the toxic air. Her eyes watered, and she squinted against the grime, trying to make out a path through the destruction. The school''s once proud facade was now a gaping maw, a silent scream of twisted metal and crumbling bricks. She stepped over the remnants of lockers and desks, her heart heavy with the unspoken goodbye to her teachers and classmates. The bell tower, which had once chimed so cheerfully, now listed to one side, a crooked finger pointing to the doomed sky. Ha-Yoon felt the weight of the world on her small shoulders as she emerged into the desolate playground, the swings hanging motionless, a chilling metaphor for the lives that had been ripped away. The journey home was a surreal nightmare. The streets she had once skipped down were now a labyrinth of destruction. Cars lay on their sides, their wheels still spinning in a macabre dance of futility. Trees were uprooted, their branches reaching out like the arms of the lost souls trapped beneath them. The once bustling town had been reduced to a ghostly silence, a testament to the unbridled fury of nature. Each step took her closer to the one place she had always felt safe, yet dread gnawed at her stomach like a starving beast. The closer she got to her house, the more the destruction grew personal. The convenience store she had frequented after school was now a pile of rubble. The playground where she had played with her mother, was now a sea of broken swings and shattered dreams. The sight of her once beautiful home brought tears to her eyes. The walls were cracked, the roof caved in, and the door hung precariously on one hinge. The house looked like a discarded dollhouse, a symbol of the shattered lives within. "Mom! Dad!" she screamed, her voice raw and desperate. The dust clogged her throat, each word a battle cry against the silence. She knew it was futile; the cacophony of the earthquake had swallowed their voices, leaving her alone in this desolate world. Each yell grew weaker, her hope dwindling with the setting sun. The dust clouded her vision, blurring the world around her, but she couldn''t let it cloud her mind. She had to find them, had to know if they were okay. If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. Her feet carried her through the maze of ruins that had been her neighborhood. The houses she knew so well were now unrecognizable. The walls had crumbled, the roofs collapsed, and the lives within were buried under the weight of the earth''s wrath. Ha-Yoon''s eyes searched for any sign of her family, any thread of hope to cling to. And then she saw it. Her house, or what was left of it. The walls had caved in, the roof a pile of shattered tiles and splintered wood. The door was blocked by a mountain of debris, leaving no way in or out. Her heart felt like it had been ripped from her chest, and she doubled over, her knees buckling under the weight of reality. Her voice cracked as she called out for her family, "NOOOOO. Mom. Dad." the sobs echoing through the desolate streets. The air grew colder as the sun dipped below the horizon, casting the town in a mournful twilight. The shadows grew long and eerie, playing tricks on her eyes. But amidst the chaos, she saw a flicker of movement, Ha-Yoon quickly turned to see a figure trudging through the debris with a sense of purpose in the distance. Ha-Yoon squinted through the dust, her heart skipping a beat as she recognized the familiar pink hair of an older girl who looked a few years older. She had a mask on with bruised skin she assumed was caused by the wreckage. The older girl was walking down the path that led to the old convenience store. For a moment, she felt a spark of hope and began to follow her. The store''s sign was half-collapsed, the once-bright lights now flickering in a ghostly dance. The mystery girl went inside, and Ha-Yoon waited with bated breath. The creaks and groans of the shifting rubble seemed to crescendo as the girl emerged with a shovel in hand. But what truly caught Ha-Yoon''s eye was the crimson stain on her mask, a blunt contrast to the dust that caked the rest of her clothes. Concern etched her face as she saw the blood seeping through, trailing down to stain the fabric of her shirt. Her curiosity piqued, Ha-Yoon waited until the girl was out of sight before venturing into the wreckage. The air was thick with the scent of disaster, the shelves had tumbled like dominoes, and the floor was a minefield of shattered glass and scattered goods. She navigated the mess with the grace of a cat, her eyes searching for any sign of a first aid kit. Finally, she spotted a familiar red cross peeking out from under a pile of rubble. She tugged it free, the plastic case cracked but the contents were intact. "This will do," she says. With the kit in hand, she took off after the pink-haired girl, her steps echoing through the empty streets. The girl was surprisingly nimble, moving with a purpose that belied the chaos around them. Ha-Yoon''s heart raced, the adrenaline coursing through her veins with each step she took. The girl entered a house, one that still had some of its doors and windows intact, a rare sight in the wreckage. Ha-Yoon lingered outside, her breaths shallow, her heart pounding against her ribcage like a caged bird. She wasn''t sure if she should follow her, but something told her that she might need help. After what felt like an eternity, she saw the girl re-emerge, dragging something heavy behind her. The light was slowly fading, but she could make out the unmistakable shape of a human body. Her stomach lurched, and she had to bite back a scream. She dove behind the nearest tree stump, her eyes glued to the scene unfolding before her. The pink-haired girl dropped the body into a shallow depression in the ground with a thud that seemed to echo through the desolate town. Ha-Yoon''s thoughts raced as she watched the girl begin to dig with the shovel, her movements frantic and fueled by grief. The girl''s cries were muffled by her mask, but the raw pain was evident in the way her body convulsed with each shovelful of dirt thrown over the lifeless form. INT. SI-WOOS HOUSE-OUTSIDE ... Finally, with a deep sigh, he sat beside the fresh mound, his mind racing. "I can''t believe I tripped and fell," he said aloud, what would come next? Would there be anyone else to join them in this desolate world? The only sounds were the distant rumbles of the earth, a mournful lullaby for the dead. The silence was deafening, a stark contrast to the cacophony of screams and destruction that had just passed. He felt the warmth of the day retreating, leaving behind a chill that seemed to seep into his very soul. The mask around his face had become a prison, trapping his grief and the last remnants of his humanity. As the sun disappeared, painting the sky in hues of red and orange, Si-woo''s thoughts grew more frantic. The wound on his cheek was now a throbbing reminder of his own mortality. He knew that in this harsh world, even a small cut could mean the difference between life and death. "I need to treat this soon," he thought. From the corner of his eye, he saw a movement. The little girl with cream hair, Ha-Yoon, approached him tentatively, the first aid kit in her tiny hands. He watched as she kneeled beside him, her eyes darting from his injury to the medical supplies and back again. Her movements were deliberate and focused. "You shouldn''t leave a wound like that uncovered," she said, her voice small but firm. "It''ll get infected." Si-woo nodded, too exhausted to argue. The little girl with cream hair. She had been following him from a distance, watching as he stumbled through the wreckage of their neighborhood in the convenience store. Despite the horrors she had witnessed, she had not lost the spark of humanity that seemed to have abandoned him. "My mother taught me," Ha-Yoon said, her voice small but firm as she tore open a pack of antiseptic wipes. "It''s important to clean wounds quickly. Otherwise, they get infected." Si-woo nodded wearily, his eyes never leaving hers. Her voice was a beacon in the desolate wasteland that had become their lives. He watched as she carefully dabbed at the gash on his cheek, her hands steady despite their tremble. The sting was sharp, but it brought a twisted sense of relief, a reminder that he was still alive, still capable of feeling pain. "My name is Ha-Yoon," she said, her voice barely audible over the whisper of the evening breeze. "What''s yours?" Si-woo took a deep breath, the air tasting bitter and metallic. "I''m Si-woo," he murmured, his voice raw from screaming and crying. She gasped, her eyes widening as she took in the face she recognized the voice from school. "You''re a boy?" she exclaimed, her voice filled with a mix of surprise and relief. "Don''t feel bad, though. People often mistake me for a girl." He managed a small smile, trying to lighten the mood despite the heaviness that hung in the air. You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story. "Your pink hair makes you look like a girl, you know that?" Ha-Yoon quipped, her eyes glancing up from her task to meet his. Si-woo couldn''t help but laugh despite the pain. "Very funny," he said, his voice muffled by the mask. "I wasn''t trying to be funny," she protested. "Why don''t you just dye your hair back to its original color?" He sighed, pulling the mask down. "I was born with this hair," he said. "Can you please hurry? I''m getting tired and-" "Don''t rush me," Ha-Yoon says interruptingly "I''m almost done." "You''re lucky," Ha-Yoon said, her voice shaky. "The wound isn''t too deep. But you still need to keep it clean." Si-woo nodded again, feeling the warmth of the setting sun on his face for the first time in what felt like forever. He took a deep breath, filling his lungs with the dusty air. It tasted bitter, but it was a taste of freedom from the suffocating mask. After a few moments, she applied the band-aid with a soft pat. "There," she said, her voice gentle. "It''ll be okay." Si-woo looked at her, his eyes red-rimmed and swollen. "Thank you," he murmured, his voice thick with emotion. Ha-Yoon nodded, her own eyes glistening with unshed tears. They sat in silence for a few minutes, the gravity of their situation pressing down on them like a heavyweight. Sitting beside the dirt mound, putting the mask in his pocket finally, Si-Woo spoke up. "Where are your parents? I can bury them too if you want me to." Tears welled in Ha-Yoon''s eyes as she whispered, "They''re already buried." The words hung in the air like a mournful echo. Si-Woo''s heart ached for her, knowing the pain of loss all too well. Standing up Si-Woo says "My mom used to say God created us so we could be brothers and sisters to each other," he offered, trying to console her. "It seems like we''re both orphans now. It''s going to be my job as Big Brother to take care of us." "When did-" Ha-Yoon says angrily before cutting herself off. "I''m sorry," she murmured, "it''s just..." Her voice trailed off as she choked back a sob. Si-Woo reached out and patted her head. "It''s okay, I get it," he said, his voice gentle. "We''re all we''ve got now." They sat in silence for a while longer, the sounds of the dying town the only thing breaking the quiet. The air was still thick with dust, but the pain in Si-woo''s cheek was a constant reminder of the reality of their situation. Finally, Si-Woo spoke up. "We should get some sleep. We have a lot to do tomorrow." Ha-Yoon nodded, wiping her tears away with the back of her hand. "But where will we go?" she asked, her voice trembling. "I have nowhere left." Si-Woo turns facing Ha-Yoon with his house behind him, "There are parts of my house that are still fine for us to sleep in. I''ll sleep in my older brothers'' room" says Si-woo "While you can have my old room" No" Ha-Yoon says interrupting him. "Huh," he said but Ha-Yoon didn''t respond. "Well, my brother''s bed is big enough for the both of us if you want to sleep together." Ha-Yoon''s eyes widened at the suggestion. The air was heavy with unspoken words and unanswered questions. Her mind raced, trying to understand the implications of what he was saying. But she remained silent, her thoughts tangled in a web of fear, confusion, and the overwhelming sense of loss. Si-woo, understanding her silence, took it as agreement. "Okay," he said, "Let''s go. We''ll take care of our personal business, and then we can get some rest." He began to walk back towards his house. INT. SI-WOOS HOUSE-INSIDE The house was eerie in its stillness, the only sound was the occasional groan of a shifting beam. The destruction was distinct and painful, but the siblings had to push forward. Si-woo led Ha-Yoon to the room that used to be his older brothers, the bed untouched by the chaos outside. "You can sleep here," he said, his voice echoing in the emptiness. "It''s still intact." The house was a testament to the fury of the earthquake, some walls stood tall, but the roof was gone, leaving the interior exposed to the elements. Ha-Yoon stepped inside, her eyes taking in the room that was to be her temporary shelter. The floor was littered with shards of glass and plaster, the remnants of what once was a safe haven. Si-woo moved to the kitchen, the fridge lying on its side, powerless and empty. He grabbed a few bottles of water and turned to Ha-Yoon. "We need to clean up before we can rest," he said, his voice weary. "We''ll get food tomorrow, but for now, water will have to do." He led her to the bathroom, where the faucet was a sad testament to the once-functional plumbing. It hung from the wall, water no longer flowing from its spout. The room was a mess of broken tiles and shattered glass. He rummaged through the cabinets, finding a few clean towels and a broom. "We''ll have to make do," he murmured. Together, they worked into the night, cleaning the house of the dust and debris that had invaded every corner. The bloodstained floor was the hardest part, each scrub bringing back a fresh wave of grief. Yet, they pushed through it, driven by a need to purge the space of the tragedy that had occurred. The moon cast a ghostly pallor over their efforts, its light filtering through the cracks in the walls. Once the room was barely livable, Ha-Yoon''s exhaustion finally won over. Her eyes were swollen and red from crying, and her body begged for rest. She looked at the bed, the only piece of furniture that had remained intact amidst the chaos. It was a strange comfort, this untouched sanctuary in the ruins of their lives. Once the room was clean enough, Ha-Yoon decided to go to bed first. Her eyes were red and swollen from crying, and her body felt heavy with fatigue. She climbed into the unfamiliar bed, feeling the coldness of the sheets against her skin. She didn''t bother to change out of her school uniform, the fabric now stiff with dried tears and dirt. Si-woo waited until he heard her steady breathing before going back to the kitchen to clean himself up. He stared at his reflection in the shattered mirror, not recognizing the person looking back at him. His mother''s sacrifice had left him with a newfound sense of responsibility, one that was both empowering and terrifying. He turned on the faucet, but no water came out. With a sigh, he grabbed a bottle of water and used a cloth to wipe the dirt from his face and neck. The warm water stung his cheek, but it was a welcome sensation. It brought him back to reality, to the present moment where he had to be strong for both of them. The cloth was soon gray with dust and grime, but it was the best he could do under the circumstances. Leaving the kitchen, he padded quietly down the hallway, the floorboards creaking under his weight. He approached Ye-juns room, his heart in his throat. The door was slightly ajar, allowing a sliver of moonlight to creep in, painting the floor in a silvery glow. The faint sound of sobbing reached his ears. He paused at the door, collecting himself. He knew she was scared and probably feeling very alone. He took a deep breath and started walking down the destroyed hallway he just came from, his footsteps echoing through the empty house. As he came back he made them louder than before, not wanting to startle her. This story originates from a different website. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there. When he entered the room, she was lying on the bed, her eyes squeezed shut, pretending to sleep. He could see the tension in her body, the way she held her breath, hoping to be convincing. Si-woo couldn''t help but feel a pang of sadness. They were both orphans now, forced to navigate this post-apocalyptic world together. He decided not to disturb her and lay down on the opposite side of the bed, the mattress sighing under his weight. The stars peeked through the gaping hole in the roof, casting a pattern of light across the room. They twinkled, a striking difference from the darkness that had consumed their world. Si-woo stared up at them, feeling both comforted and overwhelmed by their presence. It was a small reminder that there was still beauty in the world, even amidst the chaos. He heard Ha-Yoon''s soft whimpers from the other side of the bed. Her sorrow was palpable, He wanted to comfort her, but words felt inadequate. Instead, he slid closer, reaching out to gently touch her arm. She flinched at first, but then her body relaxed, and she turned towards him, her eyes still closed. Si-woo didn''t know what to say, so he just held her hand, feeling the warmth of her skin. They lay there, two lost souls in the wreckage of their lives, clinging to the one thing that made sense at that moment - each other. Exhaustion finally took over, and the siblings drifted into an uneasy sleep, their dreams haunted by the images of the day''s events. The cold night air seeped into the room, bringing with it the occasional whistle of the wind and the distant rumble of something unidentifiable. The house creaked and groaned, the foundation protesting against the weight of the world outside. The siblings'' sleep was fitful, their subconscious minds still processing the horrors they had witnessed. It was in this vulnerable state that the first of the otherworldly sounds pierced the silence. Si-woo''s eyes snapped open, his heart racing. The howl was unlike anything he had ever heard before, a haunting melody that seemed to resonate through the very fabric of their shattered world. Ha-Yoon stirred beside him, her eyes fluttering open in confusion. He sat up with a start, his heart racing. The sound grew louder, and he could feel the vibrations through the floorboards. Ha-Yoon stirred, her eyes fluttering open as she too took in the unearthly noise. They exchanged a look of terror, their breaths coming in quick, shallow gasps. The howling grew closer, and they could hear the thunderous footsteps of something massive approaching the house. "What is that?" Ha-Yoon whispered, her voice shaking. Si-woo didn''t answer, his eyes darting around the room, searching for a weapon, anything that could protect them. But all he found was a broken chair leg, which he clutched tightly in his hand. The noise grew deafening, and they both covered their ears, the vibrations rattling their teeth. And then, just as suddenly as it had come, the howling stopped. The footsteps faded away, leaving an eerie silence in its wake. They sat there, frozen, listening for any sign of danger. But there was nothing. Just the quiet, rhythmic sound of their own breathing. After a few moments, Si-woo slowly lowered the chair leg, his grip loosening. He glanced at Ha-Yoon, who was still wide-eyed with fear. "It''s gone," he murmured, not quite believing it himself. They lay back down, their hearts pounding in their chests, the mattress feeling like it was alive with their beating hearts. The silence was deafening, a stark contrast to the cacophony of the day''s events. Each breath was a battle against the fear that clung to them like a second skin. The silence was almost deafening after the cacophony of the creature''s approach. Each second that passed without another sound brought a little more comfort, but sleep was elusive. The adrenaline still coursed through their veins, a stark reminder of their vulnerability in this new world. Finally, exhaustion won over fear, and their eyes grew heavy. They curled up closer together, seeking warmth and solace in each other''s presence. The gentle sound of their breathing soon filled the room, a soothing lullaby in the face of the horrors outside. INT. SI-WOOS HOUSE-INSIDE The early light of dawn seeped through the cracks in the walls, casting a soft glow across their bruised and weary faces. The siblings stirred, the coldness of the night giving way to the tentative warmth of a new day. Ha-Yoon was the first to open her eyes, blinking against the dusty light. She sat up, the stiffness in her body a testament to the restless night she had endured. "You okay?" Si-woo murmured, his voice rough from sleep. Ha-Yoon nodded, still feeling the residue of fear from the night''s events. "What was that?" she whispered, her voice barely audible. Si-woo sat up, rubbing the sleep from his eyes. "I don''t know," he admitted. "But we can''t stay here. We need to find food and water, and maybe some other people." They both knew the risks of venturing out into the unknown, but the alternative was to remain trapped in the house, surrounded by the ghosts of their past. They needed to find safety, community, and answers. "We''ll go together," Si-woo said, his voice low and soothing. "We''ll stick together, no matter what." Ha-Yoon nodded, feeling a glimmer of hope amidst the fear. They had each other, and that was something. They washed and mildly cleansed themselves and gathered their masks and a few supplies, leaving the house that had once been their sanctuary. The town was eerily quiet, with only the occasional whistle of the wind and the distant calls of unidentifiable creatures piercing the silence. They moved through the streets cautiously, stepping over the remnants of their former lives. "Look, Si-woo," Ha-Yoon said, pointing to a small patch of green poking out from the rubble. "It''s a sunflower." Her voice was filled with wonder, a stark contrast to the desolate landscape that surrounded them. The flower looked out of place, a tiny beacon of life in a world that had been torn apart. "It''s beautiful," Si-woo murmured, reaching out to touch the sunflower''s soft petals. It was a moment of peace in the chaos, a gentle reminder of the beauty that once thrived in this place. "My mom used to have a garden," Ha-Yoon said, her voice filled with a longing that made Si-woo''s chest ache. "She knew the name of every plant and tree. She said it was her way of speaking to the world without using words." Si-woo listened intently, her words painting a picture of a world that now seemed so far away. "What was her favorite?" he asked. "The sunflower," Ha-Yoon said with a sad smile. "It''s like she knew it would always find a way to grow, even in the harshest conditions." Si-woo nodded, the weight of her words sinking in. "We''re like that too," he said. "We''ll find a way to survive, no matter what." Stolen from its rightful place, this narrative is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. They continued their journey through the town, the sunflower''s resilience a silent companion in their hearts. As they walked, Si-woo spoke of his brother''s passion for art and martial arts, the endless doodles, paintings, and trophies that used to cover their house. "Yeah, Ye-jun was amazing," Si-woo said, his voice filled with pride. "He could draw anything, and he was so strong. He used to practice in the backyard every day, even when it was raining." They turned a corner and found themselves in front of a toppled library. The sight of books scattered across the ground made Ha-Yoon''s heart ache. "I always wanted siblings," she said, her voice wistful. "Someone to share secrets with, to laugh with." Si-woo looked at her, his eyes softening. "Well, now you have me," he said. "And I promise, I''ll do my best to be a good brother to you." Ha-Yoon smiles," maybe we should go find your brother first." Si-Woo''s expression darkens, his eyes glazed over with unshed tears. "My brother... he''s gone," he says, his voice cracking. "I saw it with my own eyes." Ha-Yoon''s heart skips a beat. "What happened?" she asks, her voice trembling. "Did the earthquake get him too?" Si-woo''s gaze drifts to the horizon, as if trying to escape the pain of his memories. "It wasn''t the earthquake," he says, his voice barely above a whisper. "It was something else... something unexplainable." The words hang in the air, heavy with a dread that seemed to thicken the silence around them. Ha-Yoon''s eyes widen, her curiosity piqued despite the fear that now coiled around her heart. "What do you mean?" she asks, her voice tentative. Si-woo takes a deep breath, the mask tightening around his face as he does so. "I don''t know how to explain it," he says, his eyes searching hers for understanding. "It was like... nothing I''ve ever seen before. It was like he was just... taken." Ha-Yoon''s eyes fill with tears, the gravity of his words sinking in. "Oh, Si-woo," she whispers, reaching out to squeeze his hand. He nods, his voice strained. "We have to keep moving," he says, his grip on her hand tightening. "We need to find some supplies." They walk in silence for a few moments, the weight of their conversation pressing down on them like a heavy blanket. They prayed for the souls of the people they found, their hearts aching with every lifeless body they saw. The prayers became a rhythm, a sad mantra that punctuated their journey. Then, as if on cue, they come across a pile of rubble that was once a convenience store. The sight of the destruction is overwhelming, but they know they can''t let it deter them. "Let''s check it out," Si-woo says, his voice firm despite the sadness in his eyes. They step over the threshold, the bell above the door giving a mournful chime. The once-bustling store is now a tomb of shattered dreams and discarded goods. The siblings move cautiously through the aisles, their sneakers crunching on shards of glass and plastic. The light from outside casts long shadows, making the place feel eerie and untouched by the outside world. The shelves are a jumble of chaos, their contents spilled onto the floor in a silent testament to the earthquake''s wrath. They navigate the debris, their eyes scanning for anything useful. Ha-Yoon''s eyes light up as she spots a pack of crackers half-buried under a collapsed display. "Look," she says, her voice a whisper, "food." Si-woo nods, a spark of hope in his gaze. They move quickly, gathering what they can: canned beans, a few bottles of water, a dusty first aid kit, and a few articles of clothing that might fit them. The store''s inventory has been ravaged, but they find enough to sustain them for a few days. They gathered what they could carry, their eyes scanning the horizon for any sign of life. The silence was unnerving, broken only by the occasional rustle of debris in the wind. As they turned to leave, Si-woo''s foot knocked over a metal can, sending it rolling into the corner. There, amidst the rubble, something caught his eye. He bent down and picked up a small, hand-crank radio, the antenna bent but still attached. The device was dusty and scratched, but it looked functional. INT. OLD CONVENIENCE STORE- DAY "This might help us," Si-woo said, turning the dial. Static filled the air, a symphony of white noise. They held their breaths, waiting for a sign of life, any signal that they weren''t alone in this desolate world. After a moment, a faint voice pierced through the static, a distant whisper of hope. They leaned in, straining to listen. The voice grew louder, more urgent, but the static remained a formidable barrier to understanding. Frustration creased Si-woo''s brow as he cranked the radio with more vigor, trying to get a clearer signal. The siblings held their breaths, their hearts pounding in anticipation. The voice grew clearer, a beacon in the dark sea of static. It was a broadcast, a message that seemed to be trying to get the attention of someone. But just as they were about to make out the words, the radio sputtered and went silent. Si-woo''s hand tightened around the crank, his knuckles white with frustration. "No," he murmured, shaking the device gently. "Come on, work." But the radio remained silent, the voice they had briefly heard swallowed by the relentless static once more. Ha-Yoon looked at him with a mix of hope and dread. "What do we do now?" she asked. Si-woo took a deep breath, determination etched into his features. "We keep moving," he said, his voice firm. "We need to get to higher ground, maybe we''ll get a better signal there." They left the convenience store, the silence of the town swallowing them once again. They walked in a solemn procession, their steps echoing through the deserted streets. The buildings around them were in ruins and bodies were crushed under rubble and concrete. As they approached the edge of town, where the last few houses gave way to the vast expanse of woods, Si-woo squinted into the distance in front of him. "What is th-", Something in the air caught his eye, It was a disturbance in the sky, a rip in the fabric of reality itself. The edges were jagged and pulsing with an unearthly light, his hand shooting up to halt Ha-Yoon. Ha-Yoon, however, was transfixed by the colossal bird that soared high above them. "I...I, oh my-" Ha-Yoon staggers on her words. The creature was a breathtaking spectacle, its wingspan wider than any aircraft she''d ever seen, and its feathers shimmered with an iridescent glow that made it seem almost ethereal. It flew with a majesty that seemed to defy the gravity of the world around them, casting a shadow that danced across the destroyed buildings and the barren streets. "What is that?" Ha-Yoon whispered, her voice filled with awe and terror. The bird''s cry was deep and resonant, echoing through the desolate streets, and causing Si-woo to immediately look up at the creature. It was unlike anything he had ever seen before, its massive wings casting a shadow over them that seemed to darken the already bleak world. The bird''s eyes locked onto them, and for a moment, time stood still. But as quickly as it had appeared, the beast took flight, its wings beating a gust of wind that sent dust and debris spiraling around them. As it soared away, Si-woo''s gaze remained fixed on the spot where it had been, his mind racing with questions and fears. Si-woos grip on the radio tightening, he had studied various species of animals in school, from the majestic tigers that roamed the distant mountains to the delicate butterflies that flitted around their schoolyard. Yet, that bird was something else entirely, a creature that seemed to have stepped out of a fantastical tale. Support the author by searching for the original publication of this novel. But then, as the dust settled, something even more extraordinary appeared. The tear in the sky was no mere illusion or trick of the light; it was a gaping wound in the very fabric of the universe, pulsing with an eerie, otherworldly glow. It was as if they were staring into another dimension, one that did not belong in their world. Attention back on the tear in space, "What is that?" Ha-Yoon breathed, her voice trembling. Si-woo took a step closer to the anomaly, his heart racing. "I don''t know," he murmured, his eyes never leaving the swirling mass of colors. "But it''s...beautiful and terrifying." The strange force grew stronger, tugging at their clothes and hair. It was as if the very air was alive, humming with an energy that seemed to pulse in time with their racing hearts. The light from the tear washed over them in waves, casting an eerie glow that danced across their faces. "We have to go closer," Si-woo said, his eyes never leaving the swirling vortex above. "Maybe it''s a way out of here, or a sign of help." But Ha-Yoon''s grip on his arm tightened. "No," she said, her voice firm. "That''s not natural. It''s dangerous." Si-woo looked at her, the light of curiosity in his eyes dimming at her concern. "But it''s the only thing that''s changed since the earthquake," he argued. "It has to be significant, let''s face it sis, what else do we have left to lose.?" Her expression was a blend of fear and doubt, but she nodded slowly. "Alright," she whispered. "But we''ll need to be careful." They took a deep breath, the weight of their fear momentarily lifted by their curiosity. Hand in hand, they stepped into the unknown with their supplies and radio in hand, the tear in the air enveloping them like a warm embrace. The world around them blurred into a kaleidoscope of colors, and for a moment, they were suspended in a void of pure light. Their stomachs lurched as gravity took hold again, and they stumbled onto solid ground. Dropping their items, their vision cleared, they found themselves in a landscape that was both familiar and utterly alien. The sky was a brilliant shade of turquoise, and the 2 suns hung low, casting long shadows across a field of swaying grass. In the distance, they saw floating islands, their surfaces covered in lush vegetation. The air was filled with the sweet scent of blooming flowers and the distant sound of water flowing. People with pointed ears, dressed in flowing garments that seemed to be made of the whitest silk and feathers, glided through the sky on the backs of the giant birds they had only glimpsed before. The creatures looked at them with curiosity, their eyes bright and intelligent. Ha-Yoon and Si-woo watched, mesmerized, as the riders wove through the air, landing gracefully on the floating islands before disappearing into the foliage. "We... we can''t be dreaming," Ha-Yoon murmured, her voice barely audible. Si-woo nodded, his eyes wide with wonder. "This can''t be real," he said, his voice filled with a mix of fear and excitement. "But it feels so... so alive." They took tentative steps forward, the grass beneath their feet feeling softer than any they had ever walked on. The air was thick with the scent of blooming flowers, and the gentle breeze caressed their faces, carrying whispers of the world around them, a sense of vitality that seemed to mend their weary spirits. As they ventured deeper into the forest, they stumbled upon a grove of trees unlike any they had ever seen. Their trunks were gnarled and twisted, and their bark was etched with intricate patterns that seemed to tell ancient stories. The leaves above them whispered secrets in a language that was both soothing and haunting. "Where are we?" Ha-Yoon asked, her voice filled with a mix of amazement and fear. She had never seen anything like this in any book or movie. Si-woo took a moment to process the sight before him. "I don''t know," he finally said, his eyes scanning the horizon. INT. OTHER WORLD-DAY "Look at these trees," Ha-Yoon said, her voice filled with amazement. "They''re like nothing I''ve ever seen." Si-woo followed her gaze, his eyes widening as he took in the sight. The trees in the grove were indeed unique, their bark adorned with intricate engravings that looked like a language from a bygone era. But what truly caught their attention were the mysterious rectangular cavities that were engraved in the tree itself as if to hold something. "Look, Si-woo!" Ha-Yoon pointed excitedly at a group of small, furry grey creatures playing nearby. They had tails that fluttered like ribbons in the breeze and eyes that sparkled like jewels. The creatures paused, noticing the newcomers, and with their radio, they scurried away. "They''re like...like creatures from a fairy tale," Ha-Yoon whispered, her voice filled with wonder. But Si-woo''s mind was racing, his thoughts focused on the radio. "We need to get that back," he said, his voice tinged with urgency. "The radio?" Ha-Yoon''s gaze snapped back to reality. "But the creatures, the floating islands, we need to explore-" Si-woo''s expression grew serious. "We can''t ignore that message," he said, cutting her off. "It''s our only link to the outside world, to finding out what happened to our world, to finding Ye-jun." "Ye-Juns''s dead!." Ha-Yoon says raising her voice. Si-Woo stops, his eyes meeting hers, filled with a mix of pain and anger. "I know." he says through gritted teeth. The air is thick with tension, their words hanging heavily between them. For a moment, the beauty of the new world fades away, replaced by the harsh reality of their situation. Ha-Yoon''s eyes well up with tears, the weight of his loss and her own fears pressing down on her. Si-woo''s hand reaches out to hers, his thumb brushing against her knuckles in a silent apology. "I''m sorry, Ha-Yoon," he says, his voice tight with emotion. "I know he''s dead, but I still haven''t completely accepted his death yet." Ha-Yoon''s eyes searched his, and she nodded, understanding welling up inside her. She knew that grief was a beast that could not be tamed by logic or time. "It''s okay," she murmured, her voice thick with emotion. They stood there for a moment longer, their hands joined, before Si-woo''s eyes snapped to the trees ahead. His grip on Ha-Yoon''s hand tightened. "Do you hear that?" he whispered. Ha-Yoon tilted her head, listening intently. At first, there was only the rustle of leaves and the distant calls of the strange creatures, but then, faintly, she heard it. The unmistakable sound of laughter, muffled by the dense foliage. Her eyes met Si-woo''s, and they shared a silent understanding. They approached the trees with caution, the sound growing louder as they neared. The trees towered over them, their branches intertwining to form a natural canopy that filtered the light from the twin suns. The engravings grew more pronounced, the patterns more complex, almost as if guiding them through the grove. They followed the trail, each step feeling like a silent promise of answers to their unspoken questions. The laughter grew clearer, a beacon in the quiet forest. Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. The siblings found themselves standing before a massive archway of intertwined branches and vines, creating a natural gate to a hidden world. The city''s border was marked by a wall of towering trees, their trunks as wide as school buses, stretching skyward and knitting together to form a dense canopy that cast a cool, dappled shade. As they approached, they heard the rhythmic snoring of something colossal. The guard was unlike anything they had ever encountered before, a creature that stood almost twice Si-woo''s height, with skin the color of earth and leaves, and muscles rippling beneath. It had the features of a man but the grace and power of the giant birds they had seen earlier. It lay slumped against the archway, its snores shaking the very ground beneath them. Si-woo and Ha-Yoon exchanged a look of terror and awe. This creature was a clear obstacle to their mission, but they had to pass through the gate to find the answers they sought. They approached slowly, their hearts racing in their chests. The creature''s breathing was deep and even, the air around it thick with the scent of the forest. They waited for the perfect moment, their eyes on the creature''s chest as it rose and fell with each snore. With the grace of ghosts, they tiptoed closer, the grass beneath their feet seeming to bend away from their cautious steps. The archway was indeed open, but the gap was narrow, and the creature''s bulk took up most of the space. On three, Si-woo silently counted in his head. Ha-Yoon nodded, her eyes wide with a mix of fear and excitement. With a deep breath, they lunged forward, their bodies sliding through the narrow opening like shadows escaping the light. Their hearts hammered in their chests as they broke into a sprint, the sound of their footsteps muffled by the soft grass beneath them. The creature didn''t stir, lost in its deep slumber, allowing them to escape its notice. As they emerged from the archway, the siblings'' eyes widened in astonishment. The landscape had indeed transformed. The grass grew greener, the trees stretched taller, and the air was suffused with the sweet, heady scent of blossoming flowers. The sky above was a vibrant tapestry of colors, swirling in a mesmerizing dance that seemed to mirror the emotions churning within them. In the distance, they could see the gleaming spires of a city, floating serenely above the horizon. They approached the city, their steps filled with both excitement and trepidation. The closer they got, the more they noticed the intricate details of the world around them. The leaves of the trees whispered secrets as the wind danced through them, their edges glinting with a soft, ethereal light that seemed to beckon them closer. The creatures grew more exotic, some floating lazily on the breeze, their bodies a delicate blend of plant and animal life. Others darted through the underbrush with a speed that defied their human eyes, leaving only a blur of color in their wake. As they reached the outskirts of the city, the siblings had to pause to take in the breathtaking sight. The buildings were a harmonious blend of ancient grandeur and floating contraptions that seemed to defy the very laws of physics. They were constructed from materials that gleamed with a metallic sheen, yet had the organic warmth of wood, as if the very essence of nature had been infused with technology. The spires rose high into the sky, piercing the swirling tapestry of colors above. Signs in front of shops hovered in the air, their signs having engravings shimmering with a mysterious light, displaying words and images that danced before their eyes. It was like stepping into a scene from a steampunk novel, but the magic was real. The streets were bustling with creatures of all shapes and sizes some were dark others white, they all had pointed ears, and their eyes ended sharply. They were moving in an organized chaos that somehow felt harmonious. Some flew on the backs of the giant birds, while others used some type of power to levitate their belongings. The siblings felt like they had stumbled upon a utopia, a place where the laws of physics had been gently rewritten to allow for the impossible. ¡°This can''t be real.¡± Si-Woo said. INT. ONDUR - AFTERNOON They walked in a daze, their eyes wide with wonder. The buildings grew closer, each one more magnificent than the last. The cobblestone streets were lined with shops, each one offering wares that defied their understanding. The air was alive with chatter, a symphony of unfamiliar language that they could understand, it filled their ears with a melodious sound. "I can''t believe it," Ha-Yoon murmured, her eyes darting from one floating sign to another. The words and images danced before her eyes, a kaleidoscope of colors and shapes that she couldn''t begin to decipher. Si-woo nodded, equally amazed. "Me neither," he said, his voice barely audible over the murmur of the crowd. "Everything is so...alive." The siblings continued to wander, their eyes drinking in the vibrant sights and sounds of the floating city. The air was alive with a symphony of unfamiliar languages, the cobblestone streets a dance of colors as the light from the floating signs played upon them. Their stomachs growled in unison, reminding them of their hunger. Ha-Yoon''s eyes lit up at the sight of a street vendor, a plump woman with a warm smile, beckoning them over to her shop. She held out a skewer of what looked like meat, but it was unlike anything they''d ever seen. "Please, young ones," she called out in a lyrical voice, "try a sample of our finest Dokken skewers." The woman''s words were foreign, but for some reason, they could understand her clearly and the kindness was clear. Ha-Yoon and Si-woo exchanged glances, their hunger overriding their caution. They stepped closer, and she offered them the skewer with a wink. The meat was tender and smoky, with a hint of spice that danced on their tongues. Ha-Yoon puts her mask in her skirt pocket. HA-YOON (mouth full) This is amazing! The plump woman beams at their reaction, clearly proud of her culinary creation. "What is this made from?" Si-woo asks tentatively, eyeing the skewer with a mix of curiosity and suspicion. The plump woman''s smile widens. "Ah, young one, these are the finest Wokki scrotum skewers in all the lands," she replies, her voice like a gentle stream. "They''re are in season right now, quite nutritious and delicious!" The revelation hits Ha-Yoon like a ton of bricks. She drops the skewer as if it''s a live snake, her eyes wide with horror. The plump woman looks on, seemingly unfazed by their reaction. Before she can say another word, Ha-Yoon lunges at her, "YOU MADE ME EAT WHAT!!" a primal scream escaping her lips. The crowd around them gasps, the chatter coming to an abrupt halt. Si-woo''s reflexes kick in."W- wait Ha-Yoon" He grabs his sister''s arm, yanking her back before she can make contact. "What are you doing?" he hisses, his eyes darting around at the gathering crowd. Ha-Yoon''s face is a mask of disgust and fury, her teeth bared like an animal''s. "You heard her!" Ha-Yoon whispers furiously, her voice laced with venom. "We can''t trust these people!" Si-Woo quickly drags her off further into the town. "We can''t cause a scene," he whispers urgently. "We have to find a way to blend in until-" Stolen novel; please report. He''s cut off by the sound of laughter, the sweet, unmistakable sound of children playing. They both turn towards the sound, the tension in their bodies easing slightly. Ha-Yoon quickly retrieves her mask from her pocket, her movements jerky and nervous. They cut through the buildings, the masks securely back in place, and found themselves in a field where kids around their age were playing with creatures that looked like a mix of the animals they knew from Earth¡ªsome were fluffy with big eyes, others had scales and tails that whipped through the air. "Let''s go," Si-woo murmured, tugging Ha-Yoon''s hand. But she was already moving, drawn to the laughter like a moth to a flame. They approached the group of children, who were too engrossed in their games to notice the newcomers. A boy, not much older than Si-woo, was playing with a creature that looked like a cross between a dog and a fox, its fur a vibrant blue that matched the sky above. The children''s eyes were sharp, their movements graceful, and their laughter was infectious. The siblings felt a strange kinship with these children, despite their alien surroundings. They watched for a moment, their hearts swelling with the warmth of innocence and joy. Ha-Yoon''s hand tightened around Si-woo''s, and he knew she was feeling the same pull. Without a word, they stepped closer, drawn to the games and the laughter. The children''s eyes flickered towards them, curiosity shimmering in their gazes. A moment of silence fell, the only sound was the soft panting of the creatures and the rustle of the grass. And then, as if by some unspoken invitation, the games resumed. A girl with hair like spun gold and pointed ears fluttered over to them, her eyes sparkling with mischief. She offered a small, tentative smile. "You''re not from here, are you?" she asked in their language, the words melodious and strange on her lips. "No," Si-woo admitted, his voice barely above a whisper. "We''re...lost." The golden-haired girl''s smile grew wider. "Well, you''re found now," she said, taking Ha-Yoon''s free hand in hers. "Come play with us!" Her touch was warm and gentle, and despite their fears, the siblings couldn''t resist the pull of camaraderie. They allowed themselves to be drawn into the games, the alien world around them fading into the background as they embraced the simple joy of playing with others. "Hey," a boy called out, a smirk playing on his lips. "What''s with the funny-looking fae?" The teasing question snapped Si-woo and Ha-Yoon out of their momentary reprieve. The children''s games had ceased momentarily, their eyes now on the newcomers. The boy who spoke had hair as green as the leaves around them and pointed ears that poked through his mischievous grin. "You don''t look like us," he said, tilting his head curiously. "Where do you come from?" A girl with silverish hair and deep-sea blue eyes, who had been playing nearby, stepped in before Si-woo could respond. "They''re not funny looking," she said, her voice firm but not unkind. "They''re just... different. Leave them alone Sol." The children''s curiosity grew, and soon, they were surrounded by a circle of questioning gazes. The air was thick with whispers and the unspoken rules of a society they hadn''t quite figured out yet. The siblings felt a mix of fear and excitement, knowing that they had stumbled into something much bigger than themselves. But the moment was shattered, an authoritative voice boomed through the air, echoing off the buildings like a sonic wave. "Children, it''s time to come inside," the voice called out, cutting through the chatter like a knife through butter. The laughter and games abruptly ceased, and all the children looked up, their expressions a mix of surprise and respect. "But it''s still early," one of the children protested, a whine lacing their voice. "Now, no delays," the voice insisted, a hint of urgency in the tone. The children groaned but began to gather their things. Ha-Yoon and Si-woo exchanged glances, the excitement of the new world fading slightly in the face of the unknown. The kids began to sprint towards the large building off in the distance. Ha-Yoon found herself swept along in the tide of youthful energy and the girl with silverish hair and deep-sea blue eyes grabbed Si-woos hand and dragged him in too. The structure looked ancient, with intricate carvings on the stone walls. The doors were massive, easily twice the size of any she had ever seen, and they swung open without a sound as the children approached. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- AFTERNOON They stepped into a grand hall, the ceiling a masterpiece of artistry that seemed to stretch infinitely upwards. It was like gazing into the heart of a cosmic storm, swirling with colors that danced and shifted, casting a soft, ethereal light over the space. The walls were adorned with murals depicting scenes of battles and celebrations, of creatures both terrifying and magnificent, and of the colossal bird that had captured their imaginations earlier. The siblings craned their necks, taking in the grandeur that surrounded them. The children''s laughter grew fainter as they approached the room where their class was gathering. Ha-Yoon and Si-woo hovered at the doorway, unsure of what to do next. That''s when a woman, so beautiful that she seemed to glow, walked into the room. Her long white hair was pulled back into a ponytail, with two curly strands framing her face. Her eyes were a deep blue with flecks of green, like the ocean''s depths that seemed to know everything. "Welcome, students," she announced in a graceful yet firm tone. The chatter of the children dissipated, replaced by a hushed anticipation. The woman''s graceful gaze swept over the room, and for a moment, it felt as if she were looking directly at them. With a smile she said, "Please find your seats," her eyes lingering for a fraction of a second longer before moving on. The siblings exchanged nervous glances, but the children around them didn''t seem to care. They were ushered in and found themselves in a room that looked like a school but was unlike any they had ever seen. The desks were made of a transparent material, and the chalkboard was replaced by a large, floating orb that pulsed with shifting colors and patterns. They sat in the open seats at the back of the classroom opposite of each other, their hearts racing. The students around them were all of the same species with a vast array of hair and eye colors, all with pointed ears and sharp eyes. "Welcome, young ones," the woman announced, her voice like a bell, clear and resonant. "I''m Princess Deane, and welcome to the beginning of a new year at the young academy of Ondur. The room buzzed with excitement, and Ha-Yoon felt a strange sensation like a cool breeze caressing her cheek. It was the first time she had felt something soothing since they had arrived in this bizarre world. She looked at Si-woo across the room, who seemed equally amazed by the presence of the ethereal being that was the teacher. Princess Deane looked at the two children auspiciously for a brief moment before continuing-"It''s so nice to see your wonderful faces. As most of you may know, tomorrow is the official day of school and today is just a pre-day assembly. Our young academia consists of level 1,2 and 3s." The siblings exchanged puzzled looks. Levels? Were they in some sort of school for the gifted or... something else entirely? They were already overwhelmed by the floating orbs and the levitating chalkboard, but the mention of a ''pre-day assembly'' had them lost in thought. The children around them were already chattering away, their whispers bouncing off the walls like the flutter of a thousand wings. As Ha-Yoon tried to digest everything she was seeing, she couldn''t help but think, "What on Earth have we gotten ourselves into?" But amidst the confusion, Si-woo''s eyes lit up. The children''s excitement was contagious, and the wonder of the new city was like a balm to his bruised soul. He felt a spark of something he hadn''t felt in a long time: hope. If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. "Now," the princess continued, her eyes sweeping over the room, "each of you will be assessed and placed into your respective classes based on your age, current knowledge and abilities. This is to ensure that you receive the best education possible." "Today''s classroom is a mix of level 1, and 2s on account of the levels 3s assembly being yesterday, but tomorrow you all be divided into your classrooms you''ve been assigned to earlier in the day." Princess Deane said. The room was filled with the sound of chatter as the children whispered to each other, their excitement palpable. Ha-Yoon and Si-woo felt like outsiders, unsure of what to expect. The floating orb in the front of the room shifted, displaying a series of images that seemed to be the curriculum for the upcoming year. Subjects such as "Hoken Language," "Beast Training," and "Spiritual Meditation" flashed before their eyes, leaving them even more bewildered. "Don''t worry," a soft voice had said beside Si-woo. It was the silver-haired girl. "You''ll get the hang of it. It''s not as scary as it seems, my name is Mai nice to meet you." Mai offered a warm smile, and Si-woo couldn''t help but return it. "I''m Si-woo," he managed to say, his voice sounding strange in his own ears. Mai''s words offered a glimmer of comfort in the sea of confusion. The floating orb before them switched to displaying images of students engaging in various activities. Some were riding on the backs of majestic, multi-colored birds, while others were in deep meditation with glowing orbs hovering around them. "Your actual teacher will give you more details tomorrow," Princess Deane assured the class, her voice resonating with a warmth that seemed to fill the room. "But for now, I just wanted to introduce you to the school and the different classes you''ll be taking according to your age and abilities." The siblings'' eyes widened as they took in the array of subjects and activities. Ha-Yoon''s mind raced with questions about this new world and its magical education system. Toward the end of the speech when kids were leaving, Ha-Yoon and Si-woo began to edge toward the door, eager to explore more of this strange yet fascinating world. But as they were about to slip out unnoticed, a commanding voice rang out. "Stop right there!" It was the beautiful princess, her graceful stride carrying her swiftly across the room. The children parted like a sea, allowing her to reach the siblings. Her eyes searched theirs, as if looking for something. Then, she handed them each a book titled "Hoken Language for Beginners" and a device that looked like a cross between a calculator and a crystal. "If you''re going to be part of our school," she said elegantly, cutting off Si-woo''s question before it fully formed. "You''re going to need these to decipher our language and way of life." Her voice was like a melody that resonated in their souls. Ha-Yoon looked down at the book titled "Hoken Language for Beginners" in her hand, and the device, which felt surprisingly warm and alive. The book''s pages were made of a material that was both smooth and textured, with the letters shimmering as if they were alive. The device had an array of buttons that pulsed with gentle lights, and the air around it crackled with an energy that seemed to whisper secrets. The princess''s eyes bore into them, and it was as if she could see their thoughts. She spoke again, her words echoing in their minds, "Take these with you. Use them wisely, for they are the keys to your future here. The golem should still be asleep so take the southern gate out again, and remember, the sun sets early in Ondur." With that, she turned on her heel and glided away, leaving them standing with the books and devices in their trembling hands. The crowd of children had thinned, and the ones that remained stared at them with a mix of curiosity and wariness. Ha-Yoon clutched the book tightly, the weight of it feeling surprisingly comforting. "Let''s go," Si-woo murmured, his voice barely audible above the murmur of the retreating students. They slipped out of the classroom, the strange device in Si-woo''s hand pulsing gently. They made their way back through the town, the books and device feeling like a lifeline to the new world they found themselves in. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR - BACKYARD- AFTERNOON The air grew cooler as the sun dipped toward the horizon, casting long shadows across the cobblestone streets. They quickened their pace, eager to make it back to the southern gate before darkness fell. The laughter and chatter of the children grew distant, leaving them in a cocoon of silence, broken only by the occasional whistle of the wind. Si-woo soon realized he was lost "My navigation skills are terrible," he thought out loud Ha-Yoon sighed and led their way back to the southern gate. "Do you think we should go back?" Ha-Yoon whispered, glancing back over her shoulder. Si-woo nodded, his eyes never leaving the path ahead. "We need to find out more about this place, and maybe, just maybe, we''ll find a way to live." They retraced their steps, the memories of the floating city''s marvels playing like a reel in their minds. The smells of exotic spices and the distant sound of unidentifiable music grew faint as they approached the southern gate. The once bustling streets were now empty, the shops closed and the lights dimmed. The siblings paused at the edge of the city, looking back at the floating orbs that had been their first glimpse of civilization in this alien world. The twilight painted the sky in hues of purple and pink, the floating islands casting a soft glow across the landscape. "We can''t stay out much longer," Si-woo warned, his grip tightening around the device. "We need to get back to the house before it''s too dark." When they reached the gate, the sleeping golem didn''t stir. His chest rose and fell in deep, rhythmic breaths. They approached cautiously, their hearts in their throats. With a silent nod, they slipped by, careful not to disturb the alien sentinel. Once clear, they picked up their speed, the trees with the glowing engravings guiding them back to the familiar spot where they had first entered this world. As they moved through the shadowy forest, a strange sight caught their eye. A floating iridescent being, no larger than a bird, was scribbling on a tree with a tendril that extended from its body. It was writing in an elegant script, the same one they had seen on the signs in the city. The creature''s color shifted from blue to green to pink, creating a mesmerizing dance of light on the tree''s bark. "What is that?" Ha-Yoon whispered; her eyes wide with amazement. Si-woo took a step closer, his curiosity piqued. "It''s writing in Hoken," he murmured, recognizing the script from the floating signs in the city. The creature''s head swiveled around, and it locked eyes with them, its pupils dilating to slits. It didn''t seem alarmed, just...curious. It hovered closer, the tendril retracting into its body. Ha-Yoon reached out tentatively, and it allowed her to touch it. The sensation was like stroking a soap bubble¡ªcool and smooth, with a hint of electricity. "Careful," Si-woo warned, but his voice was filled with wonder rather than fear. The creature let out a coo, its eyes never leaving Ha-Yoon''s. It was a sound that seemed to resonate within their very beings, a melody that soothed the ragged edges of their fears. The creature''s coo grew louder, and the light from its body intensified, casting a warm glow around them. HA-YOON (whispering) It''s okay. We''re not here to harm you. The creature''s light dimmed, and it began to scribble again, this time on the air itself. The siblings watched in awe as the letters formed into a question. It hovered closer, as if inviting them to follow, and then took off into the night, leaving a trail of shimmering light in its wake. Ha-Yoon and Si-woo looked at each other, the weight of the books and the device momentarily forgotten. Without a word, they chased after it, their footsteps echoing through the quiet woods. The creature led them through a maze of trees, the path illuminated only by the glow of the engravings. They could feel the forest come alive around them, the air thick with anticipation and the scent of blooming flowers. They stumbled and tripped over roots, but the excitement of the chase kept them going. Finally, the being stopped at the edge of a clearing, and they saw the shimmering rip in the fabric of the world that was their gateway home. The creature hovered there for a moment, watching them, before it let out a final trill and vanished into the night, leaving them standing before the swirling colors of the portal. The tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. The siblings stared at the rift, their chests heaving from the exertion of the chase. Ha-Yoon''s hand flew to her mouth pulling down her mask a bit, her eyes wide with wonder. "What... what was that?" she breathed. Si-woo was equally as dumbfounded. "I don''t know," he said, his voice filled with awe. "But it seems to be trying to communicate with us." With a deep breath, Si-woo and Ha-Yoon picked up their bags and looked at each other. The excitement of the chase had been a welcome distraction from the overwhelming newness of this world, but now, as they stared into the void that separated them from their own reality, the weight of what they were about to do settled heavily on their shoulders. "Ready?" Si-woo whispered. "As ready as I''ll ever be," Ha-Yoon replied, her voice shaking slightly. They stepped through the portal, the fabric of reality parting around them like water. The colors swirled and danced, pulling at their senses in a way that was both terrifying and exhilarating. For a moment, they felt as if they were floating in a sea of stars before the world around them solidified again. They found themselves standing on the outskirts of Yohen, the same spot where they had first entered the alien world. The once-familiar landscape looked foreign now, the silence of the night punctuated only by the distant howl of a creature they had never heard before. The siblings looked at each other, the weight of their experiences in the floating city etched into their expressions. "We''ll come back tomorrow," Si-woo said firmly, his voice filled with determination. "We have to learn more about this place." They picked their way through the rubble-strewn streets of Yohen, the weight of their newfound knowledge and the books in their bags feeling heavier with each step. The once-familiar sights of their destroyed hometown now held a ghostly pallor in the moonlight. They finally came upon the fresh dirt mount where Si-woo had buried his mother in front of the house. The ruins of Si-woos house stood like a silent sentinel, a reminder of the life he had left behind. The walls that had once contained his family''s laughter and love now lay in crumbling heaps; the roof open to the night sky. "Hey, Ha-Yoon," Si-woo said, breaking the solemn silence as they approached the wreckage. "You know how time felt behind when we were in that... that school?" "Yeah," she replied, her eyes never leaving the path ahead. "It was like we were there for hours, but time seems to be 3 hours or so ahead here. Walking by the grave Si-woo tells his mom "I''m back mom." They set their supplies down in the ruined house, the memories of happier times weighing heavily on their hearts. The dust from their journey clung to their clothes and skin, a reminder of the destruction that surrounded them. Ha-Yoon opened one of the bags they had brought back from the floating city, revealing an assortment of cleaning supplies and clothing. "We need to get cleaned up," she said, her voice flat. "We can''t go back to bed like this." They washed themselves with the supplies they had brought from the floating city. The water was cold and the soap smelled faintly of something unidentifiable, but it was a welcome relief after the dust and grime of their journey. Ha-Yoon found a small basin and filled it with water from their packs. She took off her mask and scrubbed her face, removing some dust and revealing more of her pale skin underneath. Si-woo followed suit, filling another basin. He took off his shirt and mask, rinsing the sweat and dirt from his hair and skin. The water was icy, but it felt good on his bruised body. He took a moment to examine his reflection in a shard of mirror they had salvaged from the house. The boy that stared back at him had changed, grown harder around the edges. The weight of their new reality was etched into every line of his face. They ate in silence, sharing the rations they had brought back from the ruined convenience store. The food was spongy bread filled with a sweet, tangy paste and small, juicy fruits that popped in their mouths, releasing a burst of flavor. It was a simple meal, but it filled their bellies and brought a small measure of comfort to their grieving hearts. Afterward, they brushed their teeth with the supplies they had gathered, the minty paste feeling almost luxurious in the wake of the day''s events. They climbed the creaking stairs to Ye-jun''s old bedroom, the one place in the house that remained mostly untouched by the earthquake''s destruction. The bed was a little messy, the blankets slightly rumpled from when they had slept here last. Ha-Yoon sat on the edge of the bed holding the Hoken Language book in her lap, her eyes scanning the pages. "We should start learning," she said, her voice filled with a mix of excitement and trepidation. Si-woo nodded wearily, his eyes drifting to the open book. "But first, we need to rest. We''ve had a long day, and we''re going to need our strength for tomorrow." They lay down on the makeshift bed, the books and device beside them, and stared up at the stars shining through the open roof. The quiet of the night was a stark contrast to the chaos they had just left behind. Ha-Yoon''s eyes grew heavy, the comforting darkness of the room lulling her into a state of near sleep. But before she could fully succumb, Si-woo''s voice cut through the silence. "What do you think will happen tomorrow?" he asked, his eyes still on the twinkling lights above. Ha-Yoon''s voice was small in the darkness. "I don''t know, but I have a feeling it''s going to be big." Si-woo nodded, his mind racing with thoughts of the alien city and the mysteries it held. He reached out and took his sister''s hand, giving it a gentle squeeze. "We''ll face it together, no matter what." The siblings lay in the quiet darkness, their breaths syncing with the rhythm of the night. The house creaked and groaned around them, a haunting reminder of the world that had been torn apart by the earthquakes. Despite the fear and uncertainty, a strange sense of peace filled the room as they held onto each other. INT. SI-WOOS HOUSE-INSIDE When the first light of dawn peeked through the shattered windows, Si-woo was the first to stir. He sat up with a jolt, the realization of the previous day''s events crashing over him like a wave. He looked around, expecting to see the same destruction that had greeted them when they returned from the floating city, but something was different. The gaping hole in the wall had been patched up, and the floorboards that had been torn apart were now laid neatly in place. The house was cleaner than they had left it, with their meager possessions arranged in a way that suggested care and attention. "Ha-Yoon," he whispered, nudging her gently. "Look." Her eyes fluttered open, and she sat up with a start, taking in the repaired walls and the soft hum of electricity. The lights flickered to life, casting a warm glow over the room that hadn''t been there the night before. "What happened?" she whispered, her voice still thick with sleep. Si-woo could only shake his head, equally confused. They had both been so tired, so lost in thought, that they hadn''t noticed the subtle changes until now. The TV in the corner flickered to life, but nothing but static was playing, The sound of running water from the kitchen tap grew louder, and the refrigerator hummed back to life. The siblings exchanged a look of astonishment. They quickly dressed in new clean clothes they had found and cautiously made their way downstairs. The kitchen had been organized; the shelves stocked with food they had never seen before. The house had been transformed into a place of refuge and comfort, Ha-Yoon walked over to the refrigerator and opened it, her eyes widening at the sight of water and other food in it. "It''s like someone... or something... knew we were coming back," she murmured. They walked through the house in amazement, touching the walls and the furniture as if to make sure it was all real. The TV in the living room was completely repaired, and the lights shone steadily, unwavering in their brightness. It was a blunt contrast to the gloomy, dust-filled shell they had left behind. The siblings looked at each other, their eyes wide with wonder. "We can''t ignore this," Si-woo said, his voice hushed with excitement. "Someone¡ªor something¡ªhas been here, and they''ve helped us." They decided to get ready for school. As they brushed their teeth and combed their hair, they talked about the floating creature they had met and the mysterious language book and device. Ha-Yoon''s eyes sparkled with curiosity as she examined the device, her thoughts racing with questions about the classes they would attend. As she fiddled with the unfamiliar device, the device suddenly came to life. A holographic projection of Princess Deane materialized before them, her serene face and body floating in the air, her eyes filled with the same deep blue-green wisdom they had seen in the floating city. She spoke in a melodic tone, her words foreign yet understandable. "Hello Ha-Yoon, hello Si-woo," she said, a warm smile playing on her lips. "I''m so happy I get to meet you finally." "Meet you?" Ha-Yoon began "How does sh-", "Be quiet." Si-Woo cut her off. "This is just a recording Ha-Yoon, we can''t directly communicate with it," Si-Woo said. "I know this may seem strange," the holographic figure of the princess said calmly. "But it seems our world energy ''serein'' that flows through Ondur has a way of connecting those who pass through its gates. It''s part of what makes your world so special, and it''s why you can understand me now." Si-woo and Ha-Yoon stared at the projection, their mouths agape. They had seen wonders in the floating city, but this was something else entirely. The princess continued, her voice soothing and reassuring. "On your official first day of school you will be provided uniforms to wear so don''t worry. Your world has indeed undergone a cataclysmic event, one that has changed the very fabric of reality. The earthquakes you experienced were not natural, but the result of ancient structures reacting to the bombardment of energies from other realms. These structures have been hidden for millennia, but now they have been unearthed, and the balance has been disrupted." Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions. The siblings exchanged glances, their hearts racing with the implications of her words. "We are the last of our kind," Si-woo murmured, his voice barely audible. "You are the last of your kind to have retained the purity of the ''serein'' energy. Princess Deane says. "Others from your world may have survived, but they have been...altered by the chaos. That is why we have taken an interest in you. The kingdom of Ondur values the diversity of life and the balance of the universe. We cannot stand by and watch as your world and your species are lost to this upheaval." The holographic image of the princess grew serious. "The book and device I have given you contain the essence of our knowledge. They will help you understand the ancient language of Hoken and the intricate art of ''serein'' manipulation. With these skills, you will be able to navigate the new world order that is about to unfold." The siblings stared at the floating figure, the gravity of her words sinking in. Ha-Yoon swallowed hard, clutching the book tightly to her chest. "They plan to move to our world?" she whispered, her voice trembling with hope and fear. Princess Deane nodded gravely. "The earthquakes were but a precursor to what is to come. The land of Yohen is rich with ''serein'' energy and new beneficial materials, and our world of Ondur is in desperate need of technology and architectural development. The survival of our people depends on it. We wish to coexist peacefully, to learn from each other, and build a bridge between our worlds." Her eyes were gentle, looking for understanding. "But the path ahead is fraught with challenges. The ancient ones who built these gates were not without their enemies. There are those in both worlds who would seek to misuse this power, to bend it to their own ends. It is vital that you learn quickly, for you hold the key to the future of both our worlds in your hands." The siblings nodded solemnly, the gravity of their situation sinking in. Ha-Yoon held up the book. "What do we do first?" "The book and device are designed to be interactive learning tools," the princess explained. "They will guide you through the basics of Hoken language and Ondurian history. It is essential that you understand the ancient texts and the land''s history before we can safely coexist." "You can navigate your way through the lessons using the nob on the side of the device. This is the end of my brief introduction, please study hard and do your best, and ask as many questions as you can to your teacher at school, bye-bye now." The hologram faded, leaving them in stunned silence. They looked at each other, the weight of the revelation heavy on their shoulders. "How did she know about us?" Ha-Yoon finally whispered, her eyes wide with wonder. Si-woo rubbed his chin thoughtfully. "I don''t know, but maybe it''s because of the way we interacted with the environment when we were in the city," he suggested. "Or the way we handled the books and the device. It could be that they have some kind of tracking or scanning technology." "No, that can''t be it," Ha-Yoon said, "because it seemed like she knew who we were when we went to school yesterday." They sat down at the kitchen table, the device and book laid out in front of them. Si-woo pressed the button on the device, and the holographic display flickered to life. The princess started teaching them how to read and write in Hoken and told them a little history of Ondur. The siblings leaned in, eager to learn. For a couple of hours, they studied, their eyes darting back and forth between the book and the device. They took breaks to eat the strange but delicious food their refrigerator had from the floating city. The hours passed quickly, filled with the sounds of their soft whispers and the occasional beep from the device. As they left the house, the early morning sun cast a warm glow over the pile of rubble that had once been their neighborhood. In the yard, Si-woo''s heart skipped a beat. The dirt mound that marked his mother''s grave had been transformed. In its place stood a young tree, no more than a sapling, but already reaching for the sky with a strength that seemed almost defiant. Ha-Yoon saw his expression and followed his gaze, her own eyes widening in surprise. "Looks like someone paid their respects," she murmured, her voice filled with awe. Si-woo nodded, his eyes brimming with unshed tears. "Let''s go to school," he said, his voice firm despite the lump in his throat. They picked up their bags and headed out into the transformed landscape of their hometown. The eerie silence was broken only by the distant calls of unfamiliar birds and the occasional rustle of leaves in the alien wind. INT. OUTSKIRTS OF YOHEN- DAY As they approached the edge of the city, they saw the swirling rip in the sky, pulsing with otherworldly energy. The portal looked more ominous than ever, its edges frayed and unstable. They felt the hairs on their arms stand on end as they drew closer, the air crackling with a power that seemed to hum in their very bones. "I can''t believe we''re actually going back there," Ha-Yoon whispered, her eyes wide with a mix of excitement and fear. "What if we can''t come back?" Si-woo took a deep breath, squeezing her hand reassuringly. "We have to trust that we can. And if we can''t, we''ll find a way no matter what, together." They stepped through the portal, the fabric of reality parting around them like a curtain. The colors swirled and danced, a symphony of light that was both terrifying and mesmerizing. Ha-Yoon felt a moment of vertigo as the world spun around her, and then they were through. They emerged into the same place of green grass they had first stepped into, the floating city islands of Ondur hovering majestically in the distance. The siblings looked around, taking in the unchanged scene with a mix of relief and anticipation. The air was crisp and clean, the scent of unfamiliar flowers filling their nostrils. The sky above was a vibrant blue, with clouds that looked like they had been painted with a soft brush. "Look, the two suns," Si-woo said, pointing upwards. "My guess was right. Time here moves differently." They once again set their eyes upon the dreamlike scene they knew as Ondur. The floating city looked as majestic as ever, its towers gleaming in the light of the two suns that hung low in the sky. The siblings took a moment to appreciate the beauty of the alien world before them, their spirits lifting despite the gravity of their mission. Ha-Yoon squinted at the unfamiliar celestial bodies. "It''s so strange to think that our world is out there, just a few steps away," she murmured. Si-woo chuckled, trying to lighten the mood. "Just a few steps through realms and realities, huh?" He nudged her playfully. "Let''s not forget we have to go to school, not a vacation." But Ha-Yoon was already distracted. She had noticed a group of small, mystical creatures emerging from the bushes, their fur shimmering with a soft glow that matched the light of the twin suns. They had wide, curious eyes and tails that flickered with color. "Hold on a minute," she said, her voice filled with wonder. "Look at these guys!" Si-woo tore his gaze from the heavens and watched as Ha-Yoon approached the creatures. They didn''t seem to be afraid of her, instead, they circled her, their tails swishing in a playful dance. He couldn''t help but smile as she giggled, her eyes sparkling with excitement. The animals were unlike anything they had seen in their destroyed world, and their presence brought a touch of whimsy to the otherwise solemn atmosphere. "We should go," he said gently, glancing at the floating islands in the distance. "We don''t want to be late for our first day of school." They set off, trying to retrace their steps from the day before. Ha-Yoons mind was racing with excitement and apprehension. The air was cool and fresh, the scent of alien blossoms perfuming the air. They walked in silence, the only sounds of their footsteps and the occasional chirp of the luminescent birds that flitted through the sky. "I think we should have turned left at that giant mushroom," Ha-Yoon said, looking back at the path they had taken. Si-woo checked the device in his hand, which had started to glow a faint blue. "It''s okay," he assured her. "This way." They followed a path that wound through the alien forest, the trees towering above them, their leaves whispering secrets in the breeze. The path grew steeper, and the siblings had to climb over fallen branches and rocks. Ha-Yoon stumbled, and Si-woo reached out to steady her. "You okay?" Stolen from its rightful place, this narrative is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. "Yeah," she said, brushing off the dirt. "But where are we? These hills weren''t here before." Ha-Yoon sighs," I should have known not to let you find anything. Let me take over." They climbed higher, the path becoming steeper and more treacherous. Just as they were about to round a bend, a shadow loomed over them. They froze, their hearts pounding in their chests. A creature emerged from the trees, its massive form blocking the sunlight. It was at least eight feet tall, with muscles that bulged beneath its sleek black fur. Its eyes were a piercing green, and its nails looked like they could tear through steel. The beast spoke in a deep, rumbling voice, the words foreign and harsh on their ears. Despite their fear, Si-woo and Ha-Yoon recognized the cadence and tones of the Hoken language. It was speaking in the same dialect they had heard in the floating city. The creature''s voice grew louder, more insistent, and they realized it was begging, its eyes filled with a desperate hunger. "My sweet blood," it repeated, its voice cracking with need. Si-woo and Ha-Yoon stumbled back, their hearts racing. They remembered the hologram of Princess Deane mentioning ''sprits'' briefly, but she hadn''t had time to explain fully before they had to leave. Now, they wished they had stayed a bit longer. The creature took a step forward, its movements surprisingly graceful for something so large. The siblings exchanged a look of panic. "I''m scared Si-Woo," Ha-Yoon whispered with pleading eyes. Si-Woo drops his backpack. Without a moment''s hesitation, Si-woo stepped in front of his sister, "Stay back!" he yelled in the creature''s direction, though he wasn''t sure if it would understand. To their surprise, the beast paused, tilting its head as if contemplating Si-woo''s bravado. The pause was brief, and then the beast sprinted towards Ha-Yoon with a ferocity that seemed impossible for its size. Si-woo''s instincts took over, and he threw himself between the creature and his sister. He barely had time to register the creature''s raised hand before it swiped at him, "CRACK" he heard as he deflected and misguided the blow but only to be whipped by the beast''s tail on his back. "AHHHHH" Si-woo screamed as he felt the air leave his lungs and was sent flying, his body smashing into the ground thirty feet away. Pain shot through his body like a thousand burning needles, and for a moment, he couldn''t breathe. He rolled onto his back, stars swirling in his vision, and watched as the creature loomed over Ha-Yoon, its jaws open in a silent snarl. Ha-Yoon screamed, her eyes wide with terror, the book and device dropping from her grasp. Si-woo''s hand throbbed, the pain intense, but he couldn''t focus on it. He had to protect his sister. Through gritted teeth, he managed to pull himself up onto his good arm. He could feel the warmth of his blood seeping through his shirt, and his legs felt like jelly beneath him. He stumbled towards the creature, his eyes locked on its glowing green eyes. The creature had Ha-Yoon in its massive hand, her hair pulled tight as it raised her into the air. She kicked and screamed, her voice high and panicked. "Big brother!" she shrieked. "Help me!" The sight of his sister in danger was like a knife to Si-woo''s heart. Memories of their mother and Ye-jun lost in the earthquake, flooded his mind. He stumbled to his feet, the pain in his back a distant throb. He had to save her. "Let her go!" he roared, his voice echoing through the quiet forest. The creature''s head snapped around to face him, its teeth bared. Ha-Yoon''s eyes met Si-woo''s, filled with fear but also with trust. He knew he had to do something, anything to save her. With a deep breath, he pushed through the pain and sprinted towards the creature. The ground trembled beneath his feet, and he felt the ''serein'' energy stir within him, a power he didn''t know he had. But he knew he couldn''t make it in time. Ha-Yoon''s cries grew fainter as the creature began to squeeze, her face turning red with the effort to breathe. And then, just as the world seemed to slow down around them, a flash of white shot through the air. The creature instantly disappeared and released her, sending her tumbling to the ground. Si-woo stumbled to a stop, his eyes wide with shock. The beast was hurtling through the air, thrown by and punched by a force that had come from nowhere. The siblings watched in awe as the creature smashed into the side of a distant hill, the earth trembling with the impact. When the dust cleared, there was no sign of it. They turned to find the source of the blow. Standing before them, where the sprit was, was a creature similar to what they had seen in Ondur and had learned from the Princess, the common species of Ondur, called Fae. It was slender and tall, with long black hair that seemed to float around it. His clothes were made of a fabric so fine it was almost transparent, fluttering in the breeze like leaves. The most striking feature was its eyes, a deep midnight blue that seemed to hold the secrets of the universe. INT. WOODS OF ONDUR- DAY "Are you okay?" the Fae asked, concern etched on its ethereal features as it hovered closer to them. Ha-Yoon''s eyes searched the Fae''s face, tears still streaming down her cheeks as she gasped for air. "Who...are you?" she managed to choke out. The Fae hovered closer, its eyes filled with a gentle sadness. "I am Minho, your guide and protector in our world of Ondur. I am deeply sorry for what happened. I had a feeling that you would arrive early, but I did not anticipate the danger you would face. I am here to ensure your safety and teach you the ways of our world, but it seems I failed before I even started." Si-woo, his vision blurring from the pain and exertion, called out weakly, "Ha-Yoon?" His legs buckled, and he felt himself falling into darkness. But before he could hit the ground, a pair of strong arms caught him. Si-Woo passed out. The Fae''s expression filled with alarm as it carefully cradled him. "You''re hurt," Minho said, its voice a gentle whisper. "Let''s get you to safety first." "Si-Woo!!" Ha-Yoon started yelling, her voice shrill with panic. She rushed to her brother''s side, tears streaming down her face. "No, we can''t just leave him like this!" Minho''s calm voice floated through the air. "I will not let him die. I promise. But we must move quickly. There are more of those creatures nearby." The Fae''s eyes grew intense, and it raised its hands. Ha-Yoon watched in amazement as Si-Woo''s body and their belongings began to levitate, the force of the ''serein'' lifting them gently off the ground. The book and device hovered alongside them, untouched by the dust that still lingered from the creature''s attack. "Woah" Ha-Yoon said in awe. The Fae, Minho, nodded solemnly. "Follow me. I will heal you as soon as we arrive." Ha-Yoon started running after Minho as fast as she could. Her heart was in her throat as she watched her brother''s limp body hovering in the air. They turned a corner, and Ha-Yoon''s eyes widened in amazement. "Where are we going?" she panted, trying to keep up. Minho glanced back, his gaze softening at her distress. "To a safe place, where I can tend to your brother''s wounds. Here," he said, pointing to a clearing ahead. The siblings had never seen anything like it before¡ªa gigantic dragon-like creature with wings that resembled a kaleidoscope of butterflies lay before them, its scales shimmering in the light of the twin suns. "But...but that''s a dragon!" Ha-Yoon exclaimed, her voice a mix of shock and awe. "I get to see one up close finally" Minho looked at her in question, his brows furrowed slightly. "You can see wyverns?" "How could I not?" Ha-Yoon replied, her voice filled with wonder as she gazed upon the majestic creature. "It''s right there!" Minho''s expression grew thoughtful. "Ondurians are indeed special," he murmured, "but it is unheard of for those outside of Ondur to see our most sacred guardians at such a young age. It seems the serein within you is stronger than we could have imagined." Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website. The dragon-like creature, a wyvern, stirred as they approached. Its massive wings unfurled, casting a rainbow of light across the clearing. Ha-Yoon felt a rush of excitement and fear mingle within her. The creature''s eyes, wise and ancient, met hers, and she knew it could see the goodness in her heart. Minho gently lowered Si-woo to the soft, mossy ground. He pulled a small stone from his pocket, which began to glow a soothing blue. He placed it on Si-woo''s chest, and the light grew, enveloping his body. Ha-Yoon watched, her eyes wide, as the stone''s energy seeped into her brother''s wounds through his ripped shirt, the bruises and cuts slowly fading away. As Minho worked, Ha-Yoon couldn''t resist the urge to reach out and touch the wyvern''s scales. They were warm to the touch, and the creature didn''t seem to mind. She stroked its neck, feeling the smoothness beneath her fingertips. The gigantic beast leaned into her touch, its eyes closing in contentment. "Her name is Lemmy," Minho said without looking up from his work. "I named her after a toy I lost as a child. It''s a strange story, but it brings me comfort to have something from my past with me." "You named a beast like this after a toy you lost," Ha-Yoon said skeptically. "Yes," Minho said "The toy made me feel less alone as a child, especially when I had no one to talk to." While Ha-Yoon marveled at the creature, Si-woo''s eyes began to flutter open. He took in deep breaths, feeling the life force surging through him. The pain was gone, replaced by a warm, comforting sensation that seemed to seep into his very bones. He still felt nauseous, so he still did not move. "You''re okay," Ha-Yoon said, her voice shaky with relief. She grabbed his hand, her eyes never leaving his face. "You''re okay." Minho nodded, his eyes never leaving Si-Woo''s healing body. "The wounds are closed, but he''s lost a significant amount of blood. He needs to rest. Now, your turn, come here." Minho motioned Ha-Yoon closer to them. He places the stone on her neck and begins the healing process. "You were easier to heal than your brother," said Minho "Thank you," Ha-Yoon whispered, her voice shaking with emotion. She couldn''t believe they had encountered such a powerful creature so soon, and that it had tried to harm them."Wait how do you kno-" "We have a few things to discuss. "Minho interrupted, he looked down at Si-woo, a hint of a smile on his lips. "It was nothing," he said, his voice soothing. "I''m just doing my job." He stood, and as he did, Si-woo''s body began to float once more. Ha-Yoon gasped, her eyes wide with astonishment. "Allow me to reintroduce myself," Minho said with a small bow. "I am Minho, Head of the Military and Representative of the Education Branch of the Knowledge Family in Ondur." The siblings exchanged puzzled glances. "What does that mean?" Ha-Yoon asked. "You will soon find out," said Minho, he looked at them with a mix of amusement and urgency. "The serein in your blood draws unwanted attention. You must blend in if you wish to learn in peace. We must go to the school and get you both dressed appropriately." With surprising strength, Minho levitated Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon onto the back of the massive creature. "Hold onto the spine of the beast firmly, it going to be a bit windy." He instructed her, which felt surprisingly comfortable. Their supplies and Si-Woo''s backpack floated behind them as if held by invisible strings. As they took off into the sky," Oh my gosh." Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but squeal with excitement. The wind rushed past them, whipping her hair around her face, and the sensation of flying was unlike anything she had ever experienced. The world below grew smaller, the floating islands of Ondur grew closer, and she felt a thrill of anticipation. Si-Woo, though still a little fatigued from his injuries, couldn''t resist the urge to lift his hand to the sky. He felt the warmth of the twin suns on his skin, and as he touched the air, it felt like he was brushing against the very fabric of reality. He closed his eyes, letting the wind wash over him, feeling a foreign energy within him resonate with the energy of the alien world. At that moment, a vision of his mother and younger brother Ye-jun flashed through his mind. He saw their wide smiles and sparkling eyes as they gazed upon the wonders of Ondur. The image was so vivid, it was almost as if they were right there with him. He knew they would love this place, a world so vastly different from the rubble and despair they had left behind. His heart ached with a bittersweet longing to share this incredible experience with them, and he smiled. INT. CITY OF ONDUR- DAY "How do you know us?" Ha-Yoon said sitting directly behind Minho, her voice filled with wonder. "How did you know were siblings?" Minho turned to her, a gentle smile playing on his lips. "Princess Deane sent me to find you," he said. "But it seems my search was not swift enough, and you encountered danger. I am truly sorry for that." "But how did she know?" Ha-Yoon asked, her voice filled with wonder."Is she a spy?" Minho chuckled, the sound musical and light. "No, she''s not a spy," he said, his eyes sparkling with amusement. "Princess Deane is our current Prophetess of the Milenia. She has the gift of foresight, and she saw your arrival long before you stepped through the portal." The siblings exchanged looks of amazement as they soared through the sky on the back of the majestic wyvern, the alien landscape sprawling out below them. Ha-Yoon clutched the creature''s spine tightly, the excitement of flying tempered by the gravity of their situation. "But why us?" she asked, her voice barely carrying over the wind. Minho turned to face them, his expression earnest. "The kingdom of Ondur values the diversity of life and the balance of the universe," he began. "We cannot stand by and watch as your world and its children are lost to calamity. You, Si-woo, and Ha-Yoon, have been chosen as bearers of the serein. Your unique connection to this energy has the potential to heal and protect, and we hope that through your experiences and education here, you can bring that same healing back to Earth." The siblings exchanged a look of awe and trepidation. The weight of their newfound purpose settled heavily on their shoulders, but the thrill of adventure and the chance to make a difference was undeniable. "The serein is a powerful force that connects all living beings in Ondur," Minho explained as they flew. "It is the essence of life and energy here, and it is what gives us our abilities. It''s rare for anyone to be so attuned to it at such a young age, especially when not born of this world." Si-woo looked over at Ha-Yoon, her eyes sparkling with excitement as she leaned into the wind, her hair fluttering like a banner of freedom. They were both silent, the gravity of their situation sinking in. They had been chosen for a purpose, and it was clear that this journey was going to be more than just an escape from their destroyed home. Minho''s words echoed in Si-woo''s mind. "The pure serein you carry is strong, far stronger than any I''ve felt from children ever. It''s a gift, but it also makes you targets." He could feel the tension in his sister''s grip on the creature''s spine as she took in the information. "But don''t worry about that right now." Minho says "We have other responsibilities to take care of first." As they approached the city, Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but notice the changed terrain of the woods below. The once vibrant greenery looked almost... muted. "The trees, the hills" she murmured, "They''re different." Minho nodded, his eyes reflecting understanding. "Ah, the Sprits that live in the outside forest of Ondur. They are known to shift the landscape to their will. The clear path you took yesterday is now a dense jungle. It''s part of their nature, a way to maintain the balance and prevent overuse of the land." He explained, his voice filled with admiration. "But why would they lead us into danger?" Ha-Yoon questioned, still shaking from the encounter with the creature. "Even though our people are on better terms than ever with the Sprits currently, our history is riddled with nothing but bloodshed." Minho said, "So unfortunately there will always be some inconsistencies." Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. "Princess Deane mentioned to me yesterday that the ancient Mu would guide you two to Ondur yesterday, but the only way I could foresee that happening is if you followed the fables and the signs in the trees made by them considering it''s been thousands of years since anyone has seen them...since I''ve seen them." "What is the Mu?" Ha-Yoon questioned, trying to piece together the fragments of knowledge they had been given. Minho''s eyes grew distant, a look of reverence crossing his features. "The Mu are ancient beings, the original inhabitants of Ondur. They are the keepers of the land and the guardians of the serein. It''s said that they live in the deepest parts of the forest, where the veil between our world and the spirit realm is thinnest. Their sightings are rare, but when they do appear, it is often a sign of great change or need." Ha-Yoon felt her heart race at the mention of the creatures they had encountered the day before. "The little iridescent beings in the trees!" she exclaimed. "We saw them yesterday when we first arrived! They were so beautiful, and they guided us from the school!" Minho nodded, his expression serious. "Those are the Sprits of the Forest. They are ancient and wise, and their guidance is not to be taken lightly. It seems you have already begun to form a bond with the serein and the creatures of Ondur."Minho sighs "But I''m glad my old friends are doing fine." he says solemnly. The siblings stared at each other. They had been chosen for a purpose, and it was clear that this journey was going to be more than just an escape from their destroyed home. "We will need to be careful," Minho said solemnly. "Our world is not without its dangers, and there are those who would seek to harm you for the power you possess. If you see the fables in the trees again don''t hesitate to follow them, it seems they are for you. I will program the T crystal Princess Deane gave you to lead you to your portal and the path of the trees created by the Mu so you won''t get lost." The siblings nodded, their eyes wide with wonder and fear. They knew that the adventure ahead of them was fraught with peril, but the excitement of exploring a new world, of learning new things, was too great to ignore. As they flew closer to the city, Minho pointed out various landmarks and explained the history of Ondur. Ha-Yoon listened eagerly, her mind racing with questions and theories. "Also, were you the one who fixed our house too?" she asked, the curiosity getting the better of her. Minho nodded. "Yes, I was there to oversee the reconstruction. The stones from your world are fascinating. They contain a pure form of ''serein'' that we can harness and use to strengthen our own abilities. It''s quite rare, and the King was adamant that your house be restored before any other task was undertaken." "It''s a new field of study for us Fae folk too," said Minho "So I was hoping to get answers from you two, regarding the stone coming from your world, but it seems you also didn''t know about it either I presume." "If there ever was a stone like that in our world we would know about it," Ha-Yoon said. "And how did you heal Si-Woo with just a stone?" Ha-Yoon asked, her curiosity piqued. "Well like I said, It''s something we''re still studying," Minho admitted. "The stones I brought from your world have an unparalleled purity of serein. When I touched it, the energy within me melded with the stone, amplifying its healing properties. It''s an unexpected development, but one we''re eager to explore." Si-Woo, who had been quietly listening, spoke up. "What happens when the stone runs out of energy?" Minho''s expression grew thoughtful. "When the stone''s serein is depleted, it returns to its natural state. However, if it''s exposed to a significant amount of pure serein again, it may reactivate. It''s an intriguing mystery, one that could change the way we live in Ondur." " I apologize if it seems we are taking your world from you," said Minho. "If you want us to stop, I will do everything in my power to convince King Morey." "You''re not taking anything if nothing''s there, to begin with," Ha-Yoon said in a soft voice. "Our world, homes, friends, and family are gone," Si-Woo said looking up at the sky. Minho''s expression grew solemn. "I understand your pain, but the serein in your world holds secrets that could be vital to our survival. And perhaps, to yours as well." He urged the wyvern onward, and the siblings could feel the city''s energy growing stronger with every beat of its wings. As they approached the Young Academy of Ondur, "King Morey...is he-," Ha-Yoon was about to ask, but her question was swallowed by the breathtaking sight before them. The city was a symphony of buildings that had an old-fashioned sense but occasionally gleamed with a metallic sheen, and still had the organic warmth of wood. The air was alive with the vibrant hues of the twin suns reflecting off the water below. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- DAY The children of Ondur had begun to gather outside the school, their eyes wide with excitement as they caught sight of the wyvern descending. They whispered among themselves, their voices a mix of awe and curiosity. Most had never seen anyone from outside their own world, and certainly not two children riding a creature of such grandeur that they couldn''t even completely comprehend due to their undeveloped eyes. As they touched down, the ground rumbled slightly, and the children took a collective step back, their eyes never leaving the siblings. Ha-Yoon felt a thrill of excitement and a touch of nerves as they dismounted. She could feel their gazes on her, some filled with wonder, others with a hint of envy. The academy was a stunning blend of ancient and modern architecture, with large arched doorways that looked like they had been carved by the very hand of time itself, leading into gleaming halls that reflected the twin suns'' light. The walls were covered in intricate carvings that depicted scenes of battles and triumphs, as well as images of creatures that Ha-Yoon had never seen before. As they dismounted, a flurry of questions from the children surrounded them. "How did you get to ride a wyvern?" one child asked, eyes wide with wonder. "I''ve been waiting for my turn for ages!" Another chimed in, a hint of envy in their voice. Ha-Yoon looked at Si-woo, who was still floating in the air, and shrugged. "It''s complicated," she said with a smile, trying to keep her voice light. "But maybe you''ll get to ride one too, someday," she says in a snarky tone. Minho stepped forward, raising his hands to silence the children. "Welcome to the Young Academy of Ondur," he announced. "These are our newest students, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon. They come from a distant land, and they are here to learn from us, as we are from them." The children stared in awe, some whispering to one another in Hoken, their eyes flicking between the siblings and the floating Si-Woo. Ha-Yoon felt a mix of excitement and nervousness as she took in the sea of unfamiliar faces. Suddenly, a figure rushed out of the school, her white hair flowing behind her like a banner of welcome. "Oh, my highs and lows, what happened?" exclaimed Princess Deane. Her eyes took in the sight of Si-Woo floating gently in the air, the last vestiges of the healing light faintly emanating from his healed scars. She looked at Minho, her eyes searching for answers. Ha-Yoon steps forward "I thought you would already know, with you being a prophet and all. she said sarcastically. Princess Deane''s eyes widened slightly, but she chuckled, the tension around them dissipating. "Even as a prophet, we have our limits," she said, her voice gentle. "Now, hurry to your class, Ha-Yoon. You''re starting at level one until we can evaluate your abilities, Minho will lead you there." If you encounter this tale on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Si-woo gently hit the top of Ha-Yoon''s head "Be nice." Ha-Yoon started pouting while rubbing her head." I''m sorry" she said. "It''s okay, she''s just worried about us," Si-Woo said with a gentle smile. He looked around, still floating horizontally. "I guess I''ll get used to this eventually," he murmured to himself. "Now let me take the little boy to the nurse and get him ready for level two class." Princess Deane said." We''ll talk later Minho." Anxious, Minho nervously laughed. As Si-Woo floated after her, his backpack in tow, Ha-Yoon watched in amazement. "What do you mean by level two?" she called out, her voice trailing as they disappeared into the school. Minho turned to face her, his expression kind. "The Young Academy of Ondur operates on a tiered system, based on the student''s age, knowledge, growth rate, connection to the serein, and their ability to manipulate it. Level one is for beginners, where the basics of serein and our language, Hoken, are taught. As you grow stronger and more attuned to the energy, you advance to higher levels." "But why can''t we be in the same class?" Ha-Yoon pouted. "We''ve always learned together." Minho placed a comforting hand on her shoulder. "In Ondur, we believe that everyone learns at their own pace, and in their own way. It''s important that you both receive the education that suits your individual needs." Ha-Yoon nodded, trying to understand. "But we''re not leaving each other, right?" she asked, her eyes searching his. Minho smiled, his expression reassuring. "No, of course not. You''ll still see each other sometimes throughout the day, and you''ll share your experiences. But for now, you need to focus on your individual growth. Remember, you both have a unique role to play in the balance of the serein." " It can''t be that much different from your world," Minho said "Now, follow me, and let''s get you into the school uniform, the kids are not used to your otherworldly attire," he said as they walked into the large archlike doorway of the academy. The walls were lined with floating lamps, casting a warm glow that danced across the gleaming marble floor. The children of Ondur, their eyes wide with curiosity, watched as Si-Woo was led away by the princess, his floating form leaving a trail of whispers in their wake. "I''m going to leave you with our academy''s nurse," Princess Deane said. "She''ll take care of you and make sure you''re ready for class, I''m genuinely sorry this happened to you." The nurse''s office was a softly lit chamber, the walls adorned with glowing herbs and potions that hummed with serein. The air smelled faintly of lavender, a soothing scent that seemed to ease the tension in Si-Woo''s body. "Here you go," Princess Deane says while she lays Si-Woo down on an open bed then kisses him on the forehead. "We have a patient this early, oh my gosh it''s the princess," the nurse exclaimed, dropping the book she was reading. She was a healthy woman with kind eyes and a gentle touch, her hair pulled back into a neat bun, with circular glasses that seemed to complement her light green eyes and hair. She bustled over to Si-Woo, her eyes quickly assessing his condition. "MMMM, I see." A bell rings. Princess Deane looks at the nurse frantically. "Could you please take care of this boy for me and send him to class when ready?" Princess Deane said in a hurry. "Thank you." then she left. INT. INSIDE THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- DAY The nurse looked at Si-Woo, her eyes softening. "She''s always in a hurry," she murmured to herself." You must be the being from the other world I''ve heard about." The nurse cleared her throat. "Alright young man, it''s time to get you into your school clothes," she said with a smile. "I''m sure you''re eager to start your first day of school in Ondur!" But when Si-Woo didn''t move, she made her way over to him, her eyes sparkling with mischief. "Oh, come now," she said, her hands poised over his ribs. "I know a little something that''ll get you up and about!" With a sudden burst of energy, she began to tickle him gently, her fingers dancing across his skin. He squirmed and giggled, his body rising slightly off the bed in an attempt to escape. "No, no, stop it!" he squealed through laughter, his eyes welling up with tears. The nurse''s laughter was warm and infectious, filling the room like a gentle summer breeze. She stopped tickling Si-Woo and leaned back in her chair, her light green eyes twinkling. Sitting up cross-legged Si-Woo said " This world is so wonderful; it was so fun floating around like that. Will I be able to do that too?" The nurse, a young-looking woman with a gentle smile, handed him a neatly folded set of school clothes. "Possibly, with training and practice," she said, her voice soothing. "But for now, let''s get you dressed and ready for your level two class, and welcome to our world." Handing the clothes to Si-Woo she said " You shouldn''t take advantage of Princess Deane''s kindness." Si-Woo blushed slightly, taking the clothes. "I''m sorry," he murmured, his voice filled with genuine regret. "I didn''t mean to cause any trouble." The nurse''s expression softened. "I know, dear," she said. "But it''s important to be less of an inconvenience to Her Majesty, especially now of all times. Now, let''s get you dressed." "What''s your name," asked Si-Woo. "Nurse Lila" she replied with a smile, watching as Si-Woo carefully maneuvered his way into the clothes she had given him. The fabric was light and almost weightless, made from the fibers of a plant that grew only in the purest parts of the serein-rich forest. The uniform was indeed a black two-piece, consisting of a tailored t-shirt and shorts. The material felt like a second skin, moving with him effortlessly as he tested his newfound abilities. The t-shirt had a silver emblem on the left chest, a stylized version of the Ondurian sun, with the two suns converging into a single point. Nurse Lila observed him with a knowing smile, her eyes glowing with a gentle serein light. " I can already see you you''ve been healed so I''m just going to do a check-up before sending you off." Si-Woo nodded, his eyes still filled with wonder as he touched the emblem on his chest. "Is this a symbol of something important?" he asked, his curiosity piqued. This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version. "Ah, you noticed," Nurse Lila said with a chuckle. "That''s the emblem of the Young Academy. It represents the coming together of the two suns, the blending of light and shadow, which is the essence of serein. It''s a reminder that knowledge and power come from understanding both sides of the spectrum." As she examined Si-Woo, her eyes grew serious. "Your serein signature is quite strong, much more than I''ve seen in any other newcomer. You''re going to be a prodigy here, I can tell." "What does that mean?" Si-Woo asked, his voice filled with excitement and a hint of trepidation. Nurse Lila chuckled, patting him on the shoulder. "It means you''re going to be quite popular around here," she said with a wink. "But don''t let it go to your head, okay?" Finally, she declared him fit for class and gave him a gentle nudge. "Now, hurry along," she said, her voice taking on a firm but kind tone. "Your classroom is two hallways down to the left, third door on the right. "You''re already late for class." Si-Woo nodded, his excitement overshadowing his earlier anxiety. He slipped his backpack over his shoulders, feeling the weight of the school supplies he packed from his home before leaving and a few treasured items from home. "Thank you, nurse Lila." He exclaimed, took a deep breath, and stepped out of the nurse''s office, the door sliding shut behind him with a gentle whoosh. Si-Woo stepped out into the corridor, his heart racing with excitement and a hint of anxiety. The academy was vast, a maze of corridors stretched out in every direction, each lined with doors that promised new knowledge and adventure. The hallways were quiet with a little hint of chatter from the classrooms that had started. The hallways were quiet with a little hint of chatter from the classrooms that had started. He took a deep breath, orienting himself as best he could before setting off down the left hallway. The academy''s walls were adorned with intricate murals that depicted scenes of ancient battles and epic quests and rooms where the class was already in session. As he walked, Si-Woo couldn''t help but feel a sense of awe at the power and history that seemed to pulse from every corner. But as he went deeper into the building, the hallways grew narrower, and the lights dimmer. With a sinking feeling, he realized he had no idea where he was going. "UGHH not again," Si-Woo exclaimed. He had been wandering the halls for what felt like an eternity, his excitement slowly morphing into confusion and then frustration. He had been to the end of the third hallway, and still, the classroom remained elusive. He turned to head back when he heard the soft patter of feet approaching. "Si-Woo!" Mai joyfully called out. Mai, a young Ondurian girl with silver hair and piercing blue eyes, came around the corner. She was dressed in the same black uniform as Si-Woo, her smile wide and her gait swift. "Thank goodness I found you," she said, breathlessly. "You''re in my class!" "Really?" Si-Woo''s eyes lit up. "Which classroom is it?" Mai took his hand, her grip firm and reassuring. "Don''t worry, I''ll show you," she said, leading him through the twisting corridors. "It''s not far, just follow me, the teacher sent me to get you from the nurse''s office, but when I showed up nurse Lila said you''d had left a while ago." "Thank you, Mai," Si-Woo said, his voice filled with relief. "I don''t know what I''d do without you." "It''s no problem," she said, her eyes twinkling with amusement. "I know this place like the back of my hand." They arrived at the classroom, and as the door slid open, the murmur of young voices grew louder. The room was a circular chamber with walls that curved upwards, giving the illusion of a dome. The windows were large, allowing the light of the twin suns to stream in, casting a soft glow across the students who sat in small groups, their eyes all trained on Si-Woo and Mai holding hands. Mai''s cheeks turned a soft shade of pink as she realized their entwined fingers. She quickly let go, her eyes darting around the room in embarrassment. Si-Woo felt his own face heat up, but he couldn''t help the small smile that tugged at his lips. It was comforting to have found a friend in this new, confusing world. INT. INSIDE THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- DAY The room grew quieter as the teacher, a young man with piercing midnight blue eyes and sharp features, stepped forward. "Ah, the student has arrived," he said, his voice carrying a hint of amusement. Si-Woo immediately recognized the teacher as Minho, the guard who had found them in the ruins of their old world. Minho''s eyes landed on them. "Go on, find your seat now." He motioned for them to take their seats; his expression unreadable. Their classmates, a mix of children with dark and light-skinned Fae with pointed ears, turned to look at the newcomer with a mix of curiosity and something else Si-Woo couldn''t quite place. As he made his way to the seat that Minho had indicated, he noticed that some of the other kids were giving him envious looks. It was subtle, but the way their eyes lingered on his uniform and the way they whispered to each other was unmistakable, the same look Jung-Ho used to give him. Mai took the seat next to him, her cheeks still flushed. "Everyone," Minho announced, his voice resonating through the room. "This is Si-Woo, he''s from another world, and he''s going to be joining us in our class. Be kind and help him out, okay?" The room was filled with nods and murmurs of assent, though Si-Woo couldn''t help but feel the weight of their stares. The desks were arranged in a large circle, with each group of three or four students sitting at a round table. The walls were adorned with maps and diagrams that depicted the complexities of the serein and its properties. "Now, as I was saying," Minho continued, his gaze sweeping over the room. "With me being your o so great homeroom teacher, I will brief you on our Academia. Our academy is divided into 24 classrooms and six homeroom classrooms where the beginning of each day you will go to prepare, and the classrooms caters to a different age group. After every year depending on how your performance is, you move up a level to gain even more knowledge and intelligence. In all, there are seven levels. Every level is paired together in an academy besides lv1,2, and 3s, which are in one. So in all, there are three academies. The youngest, our level ones, are the bright-eyed explorers of the world, eager to learn the basics of serein. They''re the ones who just turned six, seven, and eight." This story originates from a different website. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there. Mai leaned in, her voice low. "You''re in luck," she whispered to Si-Woo. "We''re level twos. That means we can help each other." Minho''s gaze settled on Si-Woo as he spoke. "As you know, you 9- and 10-year-olds are level two students," he said, gesturing to the class. " A bit older and wiser than the level ones, but not quite ready for the challenges of the higher levels. This is where we learn the finer points of serein manipulation and the history of our world." The children around Si-Woo nodded solemnly, their young faces a mix of excitement and concentration. They were all dressed in the same black uniforms, but the silver emblems on their chests varied in design, some depicting mythical creatures, others showcasing intricate patterns of swirling serein. It was clear that each one was a symbol of their own family personal journey and abilities. Minho''s voice grew softer as he spoke of the higher levels. "The level three students, at the tender ages of eleven and twelve, are like the young leaves of the serein tree, just beginning to learn the art of bending the very fabric of our world to their will," he said, his eyes shining with pride. "They''re being educated on how to use serein internally and externally." He paused, allowing the class to absorb the information. "The level four students, our burgeoning teenagers of thirteen and fourteen, have moved beyond learning the basics. They''re just learning to harness the raw power of the serein to manipulate the serein projectivity themselves. Imagine, if you will, being able to control the serein in the air we breathe." he said, his hand drawing an arc in the air as if to conjure a breeze. A gasp went up from the class, and Si-Woo felt his heart race at the thought. "But that''s not all," Minho continued, his voice growing more solemn. "The level five students, are either, fifteen or sixteen or have ''awakened'', you cannot be a level 5 or higher if you haven''t awakened or you''re not at least 15 years old. "Awakened?" Si-Woo whispered to Mai, his eyes wide. Mai leaned closer, her voice barely above a whisper. "It''s when your maturing body completely combines and becomes one with serein," she explained. "It''s like... coming into your full potential. Although I''m not sure about your kind." Minho''s gaze shifted to her, "Indeed," he said, his voice a bit distant. "The ''Awakening'' is a pivotal moment for all Ondurian youths. It''s when you discover what you''re truly capable of, and how you can serve our world. You can awaken as early as 13, but most awaken at about 15, and as late as 20 or 21, but all in all it happens to all of us." The room grew quiet, the students looking at each other with a mix of excitement and apprehension. Si-Woo felt his heart racing at the thought of such power, his mind swirling with questions. INT. INSIDE THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- DAY The burgundy-haired boy, Sol, leaned back in his chair, a smug smirk playing on his lips. "Is that right, new kid?" he called out, his eyes glinting with mischief. "Can your kind even handle the serein? I''ve heard it''s only the Fae who can do it right." The room grew tense, and Si-Woo felt his cheeks flush. He didn''t know how to respond to Sol''s challenge. "Now, now," Minho''s voice cut through the tension, his eyes sparkling with mirth. "Let''s not get ahead of ourselves. Level six is for the young adults, the 17,18-year-olds," he said, addressing the class. "Those who have mastered the basic elements of serein and are ready to learn the complexities of governance and diplomacy, for whichever governing family they want to study in." The room buzzed with excitement at the mention of the governing families. Si-Woo felt a knot in his stomach, unsure of what that meant for him. "You will find out more when you become a level five," Minho said. "But what about level 7?" a voice piped up from the back of the room. It was a boy with spiky blonde hair and a mischievous glint in his eyes. Minho''s expression grew serious. "Ah, yes," he said, his eyes sweeping over the students. "The level 7 students are our most advanced. They are 19, 20-year-olds, those who have not only started to master serein and create their own arts but have learned to weave it into the very fabric of their being." A hush fell over the room as the students leaned in, eager for more. "They are the ones who are considered the future guardians of our world, the ones who will stand at the forefront of our battles, and the voyagers of our technological evolution." "But enough about that," Minho said, his voice a gentle reprimand. "Let''s focus on the here and now. In each of these levels, there are ''greenies'' and ''seniors''. The greenies are the newcomers of a level, who are just beginning their year. You''ll spend at least two years in a level, learning the basics of serein and basic education of the world, and the seniors are the ones who''ve spent a year already in the level, but since it takes three years for a level one to move to level two, they have greenies juniors and seniors. " Did you know this text is from a different site? Read the official version to support the creator. Minho''s expression earnestly said "But don''t be discouraged, young ones. We have a special test here called the pre-mid-term placement test. If you show exceptional progress and a strong sense of knowledge, you may be promoted early. It''s quite the challenge, but I believe in you," he said, his eyes shining with a hint of mischief. The classroom buzzed with excitement and whispers filled the air as the students contemplated the possibility of jumping levels. For Ha-Yoon, the thought of advancing quickly brought a glimmer of hope, while Si-Woo felt a knot of determination tighten in his stomach. He didn''t want to be left behind. "But don''t get too carried away," Minho warned, his smile turning into a serious expression. "The pre-mid-term placement tests are no joke. They''re designed to test not just your knowledge of serein and basic to advance general education, but also your character and your ability to critically think in pressurized situations." The room grew quiet as Minho''s words sunk in. Si-Woo felt the weight of the upcoming challenge settle on his shoulders, his mind racing with the implications. At six years old, he was already older than most students in his class. Could he really keep up with kids who had been born and raised in this world? Mai looked at him, her eyes filled with encouragement. "Don''t worry," she whispered. "We''ll study together." Minho explained, "This means that a 6-year-old could be placed at level two or three based on the results of the pre-mid-term placement test, which will occur two months from now. Be prepared, as this test also has the ability to move you down from level three to level one." Si-Woo''s eyes widened at the mention of the test. Two months didn''t seem like a lot of time to learn and master something as complex as serein. Mai noticed his anxiety and whispered, "Don''t worry. The test is tailored to each level, so the test the level 7s will get is vastly different from the level 2s." Minho cleared his throat, bringing the room back to attention. "Now, let''s talk about the classes you''ll be taking," he announced. "The core curriculum here at the Young Academy consists of Hoken Language and History, Beast Training, Spiritual Meditation, basic martial arts training, and of course, Serein arts." Si-Woo''s eyes lit up at the mention of beast training. He had always loved animals and the thought of bonding with creatures from another world was thrilling. Minho picked up a small stone and held it in the palm of his hand. "Your first lesson will be in basic serein manipulation," he said, his gaze intense. "You will learn to connect with the serein within you and the world around you." INT. INSIDE THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- DAY The bell rang a melodious chime that resonated through the entire academy, signaling the end of the lesson. The students jumped to their feet, the sudden movement creating a flurry of whispers and shuffling feet as they gathered their belongings. Si-Woo looked around, feeling a mix of relief and dread. The first day so far had been overwhelming, but he had survived, and now he had a new goal: to prepare for the pre-mid-term placement test. Mai, walking up from behind gave him a reassuring smile as they left the classroom. "You''ll do great," she said, her voice filled with confidence. "Just focus on the basics for now." The rest of the day was a blur of new faces, unfamiliar names, and the weight of his backpack, which seemed to grow heavier with each new textbook and scroll he was handed. The classes were as diverse as the students, with lessons ranging from the history of Ondur''s creation to the intricacies of the Hoken language, which was a complex mix of sounds and gestures that seemed to dance around the tongue. As the final bell rang, signaling the end of the school day, Si-Woo felt a mix of exhaustion and exhilaration. He grabbed his backpack and made his way to the exit, his eyes searching for Ha-Yoon''s familiar face. Outside the academy, the siblings found each other amidst the swarm of chattering students. The sky was a canvas of pinks and oranges as the two suns began their slow descent, casting a warm glow over the floating islands that surrounded the school. "How was your first day, how are you feeling?" Ha-Yoon asked, her eyes sparkling with curiosity. She had noticed the silver emblem on Si-Woo''s chest, identical to the one she was wearing. Si-Woo took a deep breath, trying to organize his thoughts. "It was... intense," he said finally. "I can''t believe how much we must learn about serein and this world." "Yeah," Ha-Yoon nodded. "But we''re in this together," she said, her voice filled with determination. "We''ll help each other out, just like we always do." Si-Woo managed a smile, feeling the weight of his sister''s words. He knew she was right. They had always been a team, facing challenges side by side, and this was just another one of those moments. Ha-Yoon used the T crystal to uncover the Mu''s path, guiding them out of the forest and toward their portal home. As they stepped through the shimmering gateway, the familiar sight of their neighborhood greeted them, but something was off. "Do the streets look cleaner to you?" Si-Woo asked, his eyes scanning the area with a frown. Unauthorized use: this story is on Amazon without permission from the author. Report any sightings. "Kinda," Ha-Yoon said, her voice filled with wonder. "They do look... different." "Whoa," Si-Woo said pointing up at the sky. The siblings watched as Fae flew by on the backs of majestic wyverns, their scales glinting in the soft light of the setting sun. The children could feel the rush of wind as the beasts flew past, their eyes wide with amazement. Ha-Yoon remarked, "They must be preparing Yohen for immigration." The siblings advanced in silence, absorbing the familiar yet transformed landscape. Upon arriving at their home, Si-Woo halted at the view of his mother''s grave. Where an overgrown patch of soil once lay, a young tree now sprouted. A twinge of grief, intertwined with an odd reverence, struck him. He sensed their mother''s essence had merged with this nascent world. Bowing his head, he offered a quiet farewell, and then they both proceeded to step into their home. The house looked untouched as if waiting for their return. Ha-Yoon made her way to Ye-Jun''s old room, which now served as a makeshift living area. She plopped down onto the bed, the softness enveloping her in comfort. "Let''s see what''s on TV," she suggested, reaching for the remote that lay on the nightstand. Si-Woo, still standing, rolled his eyes. "It won''t work," he said, his voice echoing the doubt in his thoughts. "All the satellite connections are gone." But as Ha-Yoon pressed the power button, the TV flickered to life, displaying a man with a sharp smile, dressed in a neat suit. The room was filled with a sense of disbelief as the news anchor spoke in their language, his words carrying a sinister undertone. "Breaking news," he announced, his voice ringing out clear and crisp. "The final count is in. Earth has been cleansed of the human plague. Only a select few, less than one hundred, remain." The siblings'' jaws dropped in horror as the images on the screen switched to show schools and buildings, now a pile of rubble. Faces of families flashed by, some smiling, some crying, all looking lost and afraid. "What''s happening?" Ha-Yoon whispered, her eyes glued to the TV. Si-Woo''s mind raced as he tried to make sense of the information. "They''re talking about Earth," he murmured. "They think we''re gone." The news anchor''s expression grew smug. "But fear not," he said, his eyes seemingly looking straight into the camera. "We are in search of any survivors, especially a young human male named Si-" but the TV suddenly fused out. "What the-" Ha-Yoon yelled in frustration as she slapped the power button several times. The TV remained black. "Maybe we can get Minho to fix it later," Si-Woo suggested, his voice shaky. He couldn''t shake the feeling that they were being watched and that the TV had gone out on purpose. The silence in the room was suffocating. "It''s getting late," Ha-Yoon said, her voice cutting through the tension. "Let''s eat." They rummaged through the kitchen, finding that it had been stocked with food that was somehow familiar yet different. The fruits were vibrant and had a unique taste that danced on their tongues, and the vegetables were crisp and bursting with flavor. They cooked a simple meal of rice and a stew filled with Ondurian ingredients. Despite their appetites being sated, the food felt like a small victory, a comforting reminder of home amidst the overwhelming changes. Lying in bed and gazing at the stars through the skylight, Si-woo looked to his left to see Ha-Yoon already asleep, he looked back up at the skylight and found himself pondering the words of the man on TV, "Whose name was he about to say" he thought. Intermittent thoughts eventually lulled him into sleep. INT. SI-WOOS HOUSE-INSIDE The siblings woke to the gentle chirping of unfamiliar birds, a sound that had become a comforting part of their new morning routine. They dressed in their crisp black uniforms, feeling a sense of belonging as they put the silver emblems on their chests. The house was quiet, almost eerie in its perfection as if it had been waiting for them to breathe life into it once again. They collected the device and books given by the princess, sensing the gravity of their new duties. The device, a compact and sleek crystal, vibrated softly, projecting holographic images and data about the serein and its characteristics. The books were venerable volumes brimming with lore and knowledge of Ondur. After studying and eating, they went to Ondur. "You ready?" Si-Woo turned to Ha-Yoon, his eyes reflecting the nervous excitement bubbling inside him. Ha-Yoon nodded firmly, gripping her T-crystal tightly. They stepped out of the house, the cool morning air kissing their cheeks as they made their way to the portal. The gravity of their new profound life weighed heavily on their young shoulders, but they were determined to face whatever lay ahead. The portal shimmered in the early light, a gateway to a world that was both strange and somehow comforting. Holding hands, they took a deep breath and stepped through the shimmering veil. The sensation was like diving into a pool of cool, clear water, a brief moment of weightlessness before their feet found purchase on the solid ground of Ondur. The world was as they had left it, unchanged by the passage of time, yet everything felt different. The air was cleaner, the colors more vibrant, and the very earth beneath their feet hummed with a palpable energy. Ha-Yoon looked around in wonder, her eyes drinking in every detail. The once barren landscape was now dotted with floating islands, lush with life and bustling with activity. The story has been taken without consent; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. "This will never get old," Ha-Yoon murmured to herself, her voice filled with awe. Si-Woo nodded in agreement, his eyes wide with wonder as they took in the view. "Let''s get going," Ha-Yoon said, her voice filled with excitement. "We''ve got a lot to learn." As they approached the path of the Mu''s, Si-Woo spotted a figure standing in the shade of a tree with a familiar Large dark figure behind it, watching them. As they drew closer, the figure stepped out into the light, revealing Minho with a knowing smile on his face. "Minho!" Ha-Yoon exclaimed, her eyes lighting up with relief and excitement. "Yes, I see you two have settled in nicely," he said, his eyes scanning their uniforms and the books tucked under their arms. "But there''s something I need to discuss with you before we head to the academy." The siblings exchanged puzzled glances. "What is it?" Si-Woo asked, his voice filled with a hint of trepidation. Minho''s smile faded, and he grew serious. "You both have a great responsibility now, as great pure serein bearers." He paused, letting the weight of his words sink in. "And there are those who would seek to use you or your powers for their own gain." The siblings nodded solemnly, understanding the gravity of their situation. "We know," Ha-Yoon said, her grip on the T crystal tightening. "Good," Minho said, his smile returning. "Because I have a surprise for you." He snapped his fingers, and the air around them shimmered, fully revealing the majestic black and silver wyvern, its eyes gleaming with intelligence. "Tomorrow, after school, I''m going to personally train you in combat arts so you will be able to take care of yourself." He said proudly. The siblings looked at each other, their excitement building. "Thank you, Minho," Si-Woo said, his eyes shining. "But why not today?" Ha-Yoon asked, her voice filled with eagerness. "We''re ready to start learning now." Minho chuckled, his eyes twinkling. "Patience, young ones. After classes today, I have other plans for you. Now, let''s hurry to the academy," he said, urging them forward. They rode on Lemmy, the majestic black and silver wyvern, to the city of Ondur. The creature''s wings beat rhythmically, slicing through the air with the grace of a dancer. The wind whipped through their hair as they soared over the floating islands, the city growing larger with each passing moment. INT. CITY OF ONDUR- DAY As they approached the academy, Si-Woo felt his heart quicken. The grand building, a marvel of serein architecture, loomed ahead of them, its towers piercing the sky like gleaming swords. The students below looked like ants from this height, their movements a blur of color and energy. Minho brought the wyvern to a smooth landing in front of the academy''s grand entrance. The creature''s wings folded back gracefully, and Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon slid off its back, their legs wobbly from the exhilarating ride. "Remember," Minho called out as they approached the massive doors, "meet me here after classes. We have much to discuss and even more to prepare for." With a nod, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon stepped through the grand entrance of the Ondurian academy, their hearts racing. The halls were bustling with students of various ages, their uniforms fluttering in waves of black. The siblings felt a swell of pride as they walked side by side, their silver emblems glinting in the soft light of the chandelier-like lanterns. "My class is in the left wing," Ha-Yoon said, her eyes searching for the right corridor. "I''ll see you after school, okay?" "Good luck," Si-Woo said, giving her a reassuring pat on the shoulder. "I''ll be in the right wing." They parted ways, each swallowed by the sea of students moving in different directions. Si-Woo''s heart was a mix of excitement and anxiety as he navigated the unfamiliar corridors, the whispers of the serein guiding him to his classroom. As he turned a corner, he saw a group of older students blocking his path. They were all dressed in black, their silver emblems gleaming in the light, and their eyes were cold and calculating. One of them, a tall boy with familiar burgundy hair wearing, a sneer, stepped forward. "Hey, greenie," the boy drawled, his voice dripping with condescension. "I heard you think you''re special because you rode a wyvern." The hallways grew quieter as students gathered, their curiosity piqued by the confrontation. Si-Woo''s face grew hot, his fists clenching at his sides. He recognized the boy from the time Si-woo was playing with the animals outside of the academy, Sol. SI-WOO (softly) What do you want? The tension in the air was thick as the group of older students circled around him, their eyes glinting with malice. SOL (laughs) Oh, nothing much. Just wanted to make sure you know your place here. You other other world scum. The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. His friends, a motley crew of sneers and bravado, erupted into laughter. One of them, a tall, burly boy with short blond hair and a cruel glint in his eye, stepped closer to Si-Woo. BURLY BOY (snickers) Doesn''t he look like a girl with that pink hair? The group''s laughter grew louder, bouncing off the polished stone walls of the corridor. Si-Woo''s cheeks burned with a mix of anger and embarrassment. Flashbacks of Yohen flooded his mind, the cruel taunts of Jung-ho and his gang echoing in his ears. "Pink-haired bitch, pink-haired bitch," they would chant, pushing him down in the dirt, his mother''s gentle hands nowhere to be found to wipe away his tears. He had learned to deflect and block blows because of it. But here, in this new world, he had hoped for a new start. He hadn''t anticipated that his past would follow him so quickly. His eyes stung with the burn of unshed tears, and his heart hammered in his chest. He could feel the weight of their stares, the laughter boring into his soul like a thousand tiny knives. "I guess some things will never change," Si-Woo murmured to himself, the words a whisper of resentment. He took a deep breath, steeling himself for the fight that seemed inevitable. He had faced bullies before, and he knew how to handle them. But this was different; this was his new home, and he didn''t know the rules. Before Si-Woo could react, the sound of rushing wind filled the corridor. A blur of silver and black shot through the crowd, and suddenly, the air was filled with the scent of jasmine. Through the waves of laughter, Mai appeared, her eyes blazing with a fiery determination that made the bullies take a step back. She was smaller than most of them, but her presence was like a storm cloud, electric and unyielding. "What''s going on here?" she demanded, her voice cutting through the raucous like a knife. The group of older students looked at her, their smirks fading as they recognized the authority in her tone. "Nothing," Sol said, trying to recover his cool demeanor. "Just introducing ourselves to the new kid." Mai''s gaze was sharp as a tack, skewering each of them in turn. "Then I suggest you do it elsewhere," she said, her voice like a whip crack. "Si-Woo has classes to attend, and I''m sure the teachers wouldn''t appreciate this disturbance." "Tsk" Sol''s eyes narrowed, but he knew better than to challenge Mai. He nodded curtly and gestured for his friends to follow. As they left, he called over his shoulder, "This isn''t over, pink hair." Mai''s gaze softened as she turned to Si-Woo. "You must''ve got lost again," she said, her voice gentle. She offered a small smile, trying to ease the tension. Si-Woo nodded, feeling a mix of relief and embarrassment. "Thanks," he murmured, his voice barely above a whisper. Mai grabbed his hand, her grip firm and reassuring. "Don''t mention it," she said, pulling him along with surprising strength. "We''ve all had to deal with them. Let''s go to class." The rest of the morning passed in a blur of introductions, new faces, and a deluge of information. The lessons were fascinating, a mix of Fae and serein knowledge that was both enlightening and overwhelming. As the lunch bell chimed, Si-Woo followed the flow of students to the grand cafeteria. The room was a whirlwind of color and chatter, with floating trays laden with food that smelled heavenly. His stomach growled, reminding him that he hadn''t eaten since the meal in the morning. He approached the counter, where a kind-faced fae took his order. The food floated to his tray from behind the counter, a selection of exotic dishes that made his mouth water. INT. INSIDE THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- DAY "This looks so good," he thought, his eyes wide as he took in the steaming plate of food. He sat at an empty table, watching the other students. They talked and laughed, their conversations a beautiful blend of murmurs. The sight of so much diversity was heartwarming, although he felt alone, he was used to this feeling. As he was about to take a bite, Sol sauntered over, his entourage in tow. They stopped right beside him, and without a word, Sol slammed his hand down on the table. "That''s my seat, greenie," he sneered. Si-Woo''s grip tightened around his fork, his knuckles white. He didn''t look up. "It''s free," he said, his voice steady despite his racing heart. Sol leaned in, his breath hot against Si-Woo''s cheek. "Everything in this place is for me and my friends," he whispered, his voice dripping with malice. "Remember that, or would you like to fight for it?" Si-Woo''s eyes narrowed, but he knew he couldn''t afford to let his temper get the best of him. He pushed his chair back, the legs scraping against the floor, and stood up. Sol was indeed a head taller, towering over him like a mountain of arrogance. But Si-Woo had faced giants before, and he wasn''t about to let this one intimidate him. "Fine," he said through gritted teeth. "I''ll find somewhere else to eat." He picked up his tray, the silverware clinking together, and began to walk away. The cafeteria was large enough that he was sure to find a quieter spot. As he climbed the stairs to the roof, Si-Woo felt a sense of relief wash over him. He didn''t need their company or their games. The air was crisp and clean up here, free from the stifling heat and noise of the cafeteria. He found a quiet corner and sat down, his legs dangling over the edge as he looked out at the floating islands and the two suns. He took a bite of his food, savoring the burst of flavors when a tear trickled down his left cheek. He froze the food in his mouth suddenly tasteless. "Why am I crying?" he thought, his voice echoing in the silence. "I should be used to this...right Mom?" The memory of his mother''s gentle smile was like a knife in his heart. He swallowed hard, wiping his cheek with the back of his hand. The bell chimed again, signaling the start of the next class: Serein Arts. With a heavy heart, Si-Woo gathered his things and made his way to the designated classroom. The room was vast, with walls lined with crystalline structures that pulsed with a soft, ethereal light. The students were already seated, Sol''s eyes on him as he entered. A darker-skinned teacher, with hair that looked like a waterfall of shadowy silk, strode in. Her eyes met Si-Woo''s, and she offered a gentle smile that seemed to hold a world of understanding. "Welcome, class," she said, her voice a melodious blend of authority and warmth. "I am Mistress Shanara, and I will be your guide through the wonders of Serein arts." If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Her words seemed to echo in the vast room, and Si-Woo felt a spark of hope. Maybe here, in this place of learning, he could find the answers he sought. He took his seat, his eyes never leaving the floating crystals that surrounded them. The class began with a lecture on the fundamental principles of serein, the very essence that fueled their abilities. Mistress Shanara was a dynamic speaker, her hands moving gracefully as she described the intricate process of how serein was processed through the body. "It''s like breathing," she explained, her eyes twinkling. "But instead of air, you draw in serein from the very fabric of this world." She paused, allowing the words to sink in before asking, "Does anyone know the specific organ that is responsible for this?" The class was quiet, the only sound was the occasional flutter of pages as students checked their notes. Then, she called on Sol, the burly, burgundy-headed boy who had been glaring at Si-Woo since their encounter in the hallway. "Go ahead, Sol," she said, her smile encouraging. Sol stood up, his chair scraping against the floor. "It''s the...uh...the...uh," he stumbled over his words, his face reddening as he struggled to remember. The room grew tense, the weight of his silence stretching out like a tightrope. Si-Woo felt a little embarrassed at Sol''s discomfort, but he knew better than to let it show. Without a moment''s hesitation, Si-Woo raised his hand. "Ma''am," he called out, his voice clear and steady. "It''s our serein Dantian core, located in our chests." Mistress Shanara''s eyes lit up. "Very good, Si-Woo," she said, nodding her approval. "Your knowledge is already quite advanced for a new student." Sol''s face twisted into a scowl, and he sat down heavily, his chair groaning under his weight. His cheeks were a dull red, and his eyes bore into Si-Woo-like twin drills. The rest of the class murmured, casting glances between the two of them. "The serein Dantian," she proclaimed, her voice undulating gently, "is the foundational seed of your meridian channels that extend across your spirit. It is the nexus where the energy of this realm circulates, linking you to the quintessence of Ondur. As you approach awakening, you will perceive the expansion, movement, and purity of serein." Si-Woo nodded, his mind racing with the implications. It was the same concept they had discussed in the interactive learning sessions with the crystal device. The knowledge filled him with a quiet confidence that washed away the fear of the morning''s encounter. ... As the bell signaling the end of the school day echoed through the academy, Si-Woo gathered his books and made his way to the bathroom. The halls were a river of students, all eager to leave the confines of the school. He pushed through the crowd, feeling a sense of urgency to be alone for a moment. The bathroom was empty, the silence a sharp set off to the cacophony outside. He leaned against the cool marble sink, staring into the mirror. His reflection was pale, his eyes shadowed with exhaustion. The sound of the door opening made him jump, and he turned to see Sol and his entourage saunter in. The room grew colder, the air thick with tension. Sol smirked, his eyes raking over Si-Woo''s bruised and battered form. "Still sticking around, I see," he said, his voice a sneer. "Thought you''d have learned your lesson by now." INT. INSIDE THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- AFTERNOON Si-Woo''s fists clenched, his body taut with the anticipation of a fight. But he knew he couldn''t win, not here, not now. He had to be smart. He took a deep breath and stepped aside, trying to diffuse the situation. "I''m just here to clean up," he said, his voice even. "You can have the bathroom." Sol didn''t move, his smirk growing wider. "What if I don''t want you to clean up?" he taunted, cracking his knuckles. The sound echoed in the tense silence. "What if I don''t want you to leave?" Before Si-Woo could respond, Sol''s fist shot out like a rocket, "BOK" connecting with his cheekbone. The impact was like a thunderclap, and Si-Woo''s head snapped to the side. He tasted copper, the sting of pain bringing him back to reality. His vision swam with stars, and he stumbled backward, the marble wall cold against his back. Sol stepped closer, his friends circling like vultures around their prey. "You think you''re so special because you can answer a few questions?" He spat. "You''re nothing but a transvestite freak from the dead lands." The barrage of blows began, each one aimed with precision and power. Si-Woo''s mind raced as he tried to remember the martial arts he had learned from his brother, but the punches and kicks were unlike anything he had ever seen, they came too fast. He could feel the energy draining from his body, the laughter of the bullies ringing in his ears. Time stretched out into a blur of pain and humiliation. Finally, the beating stopped, and the door to the bathroom slammed shut, leaving Si-Woo alone in the echoing silence. His body ached, and his vision was swimming with stars. "uuhgg" he cried out. He staggered to his feet, his cheek throbbing, and made his way to the sink. The water was cold, and it stung as he washed the blood from his nose and mouth. He rummaged through his backpack and pulled out a clean shirt, pants and mask changing quickly. The sunglasses from the lost and found would have to do to hide his black eye. He didn''t want to give Sol the satisfaction of seeing him hurt. Wiping away the last of the blood, Si-Woo took a deep breath and looked into the mirror again. The mask was a good fit, hiding the bruises that had started to blossom like dark flowers. He pulled on his sunglasses, the dark lenses hiding the tears in his eyes. "You can do this," he whispered to his reflection, trying to convince himself. Leaving the bathroom, he walked through the empty hallways, his heart a drum in his chest. The academy was eerily quiet, the only sound the distant echo of laughter from outside. He made his way to the front of the school, his steps slow and deliberate, trying not to betray the pain that each one brought. As he approached the grand entrance, the doors slid open with a gentle hiss, revealing Ha-Yoon and Minho waiting outside. Ha-Yoon looked up, her eyes widening when she saw her brother''s bruised face. "Si-Woo, what happened?" she gasped, rushing over to him. Si-Woo forced a smile, his hand gingerly touching the sunglasses that obscured his swollen eye. "It''s nothing, really," he lied, his voice a careful blend of casualness and pain. "Just got a little too careless in martial arts class." Ha-Yoon''s eyes searched his, doubt clear in her gaze. Then she playfully flexed her bicep, a fiery determination in her eyes. "I''ll beat them up if you want me to," she said, her voice a mix of bravado and genuine concern. Royal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author. Si-Woo couldn''t help but smile, his cheek stinging with the movement. "Thanks, Ha-Yoon," he said, his voice a little shakier than he''d liked. "But then who is going to save them from you." HA-YOON (laughing) I''ll save them with my elegant kicks, of course! Si-Woo''s laugh was genuine this time, a rare occurrence these days. It felt good, a warmth spreading through his bruised body. MINHO (impatiently) Guys, come on! We''re going to be late. Walking towards Minho Ha-Yoon asks "Where are we going?" Before Minho could speak, Lemmy came swooping down from the sky landing ever so gently behind Minho. HA-YOON (exclaimed) Lemmy! The large wyvern wings flapped with excitement, the wind from them ruffling Si-Woo''s hair. He couldn''t help but feel a twinge of jealousy at the sight of Minho''s bond with his creature. MINHO (turns to Si-Woo) Are you ready? We''re going to the royal palace to meet the king and queen. It''s long overdue. The mention of the royal family brought the gravity of their situation back into focus. Si-Woo nodded, swallowing his pain as he stepped out into the sunlight, the cold droplets mixing with the sweat on his forehead. They mount Lemmy and set off for the Royal Palace. The castle was a behemoth, a testament to the grandeur of the realm of Ondur. Its spires reached for the heavens, a blend of ancient beauty and modern innovation that made Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo''s jaws drop. The stones shimmered with an ethereal light, as if alive, whispering secrets to the clouds above. The archways were adorned with intricate carvings, each telling a story of the realm''s rich history and the valor of its heroes. The grandeur was overwhelming. As they approached, the sunlight brightened abruptly, as if the sky itself had recognized the importance of their visit. Dismounting from Lemmy, Minho handed over the passes, the guards'' eyes widening at the sight of the rare paper. They whispered to each other; their curiosity piqued. One guard stepped forward, a man with skin-like carved jade and hair that flowed like a river of starlight. "Welcome to the Royal Palace of Ondur," he announced, his voice deep and resonant. "Your presence is expected." Minho looked back at the kids, his eyes twinkling. "See?" he said, giving them a wink. "They''re not so bad." But the kids could see the tension in his shoulders, the way his hand hovered near his weapon. The guards might not be as terrifying as the ones at the gates, but they were certainly not to be underestimated. They followed the guard through the grand corridors, their footsteps echoing off the gleaming marble floors. The walls were lined with portraits of kings and queens from centuries past, their faces stern and unyielding. The air was heavy with the scent of incense and power, and Si-Woo felt his heart racing. Was this where they''d find the answers they needed? Finally, they arrived at two massive doors, tall enough to swallow them whole. The wood was adorned with intricate carvings of mythical creatures, their eyes seemingly watching their every move. The guards flanking the entrance nodded to Minho, their expressions unreadable behind their stoic masks. With a deep breath, Minho pushed the doors open, revealing the grand throne room of the Royal Palace. The room was cavernous, with a ceiling so high it was lost in the shadows. The walls were lined with gleaming suits of armor, their swords drawn as if ready to protect the king at a moment''s notice. The light from the windows danced across the gleaming marble floor, casting a kaleidoscope of colors that led to the throne. And there he sat, the king of Ondur: King Morey, a man of immense power and wisdom, his eyes a piercing blue that seemed to see straight through Si-Woo and his hair a silver waterfall that cascaded down his back. Beside him stood Queen Elara, whose beauty was so dazzling it nearly blinded. Her skin possessed the warmth of honey, and her eyes mirrored the gentleness of moonlit waters. Her gown, a work of art made of floating silk, wafted about her as if she were enveloped in a cloud. The vision of her stole Ha-Yoon''s breath, giving her the sensation of having entered a fairy tale, with eyes as white as her hair. INT. ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-AFTERNOON The room grew quiet as Minho took a step forward, his voice carrying the weight of their mission. "Your Highnesses," he began, his voice steady despite the gravity of the situation, "These are the children from the other realm, Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo." King Morey''s gaze swept over them, his eyes sharp as a falcon''s. "Kneel before your king," he boomed, his voice echoing through the vast chamber. The words hung in the air, a command that could not be ignored. But before Ha-Yoon could drop to her knees, Si-Woo''s hand shot out, catching her arm. His eyes met the king''s, unwavering. "We are from Earth," he said, his voice firm and clear. "And we kneel before no man. The only one I will ever bow to is God." The room grew as still as a tomb, the silence thick enough to cut with a knife. The guards'' hands tightened on their weapons, their eyes glinting dangerously. But the king did not react as Si-Woo had expected. Instead of anger, there was something akin to amusement in his gaze. He stepped down from the throne, the thud of his sandals on the marble floor echoing like a drumbeat. "Such defiance," King Morey murmured, his voice a low rumble that seemed to resonate through the very stones of the palace. He stopped a mere inch from Si-Woo''s face, his eyes boring into the younger boy''s soul. Staring into his soul. Then, without warning, the king''s expression shifted from stern to jovial, and a boisterous laugh bellowed from his chest, filling the room with a sound that was both surprising and contagious. The tension that had been building dissipated like mist in the sun, and even the guards couldn''t help but crack a smile. Ha-Yoon''s eyes widened in shock, her hand rising to cover her mouth as she stifled a giggle. "Ah, Earthlings," King Morey said, his voice warm with mirth. "So eager to challenge the status quo I see. I admire your spirit, young Si-Woo." He stepped back and waved a hand, the guards relaxing their stances. "Rise, there is no need for formalities between us today." Si-Woo''s confusion was palpable, his eyes flickering between the king and the grinning Minho. "What''s going on?" he asked, his voice still tinged with defiance. "The king is welcoming us," Minho said, a hint of amusement in his tone. "It seems you''ve made an impression, Si-Woo." "Indeed," King Morey said, his gaze still fixed on Si-Woo. "Your courage is uncommon, young one. And your sister," he turned to Ha-Yoon, "you carry yourself with the grace of a queen." "He knows his stuff," Ha-Yoon whispered to Si-Woo. The queen''s gentle chuckle filled the room, "My dear," she said to the king, "you shouldn''t tease them like that." Her voice was like the melody of a harp, soothing the tension in the air. King Morey''s gaze did not change as he looked at Si-Woo''s bruised reflection on the gleaming marble floor. "Ah, yes, I see," he said, his eyes lingering on the bruises. "It seems you''re already quite adept at making a stand." His tone was light, but there was a hint of concern that didn''t go unnoticed. If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. Si-Woo took a deep breath, his mind racing. He had to come up with a lie, and fast. "It''s... it''s from martial arts class," he blurted out, his cheeks flushing under the mask. "We were sparring and I took a few hits." King Morey''s expression remained unreadable for a moment before a small smile tugged at the corners of his mouth. He reached out a hand and patted Si-Woo gently on the head. "Of course, of course," he said, his voice filled with a warmth that seemed to belie his earlier sternness. "Young ones are always so eager to prove themselves." The king turned to the guards, his smile broadening. "Leave us," he ordered, his tone firm but not unkind. "I wish to speak with our guests in private." The guards bowed and retreated, their footsteps fading into the vast emptiness of the room. Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo watched them go, their hearts beating in unison. When the last guard disappeared through the archway, the king took his seat on the throne once more, gesturing for them to approach. "Please, be at ease," he said, his eyes twinkling. "We are all friends here." As they stepped closer, Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but feel a sense of wonder and awe. The throne was carved from a single piece of crystal, its surface gleaming with an inner light that cast soft rainbows across the floor. The king looked at them with a knowing smile, as if he could read their thoughts. "I am truly sorry for the rough welcome you''ve received," he said, his voice filled with genuine regret. "But fear not, I shall ensure that your stay in Ondur is a peaceful and enlightening one." The siblings shared a hopeful glance, their fears of the unknown momentarily forgotten. Queen Elara stepped forward, her eyes glowing with warmth. "We have much to discuss," she said, her voice as soft as a whispered secret. "But first, let us tend to your wounds." She gestured to a table laden with bottles of shimmering liquid and cloths. Ha-Yoon stepped back, allowing Si-Woo to approach the queen. He cautiously removed his sunglasses, revealing his swollen eye to the regal couple. Queen Elara''s expression grew concerned as she examined his injuries. With gentle hands, she applied a cooling gel from one of the bottles to his bruised skin. The pain began to recede almost immediately, leaving behind a tingling sensation that soothed his nerves. "Thank you," Si-Woo murmured, his voice thick with emotion. It had been so long since anyone had shown them such care. The queen''s eyes softened as she worked, her touch as light as a feather. "You have a strong spirit," she said, her voice barely audible." But I guess that''s evident considering Earth right now." King Morey cleared his throat, his smile fading. "Indeed," he said, his gaze shifting to the siblings. "Which brings us to the matter at hand." "We have foreseen a time of devastation," he began, his eyes growing distant. "A time when the realms will be destroyed by an individual, and our people will need to be ready to embrace new lands, new cultures, and new challenges." He leaned forward, his hands gripping the arms of the throne. "We plan to send young Ondurians to Earth, to integrate with the land, to learn from you, and to prepare themselves for the future." "But what does this have to do with us?" Ha-Yoon asked her voice stern in the vastness of the room. "Everything," the king replied, his gaze never leaving hers. "For it was you, Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo, who were brought to our realm for a purpose. You see, your world is under a revolutionary development like no other, one that we in Ondur have foreseen and are preparing to face. And it seems you two will be the key to our upbringing and growth," The siblings exchanged a look of bewilderment, the gravity of the king''s words weighing on them. "But we''re just..." Ha-Yoon began, but the queen gently placed a hand on her shoulder. "Do not fret," Queen Elara assured them, her voice soothing as a lullaby. "The prophecy speaks of events far into the future. For now, your presence here is a sign of hope, a bridge between our worlds." Her eyes searched theirs, filled with a gentle reassurance that seemed to dispel their fears like shadows in the light. "We shall guide you through this journey, and together, we shall ensure that the bond between Ondur and Earth remains unbroken." INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR- THRONE ROOM This text was taken from Royal Road. Help the author by reading the original version there. INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-TREASURE VAULT "Your Highnesses," Queen Elara''s melodic voice broke the silence. "We must return to our duties. The council awaits us." King Morey nodded in agreement, his eyes lingering on the siblings for a brief moment before turning to the hidden doorway. "Very well," he said, his gaze returning to Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon. "Let us return you to your home." King Morey waves his hand to reveal a hidden door leading back to the throne room. "Thank you, Your Highness," Ha-Yoon says, bowing slightly as they exit the treasure chamber. As they re-enter the grand throne room, their eyes are drawn to the far side, where a figure stands in conversation with Minho. It''s none other than Princess Deane, her emerald sapphire eyes lighting up when she sees them. She''s dressed in a flowing gown that shimmers with the same luminescence as the trees outside, and her hair falls in waves of white and silver. "Ah, you''ve returned," she says, her voice like the chime of crystal bells. "I hope your visit to the treasure vault was enlightening." Before the king could speak, Ha-Yoon dashed across the room, her steps light and swift, and threw her arms around the princess. The embrace was tight, filled with the warmth of a long-lost friend. Surprise flickered across Deane''s features, but she quickly returned the gesture, her arms wrapping around Ha-Yoon''s shoulders. "I''ve missed you so much," Ha-Yoon whispered, her voice thick with emotion. The princess pulled back, a soft smile playing on her lips. "And I, you," she said, her eyes glistening with unshed tears. Princess Deane looked from Ha-Yoon to Si-Woo, her expression filled with a warmth that seemed to fill the room. "But my duties as the princess of Ondur have kept me from tutoring you as much as I would have liked," she said, her voice tinged with regret. "The council has had much to discuss regarding our world''s future." King Morey nodded solemnly. "Indeed," he said, turning to Si-Woo. "And have you encountered any issues with your integration today, my Princess?" Princess Deane''s smile was akin to a sunbeam piercing the clouds. "Everything is proceeding smoothly," she assured him, her eyes momentarily shifting to Si-Woo''s face. "The Sprits and Ondurians are cooperating seamlessly." "Good," the king said, his voice deep and commanding. "The alliance must remain strong. The fate of both worlds depends on it." Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. Minho stepped forward, his eyes gleaming with excitement. "Your Highnesses," he said, bowing low. "I shall escort our guests back to their home." The king nodded. "Very well, Minho," he said, his gaze lingering on the siblings. "See to it that they arrive home safely." Minho led Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo through the grand hallways of the Royal Palace, their footsteps echoing against the gleaming floors. The siblings couldn''t help but feel a mix of excitement and trepidation as they followed the Fae, their minds racing with questions about their newfound roles in Ondur''s future. King Morey watches the grand doors close behind Minho and the kids. "Now let''s take a look at the corruption." Queen Elara says. The king nods solemnly, his hands moving from behind his back. As he does so, Deane can''t help but glimpse his palms. They are almost as pale as the marble of the palace walls, the veins stark and blue. It''s as if the life is being slowly drained from him, leaving behind a mere husk of his former vitality. The sight sends a shiver down her spine. "Father, how could this have happened?" Deane asks, her voice trembling slightly. She keeps her gaze fixed on his, searching for any sign of deceit. King Morey releases a deep sigh, his eyes reflecting a somber mood. "the grimoire," he says, his voice heavy with regret. "The very book Ha-Yoon chose. It seems the man who delivered it years ago knew of its true master, and knew that scarcely anyone could wield or even touch such an artifact. The Grimoire of Oblivion." Princess Deane''s eyes widen with shock. "But the prophecy," she whispers. "The Grimoire of Oblivion is only a myth. It cannot be here, not in our world." The queen nods solemnly. "Indeed it is, child," she says healing the king''s hands, her voice filled with a strange mix of awe and dread. "And it seems our new allies are more significant than we could have ever imagined." "Deane, tell Minho he must exercise caution," King Morey demands, "The weapons they have selected possess the capacity to strengthen them, yet also hold the potential to destroy them." "Yes, Father," Deane responds, her voice steady despite the turmoil within her. She can feel the weight of the unspoken words hanging in the air, the gravity of the situation pressing down upon her shoulders. She knows the grimoire''s power is immense, capable of summoning otherworldly, bloodcurdling behemoths from forgotten realms. It was a weapon of last resort, never meant to be in the hands of someone as innocent as Ha-Yoon. The siblings are escorted back to the portal by Minho, who seems more vigilant than ever. The journey out of Ondur is swift, the wind whipping past them as they fly on the back of Minho''s majestic wyvern. The creature''s wings beat a steady rhythm that seemed to sync with their racing hearts, carrying them over the city of Ondur, its gleaming spires reaching for the sky like the fingers of a giant hand. As they soar over the rooftops, Si-Woo can''t help but look over at Ha-Yoon, who seems to be in a world of her own, clutching the strange, book to her chest. He''s filled with a mix of curiosity and concern. "How did you get so close to the princess?" he yells over the wind, his voice barely carrying. Ha-Yoon glances at him, a small smile playing on her lips. "She sometimes teaches level ones," she shouts back. "But she''s been a good friend to me here. She''s been helping me learn the ropes. She helped me control my bonds in beast-taming class." INT. CITY OF ONDUR-LATE AFTERNOON "Bonds?" Si-Woo says, "How many do you have?" "I Have three," Ha-Yoon shouts back." I can only control about three at the moment." What? Si-Woo thinks. I heard it''s rare to have two bonds due to beast natures but to have three of them when not even one has approached me!! Absolutely insane. Minho chuckles, his eyes twinkling. "Princess Deane is quite adept at making friends," he says, a hint of pride in his voice. "She has a way of bringing people together, she is quite capable indeed." Ha-yoon nods and glances at Minho with knowing eyes. Back in Yohen, the siblings enter their restored house, the silence feeling almost deafening after the grandeur of the palace. Ha-Yoon clutches the grimoire tightly, feeling its strange warmth pulse against her chest. She looks over at Si-Woo, who is lost in thought, staring at the soul weapon he had chosen. "We should get some sleep," Si-Woo finally suggests, his voice piercing the silence. "Minho said he''s going to train us tomorrow after school." But Ha-Yoon has other ideas. "I know," she says, rolling her eyes playfully, "but let''s eat first. I''m starving." They find the kitchen stocked with food, a feast of Ondurian delicacies that neither of them had ever seen before. The smells are exotic, a mix of spices and flavors that tickle their nostrils and make their mouths water. Si-Woo grabs a plate and starts piling on food, but Ha-Yoon lingers, her gaze drawn to the book she had picked. It''s calling to her, whispering secrets that she can''t quite understand. "I think we should put it somewhere safe," she says, eyeing the book warily. "Good idea," Si-Woo agrees, his hand moving almost instinctively to the grimoire. He strides over to the refrigerator, the soul weapon at his side seemingly humming with anticipation. With a gentle but firm touch, he places the book on top of it. The fridge''s cool, metallic surface seems to muffle the whispers of power that emanated from the book''s pages. "We''ll deal with this in the morning after we''ve had some rest." The siblings fill their plates with the unfamiliar yet tantalizing food. As they sit down to eat, Si-Woo finally removes his mask and sunglasses, revealing his healed face. "You okay?" Ha-Yoon asks, her eyes searching his. Si-Woo nods, attempting to disregard the faint stinging sensation in his hands left by the book. "Yeah, let''s just eat," he suggests, his tone a tad too nonchalant. ... The next day dawns with a gentle nudge of light through their curtains. The siblings stir from their slumber, the events of the previous day feeling like a vivid, unending dream. The scent of the Ondurian delicacies lingers in the air, reminding them of their new reality. Ha-Yoon opens her eyes to find the grimoire on her bedside table, its cover glinting in the early light. She can feel its power, a siren''s call to the secrets it holds. This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience. They arrive at school, their stomachs filled with a mix of excitement and nerves. The corridors of the Young Academy are bustling with students, their whispers and laughter echoing through the halls. The siblings make their way to their respective classrooms, eager to learn more about the world they''ve been thrown into. In Ondurian History class, Si-Woo''s eyes widen as the teacher, Mistress Elyria, outlines the five families that govern Ondur. "Each family," she says, her eyes scanning the room, "plays a crucial role in maintaining the balance of our society. The Economy Family, with its headmaster, Lord Haneul, oversees the health, architecture, and landscaping of Ondur, ensuring our kingdom''s prosperity. The Military Family, under the watchful eye of General Minho, protects our borders and upholds peace within our lands." Si-Woo nods along, his mind racing with questions about the family he and Ha-Yoon will be part of. The teacher''s gaze lingers on him as if sensing his curiosity. "The Agriculture Family," she continues, "managed by Lady Somin, ensures that our lands yield bountiful harvests to feed our people and the health of our mystical beats. The Knowledge Family, guided by the wise Headmistress Princess Deane, is dedicated to education and the advancement of our understanding of the worlds around us." "And what about the Market and Sales Family?" a voice calls out from the back of the classroom. Mistress Elyria smiles, her eyes sparkling with approval. "Ah, yes. The Market and Sales Family, under the leadership of Lady Luna, is responsible for the distribution of goods and the prosperity of our trade with neighboring lands and taxes. Each family is interconnected, and each plays a vital role in keeping our kingdom thriving." A student in the front row raises their hand. "But Mistress, is it possible to serve more than one family?" Mistress Elyria nods. "Yes, indeed. Some individuals are gifted with talents that align with multiple branches. Take, for instance, Minho, who is not only our esteemed general but also serves as an instructor under the academy branch of the Knowledge Family. His dedication to both the protection of Ondur and the education of its youth exemplifies the interwoven nature of our societal structure." Si-Woo feels a flutter in his chest, realizing that their unique serein abilities could potentially allow them to serve multiple families. Mistress Elyria nods in approval at the question. "Very astute," she says. "Now, let us proceed with today''s lesson." ... During lunch, Si-Woo''s stomach grumbles as he navigates the crowded corridors of the Young Academy. He spots an open door leading to the rooftop and makes a beeline for it, hoping to find a quiet spot to eat away from the bustling student body. However, as he steps out into the open, the unmistakable presence of Sol and his friends loom in the corner, blocking his path. Sol sneers, noticing Si-Woo''s approach. "Well, well, look who decided to show up," he says, his voice laced with malice. "Thought you''d be hiding in the infirmary with your bruises, begging for Mai''s help." Si-Woo''s eyes narrow, but he doesn''t rise to the bait. He''s aware that confrontation here could lead to trouble, especially after the events of the previous day. "I''m just here for some fresh air," he replies, his voice even. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR-ROOFTOP But Sol isn''t deterred. With a grin that''s more like a snarl, he takes a step closer. "You think you''re special because you got a fancy weapon and a meeting with the king?" he sneers. "You''re just a dirty other realm transvestite. You don''t belong here." Before Si-Woo can react, Sol''s hand shoots out with incredible speed and slaps him across the ear. "Whack!!" The impact sends a sharp pain shooting through his head, and he stumbles backward, dropping his lunch. The sound echoes across the rooftop. Si-Woo''s vision blurs as the ringing in his ear becomes a deafening crescendo, drowning out the world around him. He clutches his head, knees buckling as the ground seems to tilt and sway beneath him. For a moment, he''s lost in a sea of white noise, unable to hear or think. And then, as if from a great distance, he feels strong hands gripping his pink hair, wrenching his head back. He opens his eyes to find Sol leering down at him, his grip like iron. "I think we''re going to have fun every day, Si-Woo," Sol says, his voice a sadistic purr. "You and me, we''re going to get to know each other really well." The air around Si-Woo seems to crackle with tension, and then¡ªfaster than he can comprehend¡ªeverything changes. A flash of movement, a blur of color, and suddenly Sol is no longer looming over him but flying through the air. He hits the ground hard, the wind knocked out of him. Mai stands where Sol once was, her eyes ablaze with fury, her body poised for another attack. Her fists are clenched at her sides, and her silver hair whips around her face as she breathes heavily. "What do you think you''re doing?" she demands, her voice tight with anger. Sol''s friends shake off their astonishment. "Mai, the so-called ''best martial artist'' of our Academy," taunts one of Sol''s henchmen, malice sparkling in their eyes as they encircle her. Yet, Mai remains undaunted. She moves with the elegance of a dancer, her movements deliberate and exact. Exhibiting a speed that borders on the supernatural, she delivers a rapid succession of strikes, her fists meeting skin and bone. The boys recoil, their earlier smirks giving way to expressions of shock and agony. One by one, they fall, their taunts turning to cries of agony. The sound of bones breaking and bodies hitting the ground fills the air. The wind whispers through the rooftop garden, carrying with it the scent of bruised leaves and the faint scent of coppery blood. Mai''s fists are a blur of pink, each punch and kick a silent testament to her rage. Her eyes never leave Sol''s, her gaze a promise of more pain to come. She''s a force of nature, a tempest in a schoolyard. And as she moves, the very air seems to bend to her will, as if the very fabric of the world itself knows she''s not to be trifled with. Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. But as quickly as it started, it''s over. Sol''s friends are down, nursing bruises and cracked bones. They''ll think twice before messing with Si-Woo again. Or so she hopes. "Are you okay?" Mai asks, extending a hand to help Si-Woo up, but he''s already on his feet, his face a blend of embarrassment and anger. "Thank you," he says, his voice strained, "but never fight my battles for me." Mai''s eyes flash with surprise and a hint of annoyance. "I wasn''t fighting for you," she retorts, her voice icy. "I was fighting because he was an idiot who needed to be taught a lesson. Besides, you''re the one who can''t even stand up to a bully." Si-Woo''s face reddens at the accusation, and he opens his mouth to protest, but no words come out. He knows she''s right. Since their arrival in Ondur, he''s been trying to avoid conflict, blend in, and keep a low profile. He nods stiffly and turns to leave, his pride bruised more than his body. "You''re right," he says, his voice barely above a whisper. "I should go." Mai calls after him, but he doesn''t stop. "Si-Woo, wait!" she yells, but he''s already gone, disappearing into the sea of students like a ghost. She watches him go, a mix of frustration and concern warring within her. Sol, who had been lying on the ground, groaning, sat up with a mischievous grin on his face, his eyes glinting with malice. He watched Si-Woo leave before turning to his friends, who were slowly picking themselves up. "Looks like our little friend has lost his protector," he said, his voice filled with mock amusement. Mai''s eyes narrowed as she looked from Sol to the retreating figure of Si-Woo. She knew that she had to do something to mend the rift she had just created. With a sigh, she turned to leave as well, knowing that she had to find Si-Woo before the end of the day. The corridors of Young Academy were hauntingly silent following the turmoil on the rooftop. Si-Woo''s footsteps resonated in the hallway, each one seeming more burdensome than before. The magnificence of the school''s design escaped his notice as he made his way back to class, his mind a whirlwind of thoughts. Ahead, the nurse''s office glowed with a gentle light, promising safety and sanctuary, yet he hesitated. "You''re weak, you''re a nuisance to others," Jung-Ho''s words reverberated in his consciousness. As Si-Woo approached the office, his heart hammered in his chest. The need to avoid any further trouble was palpable. He tried to creep past, hoping Nurse Lila wouldn''t notice him. "Si-Woo!" Nurse Lila''s voice echoed through the hallway, cutting through the silence like a knife. He froze, his hand hovering over the doorknob of his classroom. Slowly, he turned to face her, expecting the worst. Her expression was a mix of concern and annoyance. "In my office," she barked, pointing to the room behind her. "Now!!." With a heavy heart, Si-Woo followed her, the whispers of the students behind him a fading buzz. Inside, the room smelled faintly of lavender and antiseptic. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR-NURSES OFFICE "What happened?" Nurse Lila demanded, her gaze scanning his face. Her eyes were sharp, piercing through any attempt at a lie. Si-Woo took a deep breath, trying to compose himself. "It''s from martial arts class," he mumbled, his cheeks flushing. "I slipped and hit my head." Nurse Lila raised an eyebrow, her gaze unwavering. She had seen the same look in the eyes of too many students who had tried to hide the truth from her. She knew a lie when she heard one. With a sigh, she nodded and gestured for him to sit. "Alright," she said, her tone softer now. "Let me take a look." Her gentle touch as she examined his ear brought a small measure of comfort to Si-Woo. He watched as she applied a cool gel to the reddened area, the sting subsiding almost instantly. "This will help with the swelling," she assured him. "But if it doesn''t go down by tomorrow, you come back to me, okay?" "Thank you, Nurse Lila," Si-Woo murmured, avoiding her gaze. He knew she wasn''t fooled by his story, but she didn''t push the issue. Instead, she gave him a knowing look, one that spoke volumes without uttering a single word. "You''re welcome," she said gently. "But remember, you can come to me anytime you trip and fall again." Her words hung in the air, a clear message that she was there for him, no matter what. ... The final bell of the day rang, signaling the end of school. The corridors burst into life as students rushed out of their classrooms, eager to start their evening activities. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon had previously made plans to meet each other in front of the academy. He made his way through the throng, the whispers of his classmates about the rooftop incident following him like shadows. As he emerged into the bright light of the courtyard, he spotted Ha-Yoon standing by the fountain, surrounded by a group of students, some of whom looked to be friends. "I''m glad she has friends," Si-Woo thought to himself, watching her laugh at something one of them said. It was a relief to know that she was happy, even in a place as strange and unpredictable as this. "Si-Woo! Ha-Yoon!" The siblings turned at the sound of Minho''s booming voice, cutting through the chatter like a knife. His midnight blue eyes searched the sea of students until they locked onto them. He waved them over with an urgency that sent a jolt of excitement through Si-Woo''s veins. "Come on, you two!" Minho called out again, his arms wide open. He looked more relaxed than he had in days, his smile genuine and contagious. "We''ve got training to get to." Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions. The siblings exchanged a look of excitement and surprise as they hurried over to him. Lemmy, the gigantic rare wyvern, lay coiled behind Minho, his scales glinting in the sun. Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but reach out and stroke his soft, neck as he let out a contented rumble. "You must''ve gotten into another scuffle at the academy, huh?" Minho said, his voice filled with a mix of amusement and concern as he glanced at Si-Woo''s bruised ear. "Yeah, it was just martial arts class," Si-Woo replied, his voice lacking conviction. Ha-Yoon''s gaze flickered towards him, but she said nothing. Minho''s eyes searched theirs, seemingly detecting the unspoken tension between them. He nodded solemnly. " "Okay," he said, his tone serious. "Let''s get going to the royal palace training grounds," he says with a playful grin. The siblings looked at each other and nodded in silent agreement, eager to leave the confines of the school and escape into the open sky. They climbed onto Lemmy''s back, feeling the powerful muscles beneath them tense as Minho prepared to take flight. "Hold on tight!" he called out over his shoulder, and with a mighty beat of his wings, the great beast launched into the air. The wind rushed past them, whipping their hair and clothes as they ascended, leaving the sprawling academy behind. Si-Woo felt his stomach drop, the adrenaline rush momentarily washing away his fears and frustrations. The flight to the southern end of the royal palace was breathtaking. Below them, the land unfolded like a patchwork quilt of vibrant greens and blues, the dual suns casting their light across the horizon. The siblings had to shield their eyes as the suns danced and played in the sky, their combined glow illuminating the entire kingdom. The training grounds were unlike anything they had ever seen. Just in the Backyard of the palace, the area was a fusion of natural beauty and ancient mystical architecture. The emerald grass stretched for miles, dotted with floating platforms that served as stages for various combat and serein practice sessions. The air hummed with the vibrant energy of soldiers honing their skills, and the sound of swords clashing filled the air. They landed on a platform with a soft thud, the concrete-like platform holding under Lemmy''s weight. Ha-Yoon took a deep breath, her eyes wide with wonder. "This is amazing," she whispered, her voice barely carrying over the arena. Minho chuckled, patting the creature''s neck. "It''s just the beginning," he promised. "Now, let''s get started. Si-Woo Ha-Yoon, hand over those weapons the king gave you yesterday." Si-Woo reached into his backpack, his hand wrapping around the cold metal of his new kunai. He pulled it out with a sense of pride, the weapon gleaming in the twin suns'' light. He handed it to Minho, his eyes shining with excitement. Ha-Yoon did the same, her own book seemingly pulsing with power as she offered it to him. Minho took the book with a careful, covered hand, his eyes scanning its ancient cover. He pulled a soft cloth from his pocket and began to wrap it gently as if handling a fragile artifact. His movements were precise, almost reverent, and Ha-Yoon watched with a mix of curiosity and awe. "You must understand," he said, his voice carrying a gravity that seemed at odds with his usually light demeanor, "These are not toys to be played with, I don''t know why no one stopped you from bringing it into the academy but they are weapons of power, given to you by the king himself. You must earn the right to wield them." INT.THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-TRAINING GROUNDS With that, Minho carefully placed Si-Woo''s kunai and Ha-Yoon''s book into a satchel strapped to Lemmy''s side. The wyvern''s scales shifted slightly under the new weight, but otherwise, he remained unfazed, his gaze fixed on the siblings. "Meditation is crucial," Minho began, his voice taking on a more serious tone. "It''s the foundation of our power here in Ondur. The purer your energy, the stronger your serein." He looked at them both, his eyes searching for understanding. "You must have practiced this at the academy." Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon nodded, recalling the sessions where they sat in silence, trying to still their racing thoughts. It had been a challenge, but it had become a part of the routine, a quiet moment of peace amidst the chaos of their new lives. "But it appears you two are not as skilled in martial arts as many Ondurians your age," Minho observed, his face reflecting both disappointment and resolve. "I will train both your body and mind so that you may bear the responsibility of the weapons bestowed upon you by the king, as well as the weight of your very existence." With that, Minho reached into his pocket and pulled out a handful of rubber balls. He tossed one into the air and caught it, the smirk on his face hinting at a hidden challenge. "We''ll start with this," he said, tossing the ball to Si-Woo. "I will be throwing these at you from different angles and distances. Your task is to dodge or catch them without moving from your spot." Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon looked at each other, thinking it sounded simple enough. Ha-Yoon smirked, eager to prove herself. "We can do this," she whispered to her brother. Minho''s smile grew broader as he swung his leg over Lemmy''s back, the creature rising slightly in response. With a nod to the siblings, he took a deep breath and urged the beast into a sprint. As they gained speed, Minho''s arm blurred as he threw the rubber balls with astonishing velocity. They zipped through the air like projectiles, bouncing off the edges of the platform and ricocheting toward them in unpredictable patterns. The kids yelled out in surprise as the first ball flew at them, Si-Woo''s instincts kicking in as he barely managed to duck in time. Ha-Yoon, however, wasn''t as fast. She flinched as the ball smacked into her shoulder, the impact echoing through the air. Wincing, she glared at Minho, who merely laughed and tossed another at her. "Focus," he called out, his voice carrying over the din of the training grounds. "Your mind must be sharp at all times." The siblings did as they were told, their concentration never wavering as the hours ticked by. The suns began to dip towards the horizon, casting long shadows across the emerald landscape. The air grew cooler, hinting at the approaching nightfall. Despite the bruises and scrapes, the siblings felt a growing sense of pride and unity as they faced each new challenge Minho threw their way. Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. "That''s enough for today," Minho finally said, his voice echoing across the now-silent training grounds. His earlier playfulness had given way to a look of solemn satisfaction. "You both have the potential to become great warriors." Si-Woo let out a sigh of relief, his legs trembling from the exertion. Ha-Yoon gasped, her voice tight with pain. "I can''t feel my kneecaps," she murmured, her legs buckling slightly. "MY KNEECAPS," she yelled. Minho and Si-Woo chuckled, the sound echoing across the now-silent training grounds. "You''re doing well," he said, his eyes twinkling with mirth. He reached into his pocket and pulled out a serein stone, holding it up for them to see." I''ll heal your minor injuries." He approached Ha-Yoon, the stone pulsing with a gentle blue light. With a flick of his wrist, he sent a stream of healing energy into her bruised shoulder. The pain dissipated instantly, replaced by a warm, tingling sensation that spread through her body like a comforting embrace. "You too, Si-Woo," he said, turning to the younger brother. The stone''s light enveloped Si-Woo''s head, the swelling in his ear retreating as if it had never been there. The relief was palpable, the tension in his body melting away like ice in the sun. Now," Minho declared, eyes twinkling with mischief, "I expect you both to practice meditation nightly before sleep. We''ll continue this routine daily after school until your bodies adapt to the strenuous training. Henceforth, refer to me as ''Master'' during our sessions." The siblings nodded, too tired to argue. They knew they had much to learn. "It''s YES MASTER'' Minho exclaimed. "Yes, master," Si-Woo corrected himself, bowing slightly. Ha-Yoon followed suit, her eyes gleaming with a mix of excitement and determination. Minho nodded, pleased with their response. "Now, let''s get you both home," he said, his voice filled with a hint of mischief. He turned to Lemmy, who was watching them with a keen interest. With a graceful leap, Minho mounted the wyvern, his movements fluid and practiced. He extended a hand to Ha-Yoon, helping her up behind him. "Careful," he warned. "Lemmy can be a bit jumpy when he''s tired." Si-Woo climbed on next, his legs straddling the creature''s powerful body. Despite his fatigue, a thrill shot through him as he felt the muscles ripple beneath him. The siblings held onto Minho tightly as Lemmy took to the skies once more, the wind whipping their faces as they soared over the breathtaking landscape of Ondur. ... The next day, as dawn painted the sky with soft hues of pink and gold, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon made their way to the academy. The anticipation of what the day might hold was palpable. As they approached the grand entrance, Ha-Yoon tugged on Si-Woo''s sleeve, her eyes wide. "Look," she whispered, pointing in the direction of the academy. There, standing at the top of the steps, was a girl with long, flowing hair the color of freshly fallen snow. Her gaze was fixed on Si-Woo, an intensity in her eyes that was almost unnerving. Si-Woo followed her gaze, his heart skipping a beat as he recognized the girl. "Mai," he murmured, his voice barely audible over the wind. "What?" Ha-Yoon turned to look at him, her eyes filled with curiosity. "It''s okay," Si-Woo assured her with a forced smile. "I''ll catch up. You go ahead." INT.THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR-INTRODUCTORY TO MARTIAL ARTS Without another word, Ha-Yoon nodded and walked up the steps into the academy, her heart pounding in her chest. She couldn''t shake the feeling that something significant was about to happen between Si-Woo and the mysterious girl. As she disappeared through the arched doors, Si-Woo took a deep breath and approached the girl with the snow-white hair and deep blue eyes. Mai''s gaze didn''t waver as he drew closer, and the moment he reached her, she spoke. "You have the scent of the wild on you," she said, her voice as cold and sharp as the ice that glinted in her eyes. Si-Woo blinked, unsure of how to respond. "I... I''ve just been training," he stuttered, suddenly feeling self-conscious. Mai tilted her head, a smirk playing at the corners of her lips. "Training with what? The Dirt?" she teased, her eyes sparkling with mirth. A blush crept up Si-Woo''s neck as he glanced over her shoulder, spotting Ha-Yoon''s goofy expression peeking from the open academy doors. Her eyes were wide, her mouth slightly open, her curiosity about their conversation evident. "Nosy girl," he thought. He rolled his eyes playfully before turning his attention back to Mai. "I''m sorry about yesterday," she said, her voice softer, the sharpness replaced with a genuine sincerity that made his heart flutter. "I shouldn''t have said those things." Si-Woo''s eyes searched hers, looking for any hint of the previous day''s anger. "It''s okay," he said, his voice gruff with nerves. "I know you didn''t mean it." Mai''s expression softened, and she offered a small smile. "I hope we can continue to be friends," she said, her words carrying the weight of a promise. "And I won''t interfere in your qualms with others unless you tell me to." "friends?" Si-Woo thought. "What does that word even mean? Were we really friends in the first place?" Si-Woo contemplated. But the clanging of the school bell cut through the silence, shattering the momentary pause in the air. Before he could delve further into his introspection, he felt a soft grip on his hand. He looked down to see Mai''s delicate fingers entwined with his, her eyes looking straight ahead, a hint of a smile playing on her lips. "We''re going to be late," she said, her voice lilting with a touch of excitement. The warmth of her hand was a stark contrast to the coolness of her earlier demeanor. "But...," Si-Woo began, his thoughts racing, but the pressure of her hand grew firmer, and she began to pull him along. He had so much to ask, so much to say, but the words remained lodged in his throat as they weaved through the crowded halls of the academy. The students, a mix of different colored fae, all chattered in the Hoken Language, the melodic sounds bouncing off the gleaming walls. Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on Royal Road. The siblings parted ways at the classroom doors, Ha-Yoon''s eyes lingering on Si-Woo as she slipped into the language class, her mind already racing with the lessons ahead. Si-Woo took a deep breath and steeled himself, entering the martial arts training hall. The air was thick with the scent of sweat and determination as young warriors-to-be sparred with one another on the open mats rolled out, their movements a mesmerizing dance of power and grace. Master Choi''s gaze swept over the room. "Today, you shall face your first true test." He gestured to a boy standing in the center of the room, muscles rippling beneath his uniform. "Sol. Si-Woo," he called out, "please step forward." The students parted like a sea, revealing the path to the center of the training hall. Sol''s eyes gleamed with a competitive light, a smirk playing on his lips as he stepped up to face Si-Woo. Si-Woo felt his heart race in anticipation. He''d heard the whispers about Sol''s prowess, the way he''d been singled out by the instructors for his natural affinity for serein." I''m still recovering from yesterday''s training ugh. I need to be careful, especially with him." Si-Woo thought. Master Choi an orange, short-haired man''s gaze shifted between the two, his face giving nothing away. "Today, we will spar without the use of serein," he declared. He stopped, fixing Si-Woo with a steady look. "Take this opportunity to demonstrate that you can rely on your own strength, devoid of your recent abilities, and lay the groundwork for mastering serein." The students circled around, the air thick with anticipation. Si-Woo took his place opposite Sol, the weight of the impending match pressing down on him. Sol''s smirk grew wider, his eyes narrowing as he took in Si-Woo''s stance. The two locked gazes for a moment before the fight began. Sol''s first move was swift and precise, a punch aimed straight at Si-Woo''s chest. The impact was like a hammer blow, stealing the breath from his lungs. He staggered back, wheezing, his eyes watering with pain. The crowd gasped. "This was meant to be," Sol said, his voice echoing in the silent training hall. "Me, the chosen one, teaching a weakling who hasn''t even tasted his own power." Si-Woo clenched his teeth, his mind racing. "I know I can''t win," he thought, "but I''ll show them I won''t go down without a fight." He studied Sol''s every move, the way his muscles tensed before he struck, the arrogant glint in his eyes that said he was already the victor. And with every punch and kick that connected, Si-Woo felt the burn of his bruises from the day before, the memory of the Sprit''s teeth, the loss of his mother, and the weight of their newfound responsibilities." I have to get stronger." Si-Woo thought. Master Choi observed with an inscrutable expression. "I was aware of the immense gap between Earthlings and those born on Ondur, particularly in martial arts," he reflected. "Yet, I believed I had seen something in Si-Woo, something that surpassed expectations. Perhaps I was wrong." However, as Sol made another lunge, Si-Woo''s instincts kicked in. By sheer luck, Si-Woo caught Sol''s leg mid-kick, eliciting a collective gasp from the crowd as Sol was sent reeling backward. The smug grin on Sol''s face wavered momentarily, and a hush fell over the room while the students watched in suspense. "You little..!!" Sol exclaimed. Without missing a beat, Si-Woo thrust Sol''s leg upwards and backward, causing him to stumble backward. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR-INTRO. TO MARTIAL ARTS Master Choi''s eyes widened, a hint of surprise flitting across his stoic face. " I had not expected the untrained Earthling to be able to predict and counter Sol''s moves so swiftly. It''s clear that Si-Woo has a natural instinct for combat, one that could be honed into something formidable with the right training." Sol''s cheeks flushed with anger at the unexpected counterattack. He lunged at Si-Woo again, his fists clenched tightly, but before he could make contact, Master Choi''s authoritative voice boomed through the hall. "Halt!" The word echoed, and the room fell silent. The students'' eyes darted to the instructor, who had not moved from his position at the edge of the mat. His expression was unreadable, but his voice was firm. "The lesson has concluded, You should have an idea of what I want to see," he announced, his gaze shifting between the two fighters and the students. "Return to your stations with your partner." Si-Woo stared at his hands in amazement, feeling the thrum of energy just beneath his skin. "I had never felt so alive, so connected to my own strength." he thought when his thoughts were suddenly interrupted. "You''re a dead man walking, Earthling, Yeah, my father is part of the royal guard and told me all about where you come from." Sol''s voice was a sneer as he stalked past Si-Woo, his shoulder slamming into him with enough force to make him stumble. The crowd of students surrounding the sparring circle parted like the sea, allowing Sol to exit with his pride somewhat intact. Shaking off the dust, Si-Woo made his way back to his designated spot, his eyes not quite meeting anyone''s. The whispers grew louder as they resumed their training, the buzz of the encounter with Sol resonating through the hall. Despite his victory in not getting too hurt, Si-Woo couldn''t shake the feeling that he had just poked a bear. Later that day, in life sciences class, Si-Woo found himself unable to focus. His teeth chomped down on his pencil with a ferocity that would have surprised even himself if he had been paying attention. The teacher, a stern Fae with a sharp nose and piercing eyes was explaining the intricacies of Ondurian plant life and their photosynthesis properties. He couldn''t help but to think of Sol. "How am I going to get through this?" he wondered. "I can''t let him think he''s better than me just because from another place." His thoughts drifted to his mother''s house, now a distant memory buried beneath the rubble of their old world. The earthquake, the creature, Ye-jun, and the strange, new world they found themselves in. It all felt like a dream, inside of a nightmare. ... The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings. While Ha-Yoon''s mind was racing with the excitement of her newfound knowledge, she couldn''t help but feel a twinge of sadness for her brother. "I hope Si-Woo is okay," she thought, her eyes scanning the bustling hallway for any sign of him. "He''s been so protective, but before the earthquake, he was very timid." Just then, she spotted Si-Woo standing in a group of students, his back to her. As she approached, the sound of snickers and whispers grew louder, making her stomach turn. She slowed her steps, not wanting to interrupt, but the cruel words stung her ears like sharp thorns. "You think you''re strong because you were able to block one attack from me?" It was Sol''s voice, taunting Si-Woo with the ease of someone who had never known fear. Ha-Yoon''s heart clenched as she watched her brother''s shoulders tighten, his knuckles turning white as he gripped the strap of his backpack. One of Sol''s friends, a fae with hair as red as the embers of a dying fire, stepped forward, a smirk on his face. "I think he needs to learn a lesson," he sneered, his eyes glinting with malice. The words hit Ha-Yoon like a sledgehammer, sending her spiraling back into a memory of Si-Woo''s bruised face and the sound of his muffled cries as he tried to hide his pain. Back on Earth, in the schoolyard, where the same cruel smiles had taunted him day after day. " I can''t bear to watch him go through this again, not here, not in this strange, mystical world where we''re supposed to be safe, where we had been promised a second chance." "Just lea¡ª" Si-Woo started but halted as he heard the quick, light footsteps approaching from behind. He turned around only to see a blur of long, cream-colored hair whisking past him, cutting between him and Sol. "Ha-yo¡ª" he tried to speak again, but his words were cut short when Ha-Yoon suddenly slapped Sol across the face. "Leave my brother alone," she spat out, her voice shaking but firm. Sol''s hand flew to his cheek, his eyes wide with shock and disbelief. His friends took a step back, unsure of what to do. The hallway grew quieter than ever, the only sound was the echo of the slap and the stunned gasps from the surrounding students. Ha-Yoon''s eyes were ablaze with anger, her cheeks red with emotion. Sol''s hand fell away from his face, revealing a handprint that was already fading. "You dare to lay hands on me?" he growled, his voice low and threatening. The red-haired fae stepped forward, his eyes gleaming with anger. He raised his hand, and with a swift motion, slapped Ha-Yoon across the face. The sound echoed through the hallway, and she stumbled back, her eyes wide with shock and pain. She hadn''t seen it coming. The floor rushed up to meet her, and she collapsed in a heap, the wind knocked out of her. For a moment, the world was silent. And then everything came rushing back, the sound of the students'' gasps, the smell of the hallway, the coldness of the floor beneath her. Ha-Yoon looked up at Sol''s friend, her cheek stinging, and saw the smug look on his face. "You little bitch," he sneered, "you honestly thought just because you''re a few years younger, you can do whatever you want?" In that moment, time seemed to slow down for Si-Woo. His mind went completely blank, the cacophony of the hallway silenced to a muted hum. His vision narrowed to the smug face of Sol''s red-haired friend. The smell of fear and anger coalesced into a single point, and all he could see was him, he went completely numb. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR-HALLWAY Then, instinct took over. His body moved without thought, driven by a primal need to protect his sister. His fist shot out, propelled by a rage that had been building inside him since Earth, since the day his mother had been taken, since every bully had ever laid a hand on him. The sound of the punch was deafening, a single crack that echoed through the hallway, and the fae''s jaw shattered like glass under the force of Si-Woo''s blow. The red-haired fae''s eyes went wide with shock and pain, his mouth a silent ''o'' as he crumpled to the floor. His body went limp, and the hallway was plunged into silence once again, this time thick with shock and disbelief. The students around them stared, their eyes wide, their mouths agape. Sol''s other friends, however, weren''t as easily deterred. They closed in around Si-Woo, their eyes glinting with malice. "You''re going to pay for that," one of them snarled, raising a fist. Ha-Yoon pushed herself up onto her knees, her vision swimming. She watched in horror as the group descended upon her brother. Her heart thundered in her chest as the fists began to fly. Si-Woo''s movements grew erratic, a desperate dance of self-preservation as he tried to fend off the onslaught. He tried to dodge punches and kicks with a ferocity she''d never seen, his body moving with a surprising grace. But they were too many, their anger too strong. One by one, Sol''s friends took their shots at him, their fists and feet raining down like a storm. Each blow sent a shockwave through the air, and with every hit, Ha-Yoon felt a piece of her shatter. "No," she whispered, her voice lost in the cacophony of the fight. "No no no," she begs, her voice hoarse and tears streaming down her cheeks. Si-Woo''s training had prepared him for this moment. He blocked and dodged as best he could, but their numbers were overwhelming. The ground grew closer with every strike, until finally, he was there, flat on his back, staring up at the unforgiving tiles of the hallway ceiling. They circled him like vultures, their laughter echoing off the walls. "Filth," one jeered, his eyes glinting with pure disgust. Sol stepped forward, a sadistic smile playing on his lips. "You''re not even worth the serein that flows through you," he spat, raising his foot to deliver the final blow. Ha-Yoon watched, her heart in her throat, as the world around her seemed to blur into a kaleidoscope of colors and pain. But before Sol''s foot could connect with Si-Woo''s chest, the bell rang out, shattering the tense silence. The hallways exploded into life as students rushed to their next classes, their footsteps a cacophony that drowned out the sound of Si-Woo''s labored breathing. The attackers glanced at each other, their expressions a mix of anger and fear at the sudden interruption. They backed away, leaving Si-Woo lying on the cold floor but dragging their fellow Fae away, his chest heaving with the effort to breathe. Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. "Can you hear me, Si-Woo?" Ha-Yoon''s voice was a whisper, a lifeline in the chaos. He took a shaky breath and nodded, his eyes finding hers through the sea of legs and shoes that surrounded them. Slowly, painfully, he pushed himself up from the floor, his muscles protesting with every movement. Ha-Yoon took his hand, her eyes searching his for reassurance, but his gaze was hard and determined. "Come on," he said, his voice low and steady, "We need to get out of here." Ha-Yoon nodded, her eyes wide with fear and admiration. She allowed him to help her up, her legs wobbly beneath her. Together, they pushed through the dispersing crowd, the whispers of their classmates a dull roar in their ears. They moved quickly, their steps synchronized as if they had rehearsed this escape a hundred times. "Si-Woo, are you okay?" she asked, her voice small and shaky. He nodded, gritting his teeth against the pain that shot through his body with every step. "I can''t let them win," he murmured, his eyes distant. Without another word, he led her away from the chaos of the hallway, his grip on her hand firm. They moved through the school like ghosts, avoiding the eyes of teachers and students alike. When they reached the nurses'' room, Si-Woo paused, his eyes flicking to the open door and the warm, welcoming light spilling out. For a moment, it seemed like he would go in, but then his shoulders squared, and he took a deep breath. "I''ll be okay," he assured her. "I need to... I need to be alone for a bit." The pain etched on his face was not just from the fight; it was from the realization that he had found strength in a place he never knew existed. He gently released Ha-Yoon''s hand and continued walking, his eyes fixed on a destination only he knew. "But Si-Woo," Ha-Yoon called out, her voice laced with concern. Ignoring her, he pushed through the heavy door that led to the staircase. His legs felt like lead, each step an effort, but he had to get away. He had to think. The stairs felt like a never-ending climb, his lungs burning with every breath he took, but he pushed on. The pain from the fight was a constant reminder of what he had just faced, but it was the pain in his heart that was unbearable. As he reached the top floor, he thought he heard something¡ªfootsteps, fast and light, echoing through the stairwell. Panic flooded him. He quickened his pace, the door to the roof calling to him like a beacon of solitude. But just as he was about to turn the handle, a firm grip on his arm spun him around. Nurse Lila''s face was a mask of concern and determination. She didn''t say a word, simply pulling him towards the nurses'' room. His protests fell on deaf ears as she practically dragged him through the corridor, his legs struggling to keep up with her urgent pace. The door swung open, and he was pushed inside, the cool, sterile scent of the room washing over him like a wave. INT. YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR-NURSE ROOM The nurses'' room walls were lined with cabinets filled with medical supplies, and the only sound was the occasional beep of a heart monitor from the next room. Nurse Lila guided him to a bed, her movements swift and efficient as she began to examine his injuries. The world outside the room faded away, replaced by the soft white light and the gentle but firm touch of her hands. NURSE LILA (softly) Why do you think we have a nurses'' office in the academy, Si-Woo? Si-Woo''s eyes met hers, but he remained silent, his gaze dropping to the floor. The bruises on his face and the tremble in his hands spoke volumes. Nurse Lila sighed, her eyes filled with a gentle understanding. "Although we all have hard times in life, you know what makes it bearable?" she asked, her voice soothing as a lullaby. Si-Woo remained silent, his eyes unfocused, lost in the turmoil of his thoughts. The pain in his body was a mere echo of the agony in his soul. He felt the weight of his mother''s loss pressing down on him, the memory of her smile and her gentle touch a distant beacon in the dark. Nurse Lila paused in her examination, her gaze softening as she looked at him. "You know, Si-Woo," she said gently, "the greatest comfort in the face of hardship is knowing you''re not alone." She paused, allowing her words to sink in before continuing, "When we stand together, we''re stronger. When we support each other, we can endure even the most unbearable of pains." With a gentle touch, she finished tending to his wounds and pulled back the curtain next to them, revealing Ha-Yoon lying on a nurse''s bed. Her chest rose and fell in a steady rhythm, her face serene in sleep. The sight of her brought a pang of relief to Si-Woo''s heart, a reminder that amidst the chaos, there was still something good, something pure. Nurse Lila offered him a warm smile before speaking the words that would resonate through his soul, "There''s an old saying I remember, Si-Woo. If you want to go fast, go alone. If you want to go far, go together." With that, she left the room, her footsteps receding into the hallway, leaving Si-Woo with nothing but his thoughts and the quiet beep of a heart monitor. The sterile room stood in sharp contrast to the chaotic world beyond its walls, offering Si-Woo a fleeting sense of tranquility. He glanced at Ha-Yoon, her diminutive figure swallowed by the vast hospital bed. The bruises marring her cheek were a grim constellation against her pallid complexion, a vivid testament to the ordeal they had endured. Support the creativity of authors by visiting Royal Road for this novel and more. "I have to get stronger," he murmured to himself, his voice barely audible over the persistent beep of the heart monitor. "For both of us." The words echoed in his mind, a solemn vow he had made countless times before. He remembered his mother''s gentle voice, whispering her own aspirations for him, "Be more godlike, Si-Woo. Show the world what you''re truly capable of." Her eyes had shone with a mix of hope and fear, a silent plea for him to transcend the cruelty that often accompanied humanity. The last class of the day, the one that had once been a source of pride and excitement, now brought him nothing but dread. Beast training was the most anticipated class at the academy, but for Si-Woo, it was a reminder of his lack of a bond. The other kids, their laughter and shouts of triumph as they played with their beasts, stung like salt on an open wound. Each pair was so perfectly matched, a mirror of the unity he so desperately sought. Si-Woo perched on the chilly stone bench, his gaze sweeping across the grassland horizon to the southeast of the academy, where other students honed their combat skills and maneuvers. Each student was accompanied by a beast, a lifelong ally destined to gain strength with them. The array of creatures mirrored the diversity of the students, ranging from sleek, shadowy panthers to regal, radiant griffins. "Another day spent observing everyone with their companions, but it''s pleasant... pleasant to see everyone has a friend," he remarked, his smile sincere. In the distance, the teacher''s voice pierced the air like a bell, echoing through the open-air training ground. "Today is the last day to choose your bond and perform the ritual," she announced, her tone firm but laced with a hint of kindness. "Remember, you''re not just picking a beast, but a soulmate. A companion that will help shape your destiny." The words hit Si-Woo like a wave, crashing against the shores of his solitude. He watched as his classmates scurried around, their eyes shining with excitement and anticipation. Each of them had spent weeks preparing for this moment, forming connections with the creatures that resonated with them the most. And yet here he was, sitting alone on a bench, his eyes cast down to the cold stone beneath him. The teacher''s gaze lingered on him for a moment longer than the others, a look of pity that seemed to burn into his soul. It was a look he had grown all too familiar with, a silent reminder of his otherness, his lack of a beast. He felt his cheeks heat up, and he averted his eyes, focusing instead on the distant horizon where the sky met the earth in a blur of blues and purples. And then it happened. Out of nowhere, he felt a weight on top of his head. Startled, he jolted a little, his hand flying up to brush it away. But instead of the expected bird or leaf, his hand encountered something warm, something alive. He brought it down to find himself staring into the eyes of a creature he had only read about in the dusty books of the academy''s library¡ªa pure white, four-eyed, winged beast. A wyvern. His heart raced in his chest as he took in the majesty of the creature. It was a baby wyvern, but no less terrifying. The wyvern looked at him with curiosity, its pupils dilating in the warm sunlight. "A wyvern," he murmured, his voice trembling slightly. "They say if a wyvern picks you, you''re destined to be a great long-lasting warrior." INT. YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- BEAST TAMING CLASS The classmates that had been milling around, chatting about their chosen beasts, grew silent. They turned to stare at Si-Woo, their eyes wide with a mix of awe and envy. The whispers grew louder as they began to murmur among themselves, pointing and speculating about what it could mean. "What is that?" someone asked, their voice barely above a whisper. Si-Woo''s mind raced as he studied the creature. It was definitely a wyvern, but the purity of its color was something he had never encountered in the annals of the academy''s extensive library. The creature''s eyes were a piercing blue, with a ring of gold around the pupil that seemed to dance with the light. Its scales were a brilliant white, untouched by the dirt and grime of the world. The teacher, whose name was Lady Ein, approached him cautiously, her eyes never leaving the baby wyvern. When she was close enough, she gasped, her hand flying to her mouth. "That... that''s not just an ordinary wyvern," she said in a shaky voice. The class grew still, their whispers silenced by the gravity of her words. "It''s a Whiteblood," she breathed, her eyes wide with disbelief. "A breed we thought had gone extinct millennia ago." The whispers grew into a crescendo of gasps and murmurs as the class gathered around Si-Woo and the baby wyvern. The creature looked at him, its four eyes filled with a mix of curiosity and something akin to trust. Lady Ein stepped closer, her eyes never leaving the wyvern. Her voice trembled with excitement and fear as she spoke, "The Whitebloods are said to be the ancestors of all other wyverns. They were the protectors of the first Ondurian kings, a symbol of purity and power. It''s a legend that one would be born again, a beacon of hope in a time of darkness." Her words hung in the air, and for a moment, all Si-Woo could hear was the thunderous beating of his own heart. He looked at the creature, its scales shimmering like freshly fallen snow, its eyes as deep and as mysterious as the night sky. It was as if the universe itself had sent him a sign, a chance to step out of the shadows and into the light. With trembling hands, he reached up to the creature, his finger tracing the smooth, downy scale between its eyes. It leaned into his touch, making a small, contented noise. He took a deep breath and whispered, "If you want to bond with me, you''ll have to accept this." He then took his hand and bit into his thumb, wincing as the pain shot through him. The coppery scent of his own blood filled the air, mixing with the crisp, clean scent of the baby wyvern''s scales. Stolen from its rightful place, this narrative is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. He held out his hand, the blood welling from his thumb. The wyvern stared at him for a moment, and then, to his amazement, it mirrored his action. Its tiny, sharp teeth pierced the skin on its own paw, drawing a bead of crimson. The creature leaned in, its breath warm on his palm, and touched the wound to his. A spark of energy crackled between them, the smell of ozone sharp in his nose. He felt something warm and tingling spread up his arm and into his chest, filling him with a sense of belonging he had never felt before. Lady Ein watched, her eyes brimming with tears of joy. "It''s a bond," she whispered, her voice trembling. "A true bond." The class was silent, their eyes locked on Si-Woo and the creature. The air was thick with anticipation as the blood of man and beast mingled. The moment was sacred, a bond that would be remembered in the annals of the academy. Lady Ein''s eyes were filled with unshed tears, her voice trembling with joy as she spoke, "Quickly, Si-Woo, you must give it a name!" The urgency in her tone was palpable, a recognition of the significance of this moment. As the bond between Si-Woo and the Whiteblood grew stronger, the creature began to lick at his thumb with surprising tenderness. The saliva stung at first, but the pain quickly subsided, replaced by a warm, comforting sensation that spread through his veins. He stared into the wyvern''s eyes, each pupil surrounded by a ring of gold, and whispered to himself, "I''ve been thinking long and hard about what my bond''s name would be. But looking at you now, only one name feels right." He took a deep breath, his heart pounding in his chest. The pressure of the moment was immense, but in his soul, he knew. "I will call you ''Z''," he announced, the name resonating through the air. The creature paused in its ministrations, its gaze locking with his. It felt like a silent nod of acceptance, a pact sealed not just in blood but in the very fabric of their beings. As if in response to the bonding ceremony, a sudden gust of wind whipped through the training grounds, carrying with it the scent of the forest. It grew stronger, more insistent until it was a full-blown gale that had the students clutching their robes tightly around them. Then, in the distance, a sound so primal and powerful that it seemed to shake the very earth itself. A roar, so fierce and ancient that it could only belong to one creature. A Whiteblood. Si-Woo looked at his thumb in astonishment, the wound from the bonding ritual already closed, leaving only the faintest of scars. It was as if the creature''s essence had imbued him with its own healing power. He felt a strange tug in his chest, a pull towards the source of that roar. The other students watched in awe as the baby Whiteblood took to the air, its wings unfurling in a display of power and grace that belied its size. It grew larger with every beat, until it was a gleaming beacon of white against the darkening sky, the gold of its pupils flashing in the fading light. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR- BEAST TAMING CLASS Si-Woo''s heart felt lighter than it had in weeks as he watched Z fly away. The bond between them was unbreakable, a promise that they would face the challenges of the world of Ondur together. He felt a strange comfort knowing that the creature was out there, a piece of him now soaring among the clouds, he knew he would see Z next class. With a newfound sense of purpose, "I''m going to make the most of his upcoming school break." Si-Woo thought " I have so much to learn about his rare and powerful bondmate, and I know just where to start¡ªthe public Ondurian library." The thought of spending his couple days off in the quiet solace of the library, surrounded by ancient texts and dusty tomes, filled him with excitement. It was the direct opposite of the chaotic streets of the city where he had grown up, where you scarcely see people with books, and knowledge was often found in the whispers of those who dared to speak the truth. ... "They appear more resolute in their training today," Minho mused, hurling the rubber-like balls at them. "Their bond seems to have strengthened, evident in how they move in unison, attempting to predict each other''s moves during the combat drills. They make a formidable duo, each deciphering the other''s strengths and weaknesses while under constant assault." But as the siblings retreated to the sidelines, panting and sweating, their expressions were anything but triumphant. "The air around them was thick with unspoken tension," Minho thought, "Their movements are jerky, as if they were trying to shake off an invisible burden. It was unlike them to be so distracted during training." He approached cautiously, his eyes scanning them for any signs of injury beyond the bruises from the spar. "What happened at the academy today?" he asked, his voice laced with genuine concern. But the siblings remained silent, their eyes downcast. The silence was an unsettling difference from the usual banter that filled their training sessions. Ha-Yoon''s knuckles were white as she balled up her fist, and Si-Woo''s eyes were distant as if he were lost in a world of his own. It was unlike them to hold back, to not throw themselves into the fight with the same fiery determination that had earned them Minho''s respect, the day before. "Well, that''s enough for today," Minho said finally, his tone firm but tinged with something else - something softer. He had seen the look in their eyes before, the one that spoke of pain and anger so intense that it could only be born from personal battles, not the ones they faced in the ring. If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement. "But Minho," Ha-Yoon protested, her voice laced with exhaustion. "We can keep going." Minho''s eyes searched their faces, his grip tightening on the balls. "No," he said firmly, "You two need to sort out whatever is eating at you. A clear head is more important than a few extra spars." Ha-Yoon opened her mouth to protest, but the words died on her lips. She knew he was right. The fear and anger from the day''s events were still coiled around her heart, a tight fist that squeezed tighter with every breath. She nodded, her shoulders slumping in defeat. Soaring on Lemmy, Si-Woo gazed contemplatively at the blue sky. "Minho is right," he thought. Passing through the portal, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon walked home under the moonlit sky in silence. Finally, as they approached their home, Si-Woo broke the silence with a heavy sigh. "I''m sorry, Ha-Yoon. I wasn''t strong enough to stop them from hitting you." His voice was a low murmur, filled with regret and pain. Ha-Yoon looked at him, her eyes glistening with unshed tears. "It''s not your fault," she replied, her voice barely above a whisper. "My mom once told me people like that are just scared. And they lack understanding." They reached the door to their restored house, the warm glow of the lights inside beckoning them. Ha-Yoon took a deep breath and looked up at Si-Woo, her eyes searching his. "But as your big brother, I was supposed to protect you," he continued, his voice cracking. "I was supposed to keep you safe, and I couldn''t even do that." Tears spilled down Ha-Yoon''s cheeks, and she looked down at her feet. "But who will protect you?" she whispered, her voice shaking. "You''re always so strong, Si-Woo, but who''s there to protect you?" Si-Woo looked at his sister, the weight of his failure heavy in his chest. He didn''t have an answer. But Ha-Yoon did. She took a deep, shuddering breath and met his gaze, her eyes fierce. "I want to get stronger too," she declared, her voice gaining strength. "I want to protect you just like you do for me. I don''t want anyone to ever look down on us again." Si-Woo stared at his sister, his own eyes filling with tears. He had never seen her so determined, so fiery. He knew then that she had found her own source of power, her own reason to fight. And in that moment, he realized that together, they could overcome anything. Si-Woo grabs her hand. "We''ll do it," he said, his voice firm. "We''ll train harder, learn more about this world, and master the serein. We''ll become each other''s protectors that we were meant to be." The next day, with the academy closed for a couple of days, they took the opportunity to explore the city of Ondur. The streets were alive with vibrant colors and sounds, some shops floating serenely in the air. The siblings walked hand in hand, taking in the sights, the sounds, and the smells. The air smelled of exotic fruits and flowers, the wind carrying with it whispers of secrets from the floating islands that surrounded them. As they strolled through the marketplace, Ha-Yoon suddenly remembered the gold coin pouch Minho had slipped into her backpack before they left the training session. She had forgotten about it in the rush of the previous day''s events. "Si-Woo," she said, her eyes lighting up with excitement. "Look what I found!" INT. CITY OF ONDUR-DAY Si-Woo looked over, and his eyes grew wide as she pulled out the heavy pouch. "What''s that?" he asked, his voice filled with curiosity. "It''s from Minho," Ha-Yoon said with a grin. "He gave it to me before we left yesterday. He said it''s for us to buy something nice." She jingled the coins inside, the sound like music to their ears. The siblings had never had much in the way of luxuries, especially since the earthquake had destroyed their home. The idea of spending money on something frivolous was almost alien to them. But as they looked at each other, they knew that this was their chance to indulge in something sweet, something that could bring a moment of happiness in the face of the heavy burden they had been handed. They made their way to a nearby pastry shop, the scent of warm dough and sugar wafting through the air. The display case was a kaleidoscope of colors, with pastries that looked like they had been plucked from a fairy tale. Ha-Yoon''s eyes widened as she took in the selection, her mind racing with the possibilities. "I would like to buy one of everything!" she exclaimed to the person behind the counter, her voice bubbling with excitement. The vendor looked at her in shock, eyes darting to the heavy gold coin pouch she held in her hand. Ha-Yoon''s grin grew wider, taking in the array of pastries that were as varied and exotic as the people of Ondur. But before the vendor could respond, Si-Woo stepped in, his voice firm and a hint of a smirk playing at the corner of his mouth. "No," he said, "We would like two of the Yoani cakes." The vendor looked at the two siblings, one with unbridled excitement and the other with a calculated expression and couldn''t help but chuckle. "Ah, the Yoani cakes," she said, her eyes twinkling. "A wise choice, indeed." Si-Woo took the coin pouch from Ha-Yoon, his eyes gleaming with mischief. "This is too much power for you to handle," he teased, his voice light despite the gravity of the situation. "We need to be careful with our resources, especially if we want to keep this world''s economy afloat." Ha-Yoon pouts," The cakes better be good." The vendor, a plump woman with hair as blue as the sky of Ondur, chuckled and selected two Yoani cakes, wrapping them delicately in a shimmering leaf that seemed to muffle their heavenly aroma. She handed them over with a knowing smile. "These are on the house," she said, her voice a soft whisper. "Consider it a welcoming gift for the new incomers of our world." The siblings thanked her profusely and stepped outside, finding a bench under the shade of a giant, swaying tree. They sat down next to the window, the warm breeze carrying the sounds of the city''s vibrant life. The cakes looked like works of art, with swirls of cream and fruit that shimmered in the sunlight. Ha-Yoon took a bite, her eyes closing in delight as the flavors exploded on her tongue. Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. "MMMM, these are amazing," she murmured, licking the sweetness from her lips. Si-Woo watched his sister indulge in the delicate treat, his own mouth-watering. "Let''s go visit the library after this," he suggested, eager to dive into the depths of knowledge that the grand Ondurian library was rumored to hold. "Mmhmm," Ha-Yoon mumbled, her eyes still closed in bliss. "This is heavenly." Si-Woo chuckled, taking another bite of his own Yoani cake. He savored the flavor, the rich cream and tart berries a delightful contrast. But his mind was already racing ahead to their next destination. "Alright, you finish up," he said, standing and brushing the crumbs from his uniform. "But don''t forget, we''re going to the library next." The siblings entered the grand Ondurian library, its arched ceilings reaching towards the heavens, the smell of ancient parchment and ink permeating the air. The building was a testament to the importance of knowledge in their new world, with rows upon rows of books floating gently in midair, held in place by unseen forces. Ha-Yoon''s eyes grew wide as she took in the sheer volume of knowledge that surrounded them, her earlier indulgence forgotten. "Wow," she breathed, her voice filled with awe. "This place is... incredible." Si-Woo nodded, his eyes scanning the vast expanse of the library. "We could spend years in here and still not read everything," he said. "But we should get started." He looked at Ha-Yoon, who was still licking the last of the sweet cream from her fingertips. They decided to split up, each eager to explore their own interests in this treasure trove of information. Ha-Yoon floated off to the section on serein history, while Si-Woo headed towards the beastiary, his eyes searching for any sign of the elusive white-blood wyvern. As he moved through the aisles, the books seemed to convey secrets that only the most dedicated scholars knew. " The sheer number of books is overwhelming," Si-Woo thought, "I feel like a tiny speck in the vast universe of books." He wandered aimlessly, his eyes scanning the spines for any sign of the creature that had chosen him. His thoughts were interrupted by a gentle tap on his shoulder. Mai''s warm smile greeted him as he turned around. "I''m surprised you found your way here," she said, her laughter bubbling up like a spring. "Oh, hey Mai. Yeah, me too," Si-Woo admitted, feeling a bit sheepish. "But even here, I''m still lost." Mai''s laughter was like a melody, a sweet sound that echoed through the quiet library. "You''re the same no matter where we are," she teased, her eyes sparkling with amusement. Si-Woo felt his cheeks warm slightly. "What do you mean?" he asked, ignorant. Mai''s smile grew. "I see you''re looking for something," she said, gesturing to the bookshelves that towered over them. "What type of book are you looking for?" "I''m trying to find something about white-blood wyverns," Si-Woo replied, his voice a mix of hope and doubt. "But there are too many books here, and I''m not sure where to start." Mai''s eyes lit up. "Ah, the calling crystal," she said, reaching into her pocket. She pulled out a small, translucent stone that hummed softly in the palm of her hand. "The librarians here give these out to those who are lost in the sea of books." INT. CITY OF ONUR- ONDUR PUBLIC LIBRARY She placed the stone into Si-Woo''s palm, her fingers lingering for a brief moment longer than necessary. "Hold it tight, think of the title and number of books you want, and call out to it," she instructed. "It''ll bring them to you." Si-Woo took a deep breath, feeling the smooth stone''s warmth against his skin. He closed his eyes and focused his thoughts. "White-blood wyvern, one book," he murmured, his voice barely a whisper. A gentle vibration traveled up his arm, and the stone began to pulse in his hand. Suddenly, with a soft whoosh, a book appeared before him, floating gently as if carried by invisible hands. He opened his eyes and stared at the tome in awe. It was bound in leather that shimmered like dragon scales, with gold lettering that read ''Chronicles of the Skybound Beasts''. Mai leaned over, peering at the book with curiosity. "It looks like it''s going to be a good one," she said, her eyes sparkling with excitement. "But remember, don''t worry if you don''t find what you''re looking for right away. The recognition system here is quite advanced. It won''t give you the same book twice unless you really need to read it again." "Thanks," Si-Woo said, his voice genuine. "I really appreciate your help." Mai''s smile widened, her cheeks tinged with a faint blush. "You''re welcome," she replied, her eyes sparkling. "But I should let you get to your reading. I''ll see you at the academy." With a wave, she disappeared into the maze of bookshelves, leaving Si-Woo alone with his newfound treasure. He watched her go, feeling a strange sense of comfort in her presence. Then, shaking his head to clear his thoughts, he turned to the book before him. The title was etched in gold, ''Chronicles of the Skybound Beasts''. The cover was adorned with an intricate drawing of a majestic creature that bore a striking resemblance to the one he had encountered. Finding an open table near a large, arched window, Si-Woo sat down and laid the book before him. The pages were made of a material he had never seen before, thin and yet sturdy, as if they could withstand the test of time itself. He opened the book, and the scent of ancient knowledge filled his nostrils. The words were written in the language of the Fae, but as he had learned in class, the symbols and runes began to make sense to him, weaving a tapestry of knowledge in his mind. "A book about the white-blood wyvern," began Si-Woo, "a creature so rare that it dwells only in the myths and legends of Ondurian children. It was believed that these beasts possessed a serenity so profound it could purify the air itself, and their breath was a formidable weapon, unleashing a purple, world-ending, acid-like fire. They stood next to the Ancient Mu as one of the realm''s guardians, anointed by the creatures to uphold the equilibrium between the realms." If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. He flipped through the pages, each turn revealing more intricate illustrations of these majestic creatures. The book spoke of their power, their wisdom, and their fierce loyalty. But amidst the tales of glory, Si-Woo stumbled upon a dark chapter that sent a shiver down his spine. The Great Eclipse, a time when the suns had abandoned the sky for a month, bringing with it a cold that had never been felt before. During this period, the white-blood wyverns had lost their way, becoming feared rather than revered. "The creatures of Ondur grew suspicious," he murmured to himself, reading the archaic script, "their purifying breath now seen as a weapon of destruction. They were hunted to near extinction, driven from the skies by the very beings they had sworn to protect." The ink seemed to dance on the page, painting a vivid picture of the horror that had unfolded centuries ago. Si-Woo''s heart raced as he turned page after page, the history of the white-blood wyverns unfolding like a tragic epic. The once revered creatures had been feared and hunted, their numbers dwindling until they were thought to be nothing but a legend. The realization that he had bonded with one of the last living specimens was almost too much to bear. It was a responsibility he hadn''t asked for, but one that now rested heavily on his shoulders. The book spoke of their fierce pride and unyielding nature. These creatures were not meant to serve, but to protect and lead. They had no masters, only partners who had earned their respect and trust. Si-Woo felt a strange kinship with the white-blood wyvern, a creature that had been misunderstood and feared just like him in this new world. Time slipped through his fingers like sand as he read, and before he knew it, two hours had passed. His eyes, once wide with excitement, now felt heavy with knowledge. He looked up from his book, blinking rapidly as the library''s grandeur swam back into focus. "Si-Woo," Ha-Yoon called, her voice echoing through the vast hall, interrupting his thoughts. "Are you going to stay here all day?" He looked up, startled by the sound of his sister''s voice. "Oh, time really flies when you''re reading," he said, rubbing his eyes. "What''s up?" "I''ve been going through the serein archives," Ha-Yoon said, her eyes shining with excitement. "There''s so much we need to learn about our powers. But I think we''ve had enough for one day." She held up a pile of books she had gathered. "We should go explore the city before it gets dark." Si-Woo nodded in agreement, placing the book back in its rightful place with a gentle pat. He took the calling crystal from his pocket and whispered, "Return book." The leather tome shot off the table and zipped through the air, returning to its spot on the shelf with a silent grace that made Si-Woo''s jaw drop. "Whoa," Ha-Yoon said "I just left it on the table." "Incredible, I''m glad it worked" Si-Woo murmured, watching as the crystal in his hand dimmed, the job completed. "The technology here is truly outstanding." He tucked the stone away, feeling a newfound respect for the advanced society that surrounded him. INT. CITY OF ONDUR- ONDUR PUBLIC LIBRARY As they exited the library, Si-Woo couldn''t help but feel a bit overwhelmed by the bustling city of Ondur. The streets were lined with floating lights, casting a warm glow that reflected off the rain-slicked cobblestones. The siblings walked hand in hand, their eyes wide with wonder at every new sight and sound. Mai''s words of caution about the calling crystal echoed in his mind as he approached the nearest librarian, a stoic man with a long white beard that flowed like a river of wisdom. "Thank you for the crystal," Si-Woo said, holding it out to the man. The librarian took it with a nod, his eyes scanning the stone before tucking it into a pocket hidden in his flowing robes. "Remember, young one," he intoned, his voice as ancient as the tomes surrounding them, "knowledge is a double-edged sword. Use it wisely." The siblings stepped out into the city, the cobblestone streets shimmering with the fresh rain. The air was alive with the sound of music and laughter as street performers danced and sang, their colorful garb a compliment to the now blue skies. Ha-Yoon tugged at Si-Woo''s arm, pointing to a troupe of acrobats performing breathtaking feats of agility. "Look, Si-Woo!" she exclaimed. "They''re like the performers we saw on Earth!" Si-Woo nodded, his mind still wrapped in the world of the white-blood wyvern. "But even more amazing," he murmured, his eyes drawn to the acrobats'' graceful movements. They watched for a few minutes, their hearts beating in time with the rhythm of the music, before Ha-Yoon pulled him away, eager to explore further. Their wanderings led them to a narrow, cobblestone alley that ended abruptly in a brick wall. Ha-Yoon''s face fell "Where the heck are we?", but before she could express her disappointment, a figure emerged from the shadows. Minho''s grin was wide, his eyes glinting with mischief. "Lost, are we?" He didn''t wait for an answer before grabbing each of them by the arm and pulling them along. "Come on, I''ve got the perfect place for a surprise!" The siblings were whisked away through the bustling streets, their protests drowned out by the cacophony of the city. Before they knew it, they were soaring above Ondur, Lemmy''s powerful wings carrying them swiftly through the air. Ha-Yoon clung to her brother, her eyes wide with fear and anger, while Si-Woo couldn''t help but laugh at the absurdity of the situation. They landed with a gentle thud on a platform of the royal palace''s training grounds. The setting sun painted the sky in hues of pink and gold, casting long shadows across the meticulously manicured lawns. Minho''s grip on their arms was firm, his expression a mix of excitement and determination. This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience. "What''s going on?" Ha-Yoon demanded, her voice tight with anger. "You can''t just kidnap us!" Minho chuckled. "It''s all part of the training," he said, his eyes glinting with excitement. "Danger can come from anywhere, at any time. You must always be ready." Ha-Yoon''s anger calmed. "What''s so funny Si-Woo?" she spat. Si-Woo''s laughter faded as he met her gaze. "I''m sorry," he said, his voice sincere. "It''s just, I''ve never felt so free. I know it''s not right, but it''s like everything''s possible up here." Minho led them towards the center of the training grounds. "You''re both strong, but there''s so much you need to learn," he said, his voice filled with urgency. "We need to be ready for anything." The siblings exchanged a wary glance, but they knew better than to argue with their Master''s sudden seriousness. Minho reached into his pocket and pulled out a handful of the same rubber balls they had seen the day before. "Ready?" Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon nodded, their hearts racing as they braced themselves for whatever the fae had in store for them. Minho tossed one to each of them, and without another word, the training began. The balls grew hotter in his hands. They had to dodge and weave as Minho hurled it at them with unerring accuracy. The siblings soon realized that the real challenge was almost impossible to evade so they had to deflect most of them. The air grew thick with the smell of burning rubber as the siblings'' reflexes were pushed to the brink. The balls came faster and harder, the sound of their impacts on the ground echoing through the training grounds like a war drum. Si-Woo''s eyes narrowed, his focus sharpening with each throw. He felt his instincts kick in, his mind calculating angles and speed. Minho noticed the change in Si-Woo''s demeanor almost immediately. The boy''s movements were no longer clumsy and frantic; they had become precise, and deliberate. His eyes darted back and forth, tracking the trajectory of the balls with an intensity that belied his young age. Ha-Yoon... was still struggling, her movements erratic as she tried to dodge the incoming projectiles, but even she could see that her brother had found a new level of determination. As the training progressed, the siblings grew more adept at deflecting the balls. The rubber spheres bounced and ricocheted off the ground, leaving trails of smoke as they streaked through the air. Sweat beaded on their foreheads, and their breaths came in gasps, but they pushed on, driven by the setting suns'' fiery glow. Minho''s eyes gleamed with approval as he saw the improvement in their technique. He increased the speed and intensity of his throws, pushing them to their limits. Ha-Yoon''s eyes narrowed, and she began to anticipate the balls'' trajectory, her movements growing more precise. Si-Woo''s reflexes had become almost supernatural, his body moving almost on its own as he blocked more incoming attacks. The suns dipped lower in the sky, casting long shadows across the training grounds. The siblings'' breaths grew ragged as they dodged and weaved, their muscles aching with the exertion. Despite their fatigue, a sense of exhilaration filled them. They were growing stronger, and more capable. The fear and grief of their past seemed to melt away with every successful dodge. INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-TRAINING GROUNDS "Alright, that''s enough," Minho called out, his arm dropping to his side. The rubber balls in his hand ceased to glow, returning to their mundane state. He looked at the siblings with a mix of pride and concern. "Good job," he said, his voice tight. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon stood panting, their bodies slick with sweat and their hearts hammering in their chests. They exchanged exhausted smiles, their bond stronger than ever. The fear that had once separated them now felt like a distant memory. "Training session is over," Minho announced, his voice echoing through the deserted alley. "Good job, both of you. But remember, we''ve only just begun." The siblings looked at each other, their eyes filled with a mix of excitement and dread. Si-Woo was the first to speak up. "But we''re not done yet, are we?" he asked, his voice laced with determination. Ha-Yoon gave him an ''Are you serious?'' look. "These kids have a frightening progression rate, at this speed I foresee them becoming monsters." Minho thought and chuckled, amusement sparkling in his eyes. "Oh, you''re far from it," he said, his voice a mix of pride and caution. "But tomorrow morning, you must be at the royal palace for an announcement." "An announcement?" Ha-Yoon echoed, her skepticism plain on her face. Minho nodded. "It''s important," he said. "All Ondurian citizens are required to attend." Si-Woo''s stomach tightened with anticipation. An assembly? What could it be about? He had so many questions, but he knew better than to push Minho for answers. The fae was as enigmatic as the city itself. "We''ll be there," he assured him. Minho nodded. "Good. Now, let''s return you to your earthly realm," he said, raising his arms. The air around them surged with energy as Lemmy, the beast with shimmering black scales, descended from the sky and flew them home. Once back in the safety of their home, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon took turns in the shower, washing the grime of the day off their bodies. The warm water cascading over them brought a sense of comfort that washed away not just the dirt but also the weight of the day''s revelations. They ate a simple meal of bread and cheese, their appetites not quite matching their excitement. After dinner, Ha-Yoon retreated to their room, her mind racing with all she had learned. The books whispered secrets of power and history that she had never dreamed of. She lay in bed, her eyes tracing the patterns on the ceiling, her thoughts as tumultuous as the storm that had ravaged their world. You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story. Si-Woo, too, found sleep elusive. He was plagued by a strange dream, in a field of grass, A man with long dark hair and a face that remained frustratingly blurry. The man spoke, his words echoing through Si-Woo''s mind like a mournful lullaby."Have you ever pondered the most daunting aspect of life?" he inquired. A heavy silence lingered, almost suffocating, before the man spoke again. "It''s death. It marks the end of life''s journey, and it''s the only milestone that holds real significance." Si-Woo felt his heart sink, his voice trapped in his chest like a bird in a cage. "What would you do if you saw your fate?" the man asked, "How the world around you burned to the ground, how everything you worked for had blown away like it never belonged?" His eyes pierced through the fog of unconsciousness. He took a step closer, his features sharpening for a brief moment before the fog closed in again. "What would you do, Si-Woo?" The man''s voice grew softer, more urgent, "If you knew your end, would you still strive for the fleeting moments of joy? Would you still hold onto hope like a leaf in a storm?" Si-Woo took a step closer, his mind racing. The man''s features began to sharpen, and for a moment, Si-Woo thought he could see the piercing eyes. But as he reached out to touch the figure, it dissolved into a cloud of mist reappearing out of reach, leaving him standing in an empty field of grass that rippled in the breeze. "It''s time to wake up, Si-Woo," the voice called out again, more urgent this time. "Wake up." Si-Woo bolted upright, the images from his dream fading like the morning mist. He blinked, looking around the dark room. It took a moment for the reality to sink in. Ha-Yoon was standing over him, her face etched with worry. "What''s wrong?" he asked, his voice thick with sleep. "It''s time," Ha-Yoon said, her voice echoing with the same urgency as the man in his dream. "The assembly. We have to go to Ondur." The words snapped Si-Woo out of his slumber like a whip crack, the vividness of his dream fading away. Ha-Yoon''s face was a mask of concern in the morning light, her eyes wide with excitement. He nodded groggily, the weight of the dream clinging to him like the sticky residue of a nightmare. They dressed quickly, pulling on the clothes they had washed and laid out to dry the night before. The fabric felt stiff and unyielding, a stark reminder of the harsh realities they had left behind. As they walked towards the portal, the air grew cooler, carrying with it the scent of dew and the promise of a new day. The city of Ondur was bustling with activity as they emerged from the borders of the Northgate entrance. The spires of the royal palace gleamed in the early morning light, a beacon guiding them through the crowded streets. The Fae they passed by offered nods of disgust, curiosity, and respect. Some even recognize the siblings as the newest members of their world. Ha-Yoon felt a swell of pride as they walked side by side, her hand tightly gripping Si-Woo''s. As they approached the grand square in front of the palace where the assembly was held, they could see a podium had been set up, flanked by an array of important-looking individuals with pointed ears and regal attire. The air was charged with anticipation. The siblings pushed their way through the throng of fae, their eyes wide with curiosity and a touch of fear. Ha-Yoon had never seen so many fae in one place before, and the sheer variety of them was overwhelming. The murmur of the crowd grew louder as they approached the front, a cacophony of whispers and speculations about what the announcement could be. INT. CITY OF ONDUR-THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR Si-Woo tugged at her sleeve, pointing to the podium. "Look," he murmured. "Those must be the heads of the five great families." Ha-Yoon followed his gaze, her eyes widening as she took in the figures. Each one radiated power, their postures proud and unyielding. The first, a woman with short green hair that curled at the neck, had skin so pale it almost glowed in the dawn light. Her eyes were a piercing shade of green that seemed to see through to the very soul of every creature that dared to meet her gaze. "That must be Lady Somin," Ha-Yoon said. "Head of the agricultural family." Next to her was a man with hair as silver as the moon, his eyes a piercing blue. His skin was a deep tan, a testament to the hours he likely spent under the Ondurian sun. "And there''s Lord Haneul," Si-Woo whispered. "The head of the economy family." The siblings had heard tales of the great families from Minho, but seeing them in person was awe-inspiring. As they inched closer to the podium, they caught a glimpse of Lady Luna, the head of the Market and Sales Family. She was a vision of elegance, with long hair that cascaded down her back in waves of darkness. Her eyes were pools of shimmering starlight that seemed to dance in the early morning light. She was the embodiment of the night sky, her presence as mesmerizing as the moon itself. The siblings'' gazes then fell on Minho with his long black hair and midnight blue eyes, who was standing tall and proud beside the heads of the families. His eyes met theirs, and he offered a small nod of acknowledgment. The siblings felt a surge of pride that he had noticed them in the sea of fae. Then they saw the person he was standing next to - Princess Deane, the young but formidable head of the knowledge family. Her eyes were a light shade of blue with some green specs, filled with warmth and intelligence that seemed to light up the entire square. The sight of the two most important people in their new lives standing there, side by side, filled them with a mix of excitement and anxiety. The chairs behind the fae leaders were empty, as if reserved for VIPs or perhaps, they were waiting to sit expecting someone of great importance to join them first. Just as the whispers grew to a crescendo, the sound of beating wings pierced the air. The crowd gasped as a swarm of masters riding their wyverns emerged from the palace, their scales glinting in the early light like jewels scattered across the sky. They flew in a perfect V formation, their powerful wings slicing through the air with the grace of dancers. The crowd''s gaze was drawn to the pinnacle of the formation where King Morey and Queen Elara stood regally upon the podium. Queen Elara''s magnificent white hair danced in the breeze, while King Morey''s deep blue eyes surveyed the assembly, his gaze penetrating each individual there. A resounding ovation burst forth from the crowd, their exuberant cheers echoing against the palace walls, making his presence felt in a nearly physical way. Unauthorized use: this story is on Amazon without permission from the author. Report any sightings. KING MOREY (voice booming) Citizens of Ondur! We gather here today for a momentous occasion. The crowd''s cheers died down to a murmur as the king raised his hand for silence. His gaze swept over the assembly, the weight of his words palpable. KING MOREY (voice firm) As you know, a disturbance in the fabric of our realm has caused concern among us all. Rest assured, we are working tirelessly to understand and contain it. The crowd''s murmurs grew to a hush as they hung onto the king''s every word. The tension was palpable, their fears and worries laid bare before the royal couple. The king calms the populace regarding the tear in space, explaining its destination. He informs them that the portal is a gateway between two worlds, connecting Ondur to a realm once known as Earth. "We have thoroughly surveyed the area around the rift on Earth and discovered valuable resources," he declares. "As many of you are aware, I refer to the Serein stones, which will aid in Ondur''s advancement." The crowd erupts in cheers, with several voices exclaiming, "We love you, King Morey!" The siblings share a look of shock and wonder. The Earth they knew was vastly different from the one described by the king. Ha-Yoon whispers to Si-Woo, "Could it be that we''re not just saving ourselves but an entire civilization as well?" King Morey explained " When we passed through the rift, the world was in ruins due to calamities and rapid changes in the land, which nearly drove the inhabitants to extinction. However, in recent days, we have surveyed and reconstructed the lands, leading to a consensus." The crowd was ablaze with reactions, some faces lighting up with hope, while others remained skeptical. Ha-Yoon felt a mix of emotions, the excitement of a new beginning for both worlds intertwined with the painful memory of their own lost home. The king continues "The leaders of Ondur''s five great families and I have concurred that an immigration poll would be beneficial for Ondur''s future. If all goes to plan we should be able to migrate in eighty days or so, each of you with your same or new homes." The siblings felt the weight of the gazes upon them intensify. Some Ondurians whispered to their neighbors, pointing and casting suspicious glances their way. A few even approached them, their expressions a mix of curiosity and unease, but a hired guard stepped in, blocking their path. It was clear that their presence was not entirely welcome by all. "Your Highness, what guarantees do we have that these Earthlings won''t bring their destruction to our shores?" a gruff voice called out. Ha-Yoon felt her heart drop, the accusation hitting too close to home. King Morey''s expression remained calm as he replied, "We have taken the necessary precautions. Our seers have foreseen their intentions as pure, and we trust in the bond they share with the Spirits of the Forest." The crowd murmured among themselves, some nodding in agreement, while others still bore looks of doubt. It was evident that not all were convinced, but the siblings knew that change often brought fear. INT. CITY OF ONDUR- THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR King Morey spoke up again, his voice resonating through the square. "Ondur''s future is bright," he declared, his eyes shining with hope. "But it is our responsibility to ensure that our children''s futures are even brighter. The Earth realm holds vast resources that can enhance our world, and by welcoming its survivors, we gain not only allies but friends who can enrich our lives with their knowledge and innovation." The crowd was silent for a moment, processing his words. Then, a ripple of nods began, spreading through the throng like a wave. Ha-Yoon felt a swell of hope in her chest. Perhaps there was a chance for unity and growth. The king''s voice grew softer, but no less powerful. "I understand your concerns," he said, his eyes sweeping over the crowd. "But I assure you, we have taken every precaution to ensure that this union will be a harmonious one. Our seers have seen the potential for prosperity, for a world where our children can grow and thrive, free from the shackles of fear and want." The crowd''s murmurs grew louder, a cacophony of hope and skepticism. Ha-Yoon leaned in to whisper to Si-Woo, "Do you think they''ll accept us?" Si-Woo squeezed her hand reassuringly. "We have to believe in ourselves," he said, his voice firm with determination. "We''ve been chosen for a reason." "Our unique technological advancements promise enhanced security for our progeny and our people," the king announced, raising his hand to show a crystal-studded dagger that gleamed in the sun. "We have forged a blood pact with the Sprits, granting them a sanctum within our lands as long as they uphold peace and do not bring harm or chaos to Ondur." The crowd''s reaction was a mix of awe and anger, but the siblings could not help but feel a sense of wonder in the situation. The Sprits, once feared and revered, were now Ondur''s allies. "It''s incredible, isn''t it?" Ha-Yoon whispered to Si-Woo as the assembly began to disperse. "I can''t believe we''re part of something so... monumental for the Fae folk." Si-Woo nodded. The king, acknowledging the crowd''s curiosity says," I invited the family heads to address your inquiries." The king and queen''s departure was met with respectful applause. Si-Woos eyes never leaving the retreating backs of the king and queen. "I know," he said, his voice filled with awe. "But we have to be ready for anything. Not everyone will be happy about this." The siblings made their way through the dispersing crowd, the weight of their conversation hanging in the air. As they approached a food stand, the tantalizing smells of sugared fruits and baked goods filled their nostrils. Ha-Yoon''s eyes grew wide as she took in the array of delicacies displayed before them. Find this and other great novels on the author''s preferred platform. Support original creators! "You must be hungry," Si-Woo said, noticing her gaze. He handed her a few coins. "Why don''t you grab something to eat while I go to the library?" "The library?" Ha-Yoon''s eyes widened. "Are you going to go study for the pre-mid-term placement test?" "Yeah," Si-Woo nodded. "I need to get ahead. We don''t have much time." With that, Si-Woo disappeared into the throng, leaving Ha-Yoon to contemplate her situation. She took a deep breath, the sweet scent of Ondur''s exotic flowers mingling with the smoky aroma of roasting meats. The food stand''s vendor, a cheerful fae with a pointed nose and emerald eyes, offered her a sample of a sugared berry. The flavor burst on her tongue, a symphony of sweetness and tanginess that was unlike anything she had ever tasted. "Mmmm, yep, I''ll study too...after one more." Despite the somber mood that hung over the assembly, she couldn''t help but smile at the delightful treat. ... As Si-Woo made his way to the library, the cobblestone path grew crowded with students of varying ages, their laughter and chatter filling the air with infectious energy. His thoughts were consumed by the upcoming pre-mid-term placement test and the vast amount of knowledge he had to absorb before it. His eyes remained focused on the path ahead, his steps swift and determined. Suddenly, he collided with a wall of bodies. Three older fae children, their shirts adorned with emblems of Level Four, loomed over him, their expressions a blend of arrogance and hostility. "Watch where you''re going, greenie," one of them sneered, his brown hair styled in an elaborate spike that gleamed with gel. Si-Woo''s eyes narrowed, but he held his tongue, reminding himself of Minho''s warning about pride. He took a step back, his fists clenched at his sides. "I''m sorry," he murmured, bracing himself for their next move. "You''re lucky you bumped into us level 4 seniors." said the one in the middle. We''ll let you off if you beg on your knees, filthy otherworlder," they sneered, laughing hysterically. Si-woo retorted, "There are three of you, yet even with six eyes, you''re blind to the obvious." Their laughter ceased, and one snarled, "Do you want me to break your leg?" The one in the middle stepped closer, towering over Si-woo, "Say another word without my permission, I dare you. Now beg!" The situation was volatile, and Si-Woo could feel the anger building up in his chest. But before he could respond, the air was split by the sound of something heavy crashing down onto the central fae. The fae yelped in pain, and when Si-Woo looked up, he saw a blur of silver and white. It was Mai, landing gracefully on the stone pavement, her eyes flashing with fury. She had come from nowhere, like a bolt of lightning from the clear sky. Mai glared at the stunned bullies, her eyes narrowing into slits. "Leave him alone," she said, her voice as cold as the ice that coated the distant peaks. The other two fae took a step back, their expressions a mix of shock and confusion. "What th-th" The one with the spiky hair stumbled over his words, trying to find his footing. Without another word, Mai took Si-Woo''s hand and dragged him away from the scene. Her grip was firm, almost painful, and she didn''t slow down until they reached a nondescript building at the edge of the main street. The structure was old fashioned, its stones worn smooth by time and covered in a layer of moss that made it appear as if it had been forgotten by everyone but the whispers of the wind. INT. CITY OF ONDUR- OLD SHOP Mai produced a peculiar key, one that shimmered with a faint light that matched her eyes. She slid it into the lock with a deft twist, and the door swung open with a squeak. "What is this place?" Si-Woo asked, his voice still shaking with the aftermath of fear and anger. "It''s my father''s shop," she said, her voice softer than usual. "He was a hairstylist, but he''s not here right now." She led him inside, and the familiar scents of shampoo and leather hit him like a warm embrace. The room was cluttered with antique chairs and mirrors, each one reflecting a different version of the same scene. Si-Woo took a seat, his eyes still fixed on the floor. He felt a mix of relief and frustration. Relief that Mai had come to his rescue, and frustration that he had needed rescuing in the first place. His eyes stung with unshed tears, and he clenched his jaw to keep them at bay. Mai, seemingly unfazed by the confrontation, began to talk about her plan to reopen the shop. Her words were like a gentle stream of water, washing away the tension that had built up in the air. "You know," she said, her voice filled with determination, "I think it''s time I take over this place. My father''s been too busy with his duties to give it the attention it deserves." Si-Woo remained silent, still processing the encounter with the bullies and the sudden change in topic. He watched as she moved around the room, her movements fluid and graceful, even in the cluttered space. Mai returned with a set of ancient-looking hair clippers, her eyes sparkling with mischief. "Just wait here for a second," she said, walking behind him. "What are you doing?" Si-Woo''s voice was tinged with alarm as he felt her fingers in his hair. Mai held up the clippers, the metal gleaming under the soft light of the shop''s pendant lights. "You need to take better care of yourself," she said, her smile teasing. "Let me just trim it a bit." Si-Woo tensed at her touch, memories of his encounter with the bullies still fresh in his mind. "I thought you promised," he said abruptly, turning in his chair to face her. "I thought you promised to not get in the middle of my problems." Mai''s smile didn''t waver as she held up the ancient-looking hair clippers. "What are you talking about?" she replied, her eyes dancing with mischief. "I just came to see if a friend wanted to hang out. Not my fault someone was in my way." Si-Woo''s shoulders relaxed a little, and he sighed. He knew she was just trying to lighten the mood. "Okay," he said, swiveling the chair back to face the mirror. "But if you mess up my hair, I''m never going to let you touch it again." Find this and other great novels on the author''s preferred platform. Support original creators! Mai''s laugh was light and airy, like the sound of chimes in a gentle breeze. "Don''t worry," she said, her hands deftly working the clippers. "I know what I''m doing." Si-Woo closed his eyes, feeling the gentle tug of his hair as it was trimmed away. The sound of the clippers was strangely soothing in the quiet shop, the only other noise was the occasional squeak of the chair as Mai adjusted her position. For a moment, he allowed himself to relax, to let go of the fear and anger that had been his constant companions since the assembly. When she finally stepped back, Si-Woo cautiously looked up at the mirror. His reflection stared back at him, looking a bit more put-together than before. He ran a hand through his hair, feeling the newfound shortness and the relief of no longer having to hide his face. "Thanks, I guess," he said, trying to keep the amazement out of his voice. Mai smacked his shoulder playfully. "I guess?" she echoed, her voice filled with mock offense. "If I wouldn''t have found you," she corrected herself quickly, "you would''ve been walking around Ondur looking like a spade wolf with a bird''s nest on your head." Si-Woo couldn''t help but laugh, the tension in his chest dissipating like mist in the morning sun. "Thanks," he said, his voice sincere despite his attempts at nonchalance. He studied his reflection, noticing how the new haircut made his dark eyes appear more prominent, his face seemingly less guarded. Mai''s expression softened, her playfulness replaced with a sudden seriousness. "You''re welcome," she said. "Anytime you need one, just ask. I''ll always be here." Si-Woo nodded, feeling a warmth spread through him that had nothing to do with the gentle warmth of the shop. "Mai," he began, his curiosity piqued. "Can I ask you something?" Mai paused in her task, her eyes meeting his in the mirror. "Sure, what is it?" Si-Woo took a deep breath, "I know you said your father was a hairstylist, but who is he exactly?" Mai paused, her eyes flicking towards the window before she could answer. A hooded figure passed by, their presence seemingly innocuous, yet it caused a ripple of unease to wash over her. "I''m sorry Si-Woo but I have to go," she said frantically. Si-Woo looked up, surprised by the sudden change in her demeanor. "What''s wrong?" he asked, following her gaze to the window. The figure was gone, but the air in the shop felt thick with tension. Mai''s silver eyes searched his, a hint of fear flickering in their depths. "It''s nothing," she said, her voice too high-pitched to be convincing. "I just remembered an errand I need to run." "But..." Si-Woo began to protest, but she was already halfway out the door, the bell above it chiming a hasty goodbye. He felt a pang of disappointment, his curiosity about her father unfulfilled. He knew there was something she wasn''t telling him, something important, but he had learned enough about Ondurian culture to know that pushing for answers was a delicate dance. With a sigh, Si-Woo turned and stepped back into the bustling street. The cobblestones felt cold against his bare feet, too different from the warmth of the shop. The market was in full swing, with merchants shouting their wares and the cacophony of a hundred different voices weaving through the air. INT. CITY OF ONDUR- DAY "I had to admit," Si-Woo thought," This city is truly breathtaking, the buildings are tall, with intricate carvings of Ondur." The air was filled with the aroma of roasting meats and freshly baked bread, making his stomach growl in protest of their hasty departure. He paused for a moment, trying to remember the way to the library. "I can''t believe I''m lost again," Si-woo said. As he turned around, his eyes fell upon an unassuming alleyway that he hadn''t noticed before. Curiosity piqued, he took a tentative step towards it, only to be yanked back by an unseen force. A rough bag was thrown over his head, and he was dragged into the alley with surprising strength. Panic set in as he struggled to break free, but whoever held him was too skilled, too powerful. He couldn''t even make out a sound to call for help. Si-Woo''s mind raced, replaying every lesson on combat and serein he had learned in his short time at the academy. His heart pounded in his ears, and he could feel his serein surging, eager to be released. But something held him back. He knew that using his power in such a way, in such a public place, would only bring more trouble than it was worth. He had to rely on his wits and instincts. He tried to listen for any clue as to who had taken him, but all he heard was the rustling of fabric and the faint sound of footsteps on the cobblestone streets. His breaths grew shallower, his chest tightening as the panic began to set in. He felt himself being pulled onto a beast, a wyvern the air growing a little thinner and more aggressive they descended in what felt like grass. Finally, the bag was yanked off, and Si-Woo''s eyes had to adjust to the sudden onslaught of light. He blinked, looking up at his captor, expecting to see a malicious grin or a twisted expression of cruel amusement. Instead, he found himself staring into the amused face of none other than King Morey in a dark cloak. "Welcome to my humble retreat," the king said, his eyes sparkling with mirth. "I trust your journey was uneventful?" Si-Woo''s anger flared up, and he sat up, ready to lash out. "Do all Ondurians find joy in kidnapping children?" he snarled. King Morey''s laughter didn''t falter, his eyes crinkling in amusement. "Oh, you''re feisty," he said, wiping a tear from the corner of his eye. "I like that. But let''s not get ahead of ourselves. This isn''t a kidnapping. This," he spread his arms wide, gesturing to the lush, floating island around them, "is a surprise." Si-Woo took a deep breath, his eyes widening as he took in the breathtaking view. The sky was a canvas of swirling blues and oranges as the suns dipped onto the horizon. He felt a strange mix of awe and dread. Taken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon. "It''s magnificent, isn''t it?" the king asked, his laughter subsiding into a warm smile. "This is where I come to think, to escape the weight of the crown. Even though we fae live forever, Sometimes, you know, it''s just nice to take a breather from work." Si-Woo, momentarily overwhelmed, nodded in agreement. "I recall the holographic Princess Deane mentioning that fae live eternally unless faced with a life-threatening force, to Ha-Yoon and me. Yet, it seems almost unbelievable each time I hear it," he reflected. Lost for words at the splendor before him, Si-Woo observed the grass, greener than any he had ever seen, and inhaled the air, fragrant with the sweet scent of blossoming flowers that swayed in the gentle breeze. "So much time has passed," Si-Woo said. "I have to get back to Ha-Yoon," "Don''t worry," the king reassured him. "Your sister is safe. I''ve sent a guard to watch over her, and she''s busy exploring the city with her new friends. I''ve heard she''s quite the fan of our Ondurian delicacies." "Of course she is," Si-Woo muttered, unable to hide the hint of annoyance in his voice. "Where are we?" he asked, glancing around at the seemingly endless field of emerald grass that surrounded them. The king''s expression grew enigmatic. "Take a few steps forward, and you''ll see," he said, his voice a blend of amusement and mischief. With a wary eye on the king, Si-Woo did as instructed. His bare feet sank into the plush grass, the blades bending under his shoes as he walked. The horizon grew closer, and with each step, his heart beat faster. Suddenly, the ground gave way, and he stumbled, his breath catching in his throat. But instead of falling into the abyss, he found himself standing at the edge of a cliff. He looked down, his heart racing as he realized they were on an island floating high above the city of Ondur. The sprawling metropolis lay below them, a tapestry of buildings and bridges, all bathed in the golden light of the setting suns. "Beautiful, isn''t it?" The king''s voice was gentle now, his earlier playfulness gone. "as I mentioned, This is my sanctuary. Whenever the burdens of the realm become too much to bear, I come here to find peace." Si-Woo nodded, unable to take his eyes off the breathtaking view. The city of Ondur sprawled out below them, a dazzling display of architecture and lights that seemed to pulse with life. He felt a strange calmness wash over him as if the very air was suffused with wonderous energy. "I can see why," he murmured. " Sometimes you''re more of a child than I am," Si-woo retorted. King Morey chuckled, the sound warm and genuine. He walked over to Si-Woo, and before the boy could react, he gave him a noogie, a playful gesture that made Si-Woo''s eyes water. "I know life can get hard sometimes," the king said, his tone suddenly serious, "but if you ever need to escape, if you ever need to find peace, just let me or Minho know. This place is as much yours as it is mine." Si-Woo nodded, wiping his eyes and trying not to laugh at the king''s antics. He took a deep breath and let it out slowly, feeling the tension in his body begin to ease. "All right," he said, "I''ll keep that in mind." INT. ONDUR- AFTERNOON Without warning, King Morey took a step back and swiped his leg, sending Si-Woo tumbling to the ground. "Now," the king said, his laughter echoing off the surrounding rocks, "Show me your serein meditation progress!" Si-Woo groaned, rubbing his butt. He took a deep breath, trying to ignore the sting from his fall, and closed his eyes. He focused on the energy within him, feeling the serein coil around his dantian core like a sleeping serpent. Slowly, he coaxed it out, letting it unravel until it suffused through his meridian tree. He had never felt so alive, so connected to the world around him. King Morey watched with a keen eye, his expression unreadable. Si-Woo felt the pressure of his gaze, like a hand on his shoulder, pushing him to be better, to do more. The serein inside him pulsed, responding to the challenge. He could feel it, the energy coating his meridian channels, filling him with a warmth that grew brighter with each breath he took. "The boy''s mending rate with serein is extraordinary." King Morey observes and contemplates, "Even though he is a level one serein arts user out of thirteen, He is efficiently purging the impurities at a commendable pace, and as he matures, the rate will increase. His meridian tree, which extends throughout the soul akin to the nervous system, has opened 86 out of 346 meridian channels. At this rate, he will awaken in a few years. The purity of his serein is unparalleled, matched only by another¡ªHa-yoon. It''s no surprise that Minho is fixated on training these two. " With a clap of his hands, he breaks the silence, "That''s enough for today," he declares. "Keep training with Minho," he instructs, his voice echoing in the vast space of the retreat. Si-woo opens his eyes with a start, the serenity of his meditation shattered by reality." Yeah..you say that too easily." He couldn''t help but cringe at the thought of Minho''s rigorous training sessions. The king, seemingly oblivious to Si-Woo''s fear, whistles sharply. From the distant sky, a pure red wyvern, a creature of myth and legend, soars towards them, its wings casting shadows on the vibrant grass. The majestic beast lands gracefully beside the king, and Morey pats its neck with affection. "Let''s go visit your sister now," he says, pulling his hood back over his head. The journey back to Ondur is swift and silent, the wind whipping around them as they glide through the air. The city''s grandeur unfolds beneath them like a living tapestry, and Si-Woo can''t help but feel a thrill of excitement and a hint of dismay. The red wyvern descends smoothly toward the library''s grand entrance, its powerful wings folding against its body. As they land, Si-Woo''s feet touch the ground, and the world seems to return to its normal pace. He watches the hooded king disappear into the sky waving goodbye. Inside, Si-woo spots Ha-Yoon at a table surrounded by her newfound friends, her laughter ringing out like a sweet melody amidst the hushed whispers of the ancient texts. "It''s nice to see she''s getting along well." Si-Woo thinks. His heart swells with happiness, seeing her so carefree and at ease. Ha-Yoon''s eyes light up as she notices him, and she wipes a smudge of whipped cream from her cheek running to him. "I thought we were meeting here," she says while hugging him. "You must''ve gotten lost again." This novel''s true home is a different platform. Support the author by finding it there. Si-Woo playfully narrows his eyes at her. "Maybe I was kidnapped," he teases, "and my captor had better things to do so he brought me to a library." Ha-Yoon''s laughter fills the air. "Yeah, right, and while he kidnapped you he also thought it was a good idea to give you a haircut." she retorts, rolling her eyes. They bid farewell to her new friends and headed out to the cool evening air that had begun to settle over Ondur. As they made their way through the cobblestone streets, Si-Woo couldn''t help but ask, "How many sweets did you have today?" Ha-Yoon stuck out her tongue at him. "Who gave you that haircut and how long were you lost for?" she retorted, her eyes shining with rascality. Si-Woo chuckled, unable to resist. "Mai did, don''t worry I''ll have her do yours too." he admitted, "But let''s not get into that right now. He leaned in and gave her a gentle noogie. Ha-Yoon squawked and swiped at his hand, giggling uncontrollably. The siblings walked side by side, their laughter fading into content silence as they took in the sights of the city they had come to call home. However, their peaceful evening was about to take an unexpected turn. As they approached the edge of a clothing market street, a shadow fell over them, and the sound of powerful wings cut through the air. They looked up to see Minho descending from the sky on the back of his sleek black wyvern, his expression unreadable beneath his hood. The creature''s eyes glowed with an eerie light, and its scales shimmered like the night sky. "Oh no," Ha-Yoon groaned. "He found us." The shadow grew larger as Minho and his black wyvern drew closer. The beast''s powerful wings beat the air, sending a gust of wind that ruffled their hair and clothes. Si-Woo''s eyes widened with a mix of excitement and dread. They had hoped for a quiet evening, but it seemed the Minho had other plans. Without waiting for his instructor to land, the siblings took off running. They darted through the narrow alleys, their bare feet flying over the cobblestones. The market stalls grew sparse, and the sounds of the city began to fade behind them. They had a head start, but they knew it wouldn''t last long. Minho was a master of serein, and his ability to enhance his sight and body meant he could instantly capture them at any time. Their hearts raced, pumping adrenaline through their veins. They rounded a corner, hoping to find a hidden path or some form of escape, but the alley ended abruptly in another brick wall. "You can''t outrun a twelfth-degree Serein master, children," Minho''s voice echoed through the alleyways, his tone a mix of amusement and authority. Si-Woo couldn''t believe Minho was just now telling them he was a twelfth-degree serein master out of the 14 degrees while they were being hunted down. The siblings'' breaths grew ragged as they turned a corner, expecting to find Minho waiting for them. But instead, they saw a clear path ahead. They exchanged a hopeful glance and took off again, their legs pumping as fast as their hearts. Their hopes were short-lived, however, as the shadow of the black wyvern once again fell over them. Before they could react, they were scooped up by an invisible force, their feet dangling in mid-air. The creature''s eyes gleamed with a knowing light as if it enjoyed the chase. Minho''s face appeared in front of them, his smile widening. "I hope you enjoyed your little break," he said, his tone deceptively mild. "But it''s time to get back to work. Let''s begin our training." INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-TRAINING GROUNDS ... After almost two full months of being bullied, kidnapped by King Morey and Minho, hanging out with friends, training with his pet, and studying Si-Woo felt a strange sense of anticipation as the day of the pre-mid-term placement test approached. It was as if the constant challenges had honed him into a finely tuned blade, ready to be tested. He had grown stronger, not just physically, but in the control of his serein, which was the essence of his very being. The lessons with Minho and the bond with his Whiteblood baby wyvern had forged a new confidence within him that was undeniable. The night before the test, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon sat in their shared room, surrounded by textbooks and scrolls. Ha-Yoon studied with a furrowed brow, her book open in front of her, the pages fluttering with a gentle touch of her small hands. The room was a mess of half-eaten snacks and discarded study materials, but it was their mess, a testament to their shared journey. Si-Woo, on the other hand, was sprawled on his bed, staring up at the ceiling. His mind raced with the countless lessons and combat strategies he''d learned. The anticipation of the upcoming test was like a pot of water threatening to boil over, his thoughts bubbling and frothing with excitement and nerves. He knew that this test could determine not just their standing in the academy, but their futures. As they entered the academy, the siblings parted ways with a silent nod. Si-Woo felt a strange mix of anxiety and elation as he stepped into his Level Two classroom. Minho''s piercing gaze scanned the room, his arms folded behind his back as he announced the structure of the pre-mid-term placement test. "The test will span four days," he said, his voice carrying an air of authority and excitement, "Each day, you will have a test that will push you to the limits, testing your mind, knowledge, and beyond. Since you all aren''t old enough to take the more physical part of the test, it will be written tests until you reach level five." The classroom buzzed with a mix of nervous whispers and determined murmurs. Si-Woo glanced around, his eyes settling on the faces of his classmates. Some looked confident, others nervously tapped their feet on the ground. He felt a gentle nudge at his side and looked to his right to see Mai smiling. Her sky-blue eyes searched his, and she gave him a small, reassuring smile. "Ready?" she asked again, her voice barely above a whisper. Si-Woo took a deep breath, his eyes focusing on the ceiling. "Yeah," he replied, trying to sound more confident than he felt. The first two days of the tests were a grueling mental marathon, with questions that delved into the very core of serein theory and history. By the third day, the students were mentally drained, their eyes bloodshot and their heads pounding. Yet, Si-Woo remained steadfast, fueled by the thought of facing Minho''s challenges. This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. On the fourth day, as the final bell rang, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon gathered their things and hurried to the Royal Palace training grounds. Their legs felt like lead, their minds foggy from the barrage of knowledge they''d been forced to cram into their heads and the daily training, with Minho However, the sight of him standing tall and unyielding in his usual spot was enough to jolt them back to reality. Minho reflects silently, observing the kids who appear as though they''ve been engulfed in darkness, isolated with only their thoughts for company. After two months of rigorous training, their bodies are now primed for the aerial martial arts that we fae are adept in. "Today, we''re going to switch things up," Minho declares, his eyes gleaming with excitement. Si-woo and Ha-Yoon, already weary from their mental exertions, looks at him with a mix of curiosity and fear. "In your introductory martial arts class, you''ve been mastering basic defensive techniques, but that''s not sufficient for you two, is it?" He gives Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon a knowing smile, "That''s why I''m going to instruct you in the initial stage of Toeju." Si-Woo''s heart races as he remembers the ancient texts he read in the library. Toeju was the ultimate fae martial art. Toeju primarily utilizes two different breathing styles: Total Concentration Breathing and Immortal Combat Breathing. Total Concentration Breathing heightens the speed of brain processing and sensory perception, a technique favored by the Knowledge family, and the Immortal Combat Breathing which boosts cellular respiration in muscles, preparing the body for combat, a method revered by the Military family. But then Minho mentions the third technique, "Divine Breathing which combines elements of both former breathing styles to achieve great balance." It''s like a myth that has come to life. Ha-Yoon''s eyes widen in disbelief as she hears the words. She glances over at Si-Woo, who seems eerily calm as if he had been expecting it all along. Minho explains that to achieve such a feat, one''s serein must be of the purest kind, and it''s usually found only in the most ancient of fae or in those with royal lineage. The outside goes quiet as the implication sinks in - Si-Woo, with his unparalleled serein purity, might just be destined for such greatness. Ha-Yoon''s eyes are glued to her brother, a mix of pride and fear swirling within her. Divine Breathing is not just a technique; it''s a path fraught with danger and the possibility of great power. She knows that her journey will be different, that she''ll tread the path of knowledge and strategy. "But why can''t we just master both total concentration and immortal breathing techniques?" she asks Minho, her curiosity piqued despite her exhaustion. Minho chuckles. "The human body, even one enhanced by serein, has limits, Ha-Yoon," he explains. " Mastering both Immortal and Total Concentration Breathing is impossible due to their conflicting effects on the body, leading to internal destruction. The two styles of breathing are like two rivers flowing in opposite directions. If you try to merge them while mastering the latter, you will tear yourself apart from the inside out." His eyes drift to Si-Woo. "But for someone like your brother, with a serein purity that mirrors the ancients, the possibility of mastering the divine art is... intriguing." INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-TRAINING GROUNDS Despite their exhaustion, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon''s expressions remained unchanged. A puzzled Minho exclaimed enthusiastically, "You guys should be leaping for joy with this news!" Nevertheless, the siblings remained completely still. Minho cleared his throat and continued, "Very well. Those who have mastered Divine Breathing have either perished or risen to kingship, like King Morey, after months of training you two I believe I know which techniques you two will master." The siblings nodded solemnly, waiting with anticipation. "Si-Woo, as I''ve been hinting, with your unparalleled serene purity," Minho says, "you are destined for Divine Breathing. Meanwhile, Ha-Yoon, unaware as you are, will require Total Concentration Breathing to wield your grimoire in the future." The siblings nodded, taking in the revelation. They knew that their paths would diverge, but the bond between them remained unshakeable. Minho announced, "Now, it''s time for the final test to determine your body statures and the formations you will master." He raised his hand, and on cue, Lemmy dove from the sky, landing gracefully on the training platform with two creatures clutched in its powerful jaws. Ha-Yoon''s eyes widened in joyous recognition as the large Spade Wolves."Tic, Tac." She yelled. Her bonded companions from the woods were released. They dashed to her, licking her face and nuzzling against her. Si-Woo felt a surge of pride for his sister. Si-woo was also surprised to see Ha-yoon bond with the predatory spade wolves, which typically shied away from any intelligent life that might threaten them. "Your bond with them is quite impressive," Minho said, his voice filled with genuine amazement."Where''s Spikey, my third bond?" Ha-yoon inquired. Minho''s gaze remained on the Spade Wolves. "Your Warping Tetharite is resting," he replied. "It seems your connection with the forest has grown stronger than I anticipated." The real reason the Warping Tethaarite isn''t here is because I couldn''t catch that beast. Minho thought, I was truly astounded that Ha-yoon had tamed such a beast that could bend space to warp through it, and am was equally baffled by Si-woo''s ability to find and tame a Whiteblood Wyvern. The news from Lady Ein had sent chills through my veins. Si-woo exclaimed, "A warping Tetharite? One of the creatures from the era of the Whiteblood Wyverns?" He was dumbfounded by the revelation of another creature that was thought to have gone extinct. "Yes, " Minho nodded," a rare bond indeed, one that could only mean Ha-Yoon''s destiny is intertwined with the very fabric of this realm. " He paused, his expression serious. "Your sister is more than a serein user. She''s a force of nature herself." Unauthorized use of content: if you find this story on Amazon, report the violation. Si-Woo watched as Ha-Yoon whispered to the Spade Wolves, her eyes glowing faintly. The wolves responded with a series of barks and nods as if they understood every word. "What about me?" he asked, feeling a pang of curiosity and anxiety. Minho''s expression grew serious. "Your bond is not yet as strong as Ha-Yoon''s," he said. "But fear not. Your time with Z, your Whiteblood wyvern, will come soon. For now, we''ll work on something more... grounded." "Heads up," Minho called out to Si-woo, tossing him the spirit weapon King Morey gifted him, Eternity, Breaker of Mercy. Si-woo caught the weapon, the cool metal feeling alive in his hand. As he grasped the hilt, a white light began to pulse from the hilt in an intricate path-like pattern, resonating with his serein as if the weapon recognized him. It was a gentle hum, like a heartbeat, and it grew stronger with each pulse. He felt the energy surge through his body, the weight of the blade seemingly disappearing as it synced with his soul. "Master Minho," Si-Woo began, his voice steady despite the racing thoughts, "What''s your body stature style?" He knew it was a personal question, but his curiosity had always been his compass, especially in the realm of serein arts. Minho paused, his eyes flickering with amusement before they grew serious. "My style is ''Berserk Body Stature''," he replied, his words carrying the weight of his formidable power. "It involves pushing my abilities to their peak and beyond, using them in unpredictable bursts of long-lasting offense and speed at the cost of defense or vitality." The siblings nodded, understanding the gravity of their master''s words. "But," Minho added, "Your paths will be different. Ha-Yoon, with your knowledge and bond with nature, your style will likely be more suited to the ''Cunning Mind, Unyielding Body'', which allows you to manipulate serein to control and ''create''.Your body will need to be able to handle an unbearable amount of pressure to wield such a promising power. This body stature is mostly a self-taught style in later stages due to the complexity of the hosts. " He gestured to the Spade Wolves. "Your creatures will be extensions of you. They will fight alongside you, react to your thoughts, and protect you with their lives." Ha-Yoon aware of her newfound responsibility, her heart swelling with love for her new companions. "Now, come at me," Minho instructed, his voice a challenge. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon shared a look. They''d been through a lot together, but this was uncharted territory. Ha-Yoon took a deep breath and whispered a command to her Spade Wolves. They howled in response, their eyes glowing with a fierce determination that mirrored hers. "Use your skills and teamwork to attack me together," Minho instructed. Si-woo placed the kunai''s hilt between his teeth, gripping it firmly to help him focus, his face breaking into an excited smile. Without a moment''s hesitation, Ha-Yoon and Tic-Tac lunged forward, their movements coordinated like a well-oiled machine. The spade wolves moved swiftly, their teeth bared as they aimed for his legs, trying to knock him off balance. Si-Woo sprinted in a zigzag pattern, closing the distance between him and Minho, Eternity held firmly in hand. He knew that going head-to-head with Minho wasn''t the best strategy, not yet. His plan was to distract and observe, to learn from the master''s moves and find an opening. INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-TRAINING GROUNDS Minho, on the other hand, remained calm, his eyes flicking between the charging Spade Wolves and the swiftly approaching Si-Woo. He waited, his body poised like a spring, ready to unleash the fury of his Berserk Body Stature at any moment. The first to reach him was Tic, its teeth snapping just shy of Minho''s leg. He leaped high into the air, evading the wolf with a beautiful grace. Tac, not to be outdone, followed close behind, but Minho was already moving. He twisted in mid-air, his arms and legs spinning like a tornado. When he landed, Tac found itself caught in a whirlwind of steel and serein-infused fury, the force sending it sliding across the ground, stunned but unharmed. Si-Woo took this opportunity to attack, his instincts guiding the blade of Eternity in a series of swift, precise movements. Each strike was calculated, each feint a silent question. Yet, Minho parried with ease, his own hands singing a song of defense that was centuries old. His eyes never left Si-Woo''s, reading his intentions with uncanny skill. "Your specialty doesn''t lie in offense, young one," Minho said, his voice a mix of amusement and sternness. "Not yet, at least. You must learn to anticipate and protect before you can truly strike with divine power." With those words, he shunted Si-Woo onto the defensive side of the battlefield, forcing him to rely on instincts and speed rather than brute force. Si-Woo felt his heart race as he faced Minho. Si-Woo''s eyes darted around, searching for an opening in Minho''s guard as he danced around the master''s whirling attacks. His mind raced with thoughts of his mother, her gentle encouragement echoing in his head. He knew that she would be proud of the warrior he was becoming, but the path was fraught with peril. Meanwhile, Ha-Yoon took a step back, her mind racing with a strategy. The Spade Wolves, Tic and Tac, responded to her thoughts, their movements a silent testament to their bond. They circled Minho, darting in and out, feinting and retreating, creating a mesmerizing dance of teeth and claws. It was a dance designed to tire and distract, to give Si-Woo the chance to strike. Minho''s eyes never left Si-Woo as he blocked and dodged the wolves'' attacks with fluid grace. "You must learn to be unpredictable," he shouted over the cacophony of their clashing steel and snarling beasts. "Predictability is a warrior''s greatest weakness!" Si-Woo clenched the hilt of the kunai between his teeth, the tension in his muscles palpable as he maneuvered through Minho''s unyielding assault. "He bites down on the kunai to focus, then twists his body to launch an attack. Quite ingenious," Minho thought. Si-Woo was aware that victory wasn''t within reach, not this time. However, he was absorbing, and adjusting. Every block and deceptive move brought him nearer to mastering the cadence of battle, the harmony of motion and purpose. Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. In a final burst of strength, he managed to parry Minho''s palm thrust one last time before his legs gave out beneath him. He crashed to the ground, his breath ragged and his body aching. Ha-Yoon''s eyes grew wide with panic, and she sent Tic to stand protectively over her brother''s prone form while Tac darted around Minho, aiming for a surprise attack. But Minho was a seasoned warrior, his senses honed by centuries of battle. With a swift turn, Minho caught Tac in mid-leap, his hand wrapped around its throat, gently halting its assault. He looked at Ha-Yoon, his gaze a mix of disappointment and understanding. "You must learn to control your emotions," he chastised, his voice firm but not unkind. "Letting your fear for your brother cloud your judgment will only put you both in danger." Tic, sensing its companion''s distress, rushed to its aid, teeth bared, but it was too late. With a flick of his wrist, Minho sent Tic flying with a thud into the hard ground beside Si-Woo. The siblings lay there, panting and bruised, the reality of their limitations starkly apparent. Minho''s expression softened, his eyes glowing with a gentle light. "You both have much potential," he said, his voice filled with a hint of admiration. "But potential is nothing without discipline and control. You must learn to harness the power that is within you, to become one with it, not let it overwhelm you." He offered Ha-Yoon a hand, helping her to her feet. "Your body stature is ''Cunning Mind, Unyielding Body'', Ha-Yoon. It will allow you to manipulate serein through behemoths with precision and cunning." He turned to Si-Woo, extending a hand to help him up as well. "And you, young Si-Woo," he said, his voice deep with anticipation. "Your destiny lies with the ''Divine Guardian''. A body stature that allows for unparalleled defense and protection, a style that has been lost to time. It is a great responsibility and an even greater burden." Si-Woo took Minho''s hand, his eyes never leaving the master''s face. "I will not disappoint," he vowed, his grip firm. "I will become the shield that protects my sister and this world." Minho nodded, a rare smile playing at the corners of his lips. "I know you will," he said, his eyes shining with belief. The siblings picked themselves up, dusting off their uniforms. Si-Woo turned to find Tic and Tac sitting obediently by Ha-Yoon, their eyes still glowing with energy but their demeanor calm and protective. "Thank you, Master," Ha-Yoon said, her voice still shaky from the adrenaline of the fight. "We''re ready for whatever comes next." Minho nodded, his smile fading into a more serious expression. "Your hearts are strong, but your bodies need rest," he said. "The training ahead of you will be much more intense. You must prepare yourselves for the pain and the growth it will bring." Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon looked at each other, understanding Minho''s words. They had come so far in such a short time, but the path to mastering their serein was just beginning. Ha-Yoon bent down to stroke Tic and Tac''s fur, whispering words of comfort. The spade wolves'' eyes glowed softly, a silent pledge of support. INT. ROYAL PALACE OF ONDUR-TRAINING GROUNDS The suns had dipped below the horizon, painting the sky with strokes of orange and purple as they climbed onto the back of Lemmy, Minho''s loyal wyvern. The creature''s wings spread wide, and with a powerful leap, they ascended into the cool evening air. As they soared over the city of Ondur, Si-Woo couldn''t help but feel a sense of awe at the creature beneath him. The wind rushing past his ears and the sight of the world below shrinking into miniature was exhilarating. He turned to Ha-Yoon, her hair whipping in the wind. "How do you think you did on the pre-mid-term placement test?" he shouted over the sound of Lemmy''s wings. Her cheeks were flushed from the excitement of the battle, but she grinned back at him. "Better than I expected," she shouted back, her eyes still alight with the fiery passion of combat. "What about you?" Si-Woo took a deep breath, the scent of the city melding with the crisp mountain air. "I think I have a lot to learn," he admitted, his gaze drifting to the book he had left in the library, "but I''m ready for it." ... The next day at the academy, whispers and excitement buzzed through the halls as students anticipated the reveal of their pre-mid-term placement test results. The siblings, still feeling the ache from the previous day''s intense training, walked side by side, sharing a look of both apprehension and determination. The grand hall of the academy was packed, with young serein users of all races chattering anxiously. Princess Deane, an elegant and commanding presence, took the stage. She waited for silence to spread over the assembly before speaking in a clear, melodious voice. "Welcome to the Scoring Ceremony," she announced. "A moment where your hard work and dedication are recognized, and your futures as protectors of the realms are shaped." Her eyes scanned the room, pausing briefly on Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo. Ha-Yoon felt a thrill of nervousness as the headmaster spoke of the tiers and the implications of their scores. The three large floating unopened scrolls, each representing a class level the academy was harboring, filled the air with an aura of anticipation. "For those who scored between seventy and ninety-four percent, you have proven your dedication and skill," the headmaster announced, his eyes scanning the silent room. "You will remain in your current level until you graduate to become a senior of that level or a greenie of a higher one." Princess Deane stated "Scoring 100% allows you to advance two levels, while a score between 95% and 99% moves you up one level. If you score between 70% and 94%, you remain at your current level. Scoring between 69% and 51% results in moving down a level, and scoring between 50% and 0% leads to a two-level demotion." The room collectively held its breath. Ha-Yoon felt a knot in her stomach, her palms growing clammy. Enjoying this book? Seek out the original to ensure the author gets credit. "These tests are notoriously challenging," Princess Deane states "With scores above 90%, let alone 100%, being a rare achievement. You are required to take the test at least once per academic year and may only attempt it twice within the same school year, so it''s crucial to make your first try count. However, for levels 5-7, only one test is permitted annually. The scrolls began to unfurl, revealing their contents with a dramatic flair that was characteristic of Fae ceremonies. The siblings watched as the scrolls began to unroll for each of the three levels, revealing the names and scores of each participant in the level. As the list grew longer, their hearts beat faster, and the whispers grew quieter. Finally, the first scroll unfurled fully, displaying the scores of the level three students. A student named Dori was at the top, with an impressive score of 84. The students around her cheered, and she blushed with pride. Ha-Yoon felt a twinge of jealousy, but it was quickly replaced with excitement as the second scroll began to reveal the level two scores. Their eyes scanned the names, looking for any familiar ones. There, at the top, was Mai with a 93. Ha-Yoon''s heart swelled with happiness for her friend, and she turned to Si-Woo with a grin. But her gaze was drawn back to the scroll as she searched for Si-Woo''s score. And there it was: 92, just one point shy of Mai. Si-Woo felt his cheeks warm at the sight of his name, but he couldn''t help but notice the glare that Sol shot at him from across the room. It was as if Sol felt personally threatened by his presence, by the very idea that a lowly Earthling could outshine him in a place where he had always reigned supreme. But there was no time to dwell on it, for the third scroll was already unfurling, revealing the level-one scores. Ha-Yoon''s eyes grew wide as she watched the names appear, each one a testament to the fierce competition she had faced. And there, at the very top, was her name. A gasp went through the room as the numbers became clear: 97. It was a score so high, it was unheard of for a first-year student. The room grew quiet as all eyes turned to her. Ha-Yoon felt a warmth spread through her chest, a mix of pride and disbelief. She had done it. She had not just held her own but had surpassed the expectations of everyone, even herself. The whispers grew louder as students began to murmur about the Earthling girl who had come so far in such a short time. Her friends, a crew of diverse fae pushed through the crowd to surround her, their faces alight with excitement. "You did it!" exclaimed Seon, her cheekbones flushed with excitement. "We knew you could!" "It''s amazing, Ha-Yoon!" said Chang, his eyes alive with joy. "I knew you''d blow everyone away!" "I''m so proud of you," Seon said, hugging her tightly. "This is just the start of your legend!" But Ha-Yoon''s gaze was drawn to where Si-Woo stood, a little apart from the group. His eyes met hers, and she knew he was feeling the weight of the moment too. They had come from the same place, faced the same challenges, and yet here she was, outshining him. It was a sweet victory, and she wished she could share the moment with him. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF ONDUR-ASSEMBLY HALL Mai, noticing the exchange, approached Si-Woo with a tentative smile. "Congratulations," she said softly. "You''re doing so well." Her voice sincere. Si-Woo returned the smile, "Thanks, Mai. You didn''t do too bad yourself." he said, trying to downplay his own feelings of inadequacy. He knew that Ha-Yoon''s success was no fluke; she had worked tirelessly to get where she was. But a part of him couldn''t help but feel a twinge of incompetency. Mai''s eyes flicked to the scrolls, her expression unreadable. "It''s not a competition," she murmured as if reading his mind. "You''re both doing incredible things." Si-Woo nodded, his thoughts racing. He knew that deep down, she was right. The siblings had come to Ondur to live a better life. Competition with Ha-Yoon was the least of his worries. "Thanks, Mai," he said, his voice hoarse. "You''re pretty amazing yourself." Mai''s smile grew genuine, and she punched him lightly on the shoulder. "Let''s go get some Yoani cakes sometime," she suggested, her eyes sparkling with mischief. "You know, to celebrate making it through the first part of our journey." Si-Woo cringed inwardly at the mention of Yoani cakes. Ha-Yoon had an uncanny ability to detect whenever they were available and always ordered them without fail. The sickeningly sweet taste was something he could do without, but he knew it was her favorite, so he never complained. "Sounds good," he said, trying to sound enthusiastic. The headmaster''s voice echoed through the hall as she announced the highest-scoring level one student. "With a record-breaking score of ninety-seven percent, Ha-Yoon Hu," she paused for dramatic effect, "has set a new precedent for first-years!" The room erupted into applause, and Ha-Yoon felt a wave of exhilaration wash over her. She had done it. She had proven herself in a place where she had always felt like an outsider. With the ceremony concluded, the students were released into the city of Ondur. The week of intensive testing had left them all drained, but the excitement of the results fueled their spirits. Ha-Yoon''s friends surrounded her, eager to celebrate and hear every detail of her success. They talked about the thrilling battles and the mind-bending puzzles that had pushed them to their limits. Meanwhile, since Minho said there would be no training after the academy yesterday, Si-Woo found himself craving solitude amidst the festive atmosphere. He had always felt a bit detached from the fae, and the stark reminder of Ha-Yoon''s rapid advancement had left him feeling introspective. He wandered the cobblestone streets, taking in the sights and sounds of the city. The warm glow of the fae lanterns cast a magical light on the faces of the passersby, their laughter and chatter filling the air with a sense of camaraderie that he envied. This content has been misappropriated from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. He stumbled upon an armory, its gleaming weapons and armor displayed in the windows like a treasure trove. The shop was nestled between two grand buildings, the metalwork shimmering in the twilight. Above the door was an intricate emblem depicting a hammer striking a fiery anvil, surrounded by an inscription in archaic fae script that he couldn''t quite make out. As he was admiring the craftsmanship, a figure materialized behind him, casting a long shadow on the cobblestone street. He turned to find Mai, her eyes sparkling with excitement. "This is one of the most popular armories in Ondur," she exclaimed, her voice barely above a whisper. "It''s owned by Hemeraldo, the legendary blacksmith!" Si-Woo raised his eyebrows, "Legendary?" Mai nodded vigorously. "Yes, it''s said his direct bloodline were apprentices of the ancient beings at the apex of the Mu era that had created the soul weapons that can even harm the gods themselves!" Si-Woo couldn''t help but feel a spark of curiosity. Despite his weariness, he allowed himself to be drawn into the excitement. "Soul weapons? Like my Kunai of Eternity?" Mai is surprised and nods, her eyes shining. "Exactly like that! Only seven soul weapons were ever created, I heard you had Eternity, Breaker of Mercy, but it still surprises me the weapon chose an owner, for them to choose an owner is rare. It''s said that the weapons can sense the nature of one''s heart and spirit. To have one means you''re destined for great things." Si-Woo looked down at the gleaming Kunai Eternity in his pocket, feeling a sudden weight in his chest. "Well, I''d say it''s chosen well, then," he said with a smirk, trying to lighten the mood. "Anyways, why are you wandering around Ondur alone? You know you have a tendency to get lost. Si-Woo''s response was nonchalant. "It doesn''t matter; I''m sure I''ll get kidnapped sooner or later," he said, his eyes twinkling with mirth. Mai giggled, the sound light and carefree despite the seriousness of the situation. "You and your wild adventures," she said, shaking her head. "But really, Si-Woo, you''ve got to be more careful." "You don''t need to worry," Si-Woo said with a shrug, keeping the concern out of his voice. "I can handle myself." Mai''s smile faded. "I know you can," she said, her voice serious. "But the city isn''t as safe as you think. And with the whispers of the Level Four''s interest in you, I just want you to be careful." Si-Woo''s eyes grew dark at the mention of the Level Fours, but he nodded. "I''ll keep that in mind," he said, his voice solemn. "But for now, let''s go inside. I''m sure Hemeraldo would love to show us around." Mai''s smile grew playful as she placed a hand on his arm, stopping him. "Actually," she said, "I just stopped by to say hello. I have some business to attend to, but I''ll see you later, okay?" Si-Woo''s expression fell a bit, but he nodded. "Sure, have fun," he said, trying to keep the disappointment from his voice. He watched as she turned and disappeared into the bustling crowd, her silver hair fluttering behind her like a flag in the wind. Entering the armory, he was immediately struck by the smell of hot metal and the rhythmic clanging of hammers on anvils. The air was thick with the essence of craftsmanship, and he felt a strange comfort in the familiarity of it. He approached the counter, where an ancient fae with a wild beard looked up from his work, his eyes gleaming with curiosity as he took in the young earthling. INT. CITY OF ONDUR- HERMERALDOS FORGE "Welcome," the fae said, his voice gruff but welcoming. "What brings you to Hemeraldo''s forge?" "I''m just looking," Si-Woo said, his eyes scanning the racks of weapons and armor. "I heard this place is famous for its owner ''Hemeraldo''." The ancient fae''s eyes narrowed, and he nodded. "You'' must be the otherworlder, the boss told me about," he said, his voice gruff. "Otherworlder?" Si-Woo echoed, feeling a bit embarrassed remembering the names Sol and his lackeys called him. The ancient fae nodded, his gaze fixed on Si-Woo. "The one with the white-blood wyvern," he specified, gesturing towards the hilt of Si-Woo''s spirit weapon protruding from his uniform. "Wait here for a moment." With that, the fae disappeared through the doors behind the counter. In the ensuing silence, the clangs and hisses of the forge grew louder, filling the small space with their rhythmic dance. Si-Woo felt a mix of curiosity and trepidation, wondering what this legendary blacksmith would make of him. The doors swung open with a heavy groan, and a figure emerged, his silhouette framed by the fiery glow of the forge. The fae returned with Hermeraldo. Hemeraldo, the legendary blacksmith, was a towering fae with a wild brown mane of hair and a beard that looked like it had been forged from the same fiery metals he worked with. His eyes, piercing orange, bore into Si-Woo, scrutinizing him from head to toe. "So, you''re the Master of my creation, Eternity''," Hemeraldo said, his voice a deep rumble that seemed to resonate in the very air around them. Si-Woo nodded, a mix of excitement and nerves coursing through him. "It''s an honor to meet you," he managed, his hand shaking slightly as he offered it for a shake. Hemeraldo''s grip was firm, his hand calloused from years of shaping metal. "The honor is mine," he said, his smile genuine. "I''ve been wanting to meet you for a while now, to have one of my weapons bond with something of your nature is... unprecedented. Tell me, young one, would you hear how Eternity, Breaker of Mercy came to be?" Si-Woo nodded eagerly, his curiosity heightened. "Follow me," Hemeraldo said. Hemeraldo guided him through the forge, where the heat from the blazing fires warmed his face. The blacksmith''s actions were quick and precise, each movement deliberate as he recounted the legend of the soul weapons. "Millennia ago, during the fae world''s bleakest era, the gods bestowed a vision upon an ancestor," he started. "In the ancient writings of my forebear, he documented the vision so it would endure through the ages until Eternity selected its champion. It is inscribed, ''A figure with lengthy dark hair and an indiscernible face presented me with a vision, a vision of a weapon that could govern even other realms and instill peace or wreak utter devastation and ruin, contingent on its bearer.''" A case of literary theft: this tale is not rightfully on Amazon; if you see it, report the violation. Si-Woo felt his heart quicken as the words echoed in the forge, resonating with a dream he had long ago. The same dark-haired man had visited him in his sleep, speaking of life and death. He had dismissed it as mere fancy, but was it really just a dream, it seemed impossible he thought. "The vision spoke of a time period when the balance would be at risk, when darkness would threaten to engulf the world," Hemeraldo continued, his eyes never leaving Si-Woo''s. "And in that time, Eternity would find its true master, a guardian who would wield it to maintain the harmony of the cosmos." Si-Woo couldn''t help but feel a shiver run down his spine as the words of the prophecy aligned with his own experiences. He had never shared his dreams with anyone, not even Ha-Yoon, for fear of sounding delusional. But here was a legend that mirrored his own subconscious whispers. "What does that mean for me?" he asked, his voice barely audible over the forge''s roar. Hemeraldo''s gaze grew intense. "It means," he said, "that you carry a great burden, one that may very well determine the fate of many worlds." Si-Woo swallowed hard, his hand brushing against the hilt of Eternity. Hemeraldo''s smile grew as if understanding his apprehension. "Don''t worry, young one," he boomed, smacking Si-Woo''s back with a force that sent a shockwave through his bones. "The fate of the worlds is a heavy burden, but it''s not one you need to bear today. For now, let''s focus on what we can do in the present." The blacksmith turned to his anvil, his movements surprisingly nimble for his size. "How about I craft some armor for you? Something that will protect you when the time comes, but also serves as a symbol of your potential?" His eyes glinted with mischief. "That would be amazing," Si-Woo said, his voice filled with a mix of awe and gratitude. "Thank you, Hemeraldo." The blacksmith''s smile grew warmer. "Think nothing of it," he said, waving a hand. "It will be my gift to you both, to ensure that the champions of tomorrow are prepared for what awaits them." His eyes twinkled with mirth. "Besides the new serein stones are some of the best materials for making high-end armory. I also enjoy a challenge, and your sister''s potential is quite also intriguing. I will dedicate many years to crafting this armor as I watch you mature, and I will create one for your sister when she reaches maturity as well." "I''m glad you Fae live forever, You''re going to need it," Si-Woo says. Hemeraldo laughs, the sound like thunder in the confined space. "You''re a funny one," he says, his eyes twinkling with glee. " "Once you''ve graduated from the academies, you can come to receive your gift." With a newfound sense of purpose, Si-Woo left the forge feeling both lighter and heavier, the weight of Hemeraldo''s words pressing down on his shoulders. As he exited, he saw Ha-Yoon across the bustling street, surrounded by a group of students from their class, all of them laughing and sharing stories of their recent successes. He made his way through the crowd, his thoughts racing with the revelations of his destiny. The siblings hadn''t talked about their longing for home much since arriving in Ondur. The magic, the beauty, and the promise of power had swept them away. But the reality of their situation remained unchanged: they were still strangers in a foreign land, and Earth was where their hearts truly belonged. INT.CITY OF ONDUR-DAY As he approached Ha-Yoon, her eyes lit up, and she excused herself from her friends, crossing the cobblestone street to meet him. "Hey," she said, a gentle smile playing on her lips. "Mai told me you were here. I wanted to make sure you didn''t get lost again." Si-Woo rolled his eyes playfully. "Thanks for the vote of confidence," he said. " By the way, how many Yoani cakes did you have today?" The question brought a giggle from Ha-Yoon. "Only one or eight," she said, her cheeks coloring slightly. "But I can''t wait for the next couple of days off of school. I''m going to get some more." Si-Woo groaned, his stomach turning at the thought. "You know, I''ve been thinking," he said, trying to keep the disgust out of his voice, "maybe we should explore the city more, But for now, let''s go home" The siblings made their way through the crowded streets of Ondur, the buildings around them a whimsical blend of ancient and futuristic architecture. The air was filled with the chatter of a thousand voices, all speaking in a symphony of the Hoken language. The magic that pulsed through the very fabric of the city made the hairs on Si-Woo''s arms stand on end. "You''re really going to move up a level," Si-Woo said with a smile, trying to reassure his sister. "I knew you had it in you." Ha-Yoon beamed with pride, her eyes shimmering with excitement. "Thanks," she said, nudging him playfully. "But what if I mess up? What if I can''t keep up with you guys?" Si-Woo wrapped an arm around her shoulder, his grip reassuring. "You won''t," he said with certainty. "You''ve got the mind and the will. You''re a natural." The siblings continued their journey home, the evening light casting a soft glow over the city. Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but feel a sense of pride at Si-Woo''s words. Despite their teasing rivalry, she knew he had always had faith in her. They had come so far from the quiet streets of their childhood, where they had dreamed of adventures and greatness. Now, they were living it. ... Back in Yohen, the moonlight cast a serene glow over the quiet earth. Si-Woo stood outside their home after greeting his mother''s sapling, a feeling of unease prickling at the back of his neck, something seemed off. The air felt charged with anticipation. "What''s wrong?" Ha-Yoon whispered from behind him, her voice a soft echo in the stillness. Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit. Si-Woo tensed, his hand hovering over the door handle. "I don''t know," he murmured, his eyes narrowed in concentration. "Just...stay behind me." He pushed the door open slowly, the creak of the wood cutting through the silence like a knife. Immediately, Si-Woo was snatched into the darkness. Ha-Yoon''s eyes went wide with shock as her brother disappeared into the shadows. "Si-Woo!!" She Yelled. She felt a cold hand of fear clutch at her heart, her instincts screaming for action. Without a moment''s hesitation, she sprinted after him, her shoes slapping against the tile floor as she pursued the fading echo of his scream. Her heart hammered in her chest as she burst through the living room entrance, expecting the worst. But what she saw instead was a scene of joy and camaraderie that stopped her in her tracks. Ha-Yoon squinted, disbelieving. The room was alight with a gentle glow, and familiar faces beamed at her from the shadows. Her two Spade Wolves, their black fur gleaming, sat by the door, tongues lolling out in greeting. The Warping Tetharite, Spikey a small fairy-like creature hovered playfully in the air, its eyes twinkling with mischief. "Surprise!" A chorus of voices rang out, and Ha-Yoon''s eyes fell upon Princess Deane, King Morey, Mai, Minho, and Si-Woos bond Z, who was snuggling with the giggling Si-Woo. Laughter filled the room, easing the tension. Ha-Yoon''s cheeks turned a shade of pink from embarrassment, yet a smile graced her face. Si-Woo was laughing hysterically with King Morey while Z perched on his lap. "You had me scared," Ha-Yoon said to Si-Woo. "Did you know about this?" "Maybe," Si-Woo bluffed. "Maybe?!" Ha-Yoon said faking annoyance. "You totally knew about this! You jerk," Ha-Yoon said to him as she stuck out her tongue at him. Before she could say more, the spade wolves took advantage of her distraction and pounced. They were like living, furry black clouds as they crashed into her, knocking her to the ground. Their teeth flashed in the moonlight, but instead of biting, they licked her face with enthusiasm. Ha-Yoon squealed with laughter as she tried to push them off, feeling their warm fur and their tails wagging with delight. Above, Spikey watched the chaos unfold with a smile, his small form hovering in the air. Mai came to Ha-Yoon''s rescue, a gentle smile playing on her lips. "Congratulations," she said again, stepping closer to Ha-Yoon. She reached out a hand to help her up, but the spade wolves were having none of it, their playfulness not yet sated. "Thanks," Ha-Yoon managed between giggles and gasps for air. "I think." She pushed at the wolves, but they only rolled her over, their tails thumping happily against the floor. Princess Deane''s smile grew as she stepped forward. "You should be proud, Ha-Yoon," she said, her voice warm and genuine. "Moving up a level so quickly is quite the accomplishment." "Thanks," Ha-Yoon replied, pushing herself to her feet. She couldn''t help but feel A blend of exhilaration and apprehension. "But what does that mean for me and Si-Woo? Will we still be in separate classes now?" Princess Deane nodded. "Ah, yes," she said, her expression understanding. "Starting next term, you''ll be in a level two classroom, Ha-Yoon. But fear not, for Si-Woo shall be by your side." She turned to the still chuckling Si-Woo. "As for you, young one, I have it on good authority that your skills are... developing at a steady pace. But perhaps it''s time we challenge you a bit more." She winked at Minho, in her playful tone. INT. CITY OF YOHEN-NIGHT Si-Woo''s heart hammered in his chest as he recalled the relentless training sessions that had been his life in Ondur so far. Each day had been a battle, pushing him to his limits and then some. The fae instructors had been merciless, demanding perfection from every swing of his wooden sword and every flicker of his serein. "There was no need to say that. Princess Deane." Si-Woo said. King Morey''s laugh boomed through the room, a hearty sound that seemed to fill every corner. "Yes, yes," he said, slapping his knee. "Where is Queen Elara?" Ha-Yoon asked curiosity piqued as she looked around the room. "Ah, the queen," King Morey said, his smile slipping a notch. "Our laws are quite stringent, as you know. A millennium prophetess must not leave her homeland," he explained, his eyes darkening slightly. "But fear not, she sends her warmest regards and is eager to meet her champions again when the time is right." The King continues, "And since we''ll soon make this our home, that won''t be an issue." Then Mai urged, "Grandpa hurry and tell them." "Grandpa?!" Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon said at the same time. King Morey looked surprised for a moment before he chuckled. "Oh, yes. I suppose I should explain, Mai is my granddaughter, the next prophetess of the millennium," he announced, his eyes twinkling with pride. Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo exchanged shocked glances. This was as unexpected as the party itself. The room was filled with little chuckles as the secret settled over them. Mai blushed at the sudden attention, looking down at her feet. "It''s an honor to have such a strong bond with my ancestors," she murmured, her voice barely audible over the gentle crackle of the fireplace. Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but feel a twinge of awe for the girl that was often by Si-Woos side. "You must grasp the whole of this situation," King Morey stated, his voice growing grave as he regarded Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo. "Mai''s existence goes beyond a mere family secret; it is the linchpin of Ondur''s destiny. Her bloodline carries the wisdom and the power of prophecy that has steered us through time. And since a prophetess begets only one daughter to inherit this gift, should this knowledge fall into the wrong hands, the consequences would be catastrophic. And since we consider you two close family it''s only right we tell you this." Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon shared a look of astonishment. Then reality sank in slowly, like a heavy stone in water. They had always known that the Fae world was complex, with its own set of rules and intrigues, but this added a whole new layer to their understanding. "If she is your granddaughter," Si-Woo began "That must mean¡ª", but he was cut off by the sudden, intense look that Minho and the princess shared. The air in the room grew thick with an unspoken truth. The narrative has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. Princess Deane nodded, her smile softening as she took a deep breath. "It''s true," she said, her voice steady. "Mai is not just the next prophetess; she''s also my daughter." She turned to Minho, whose eyes were filled with a mix of pride and something else, something that Si-Woo couldn''t quite place. Minho took a step forward, his hand resting comfortably by his side. "And I," he said, his voice filled with gravity, "am her father." The news hung in the air like a storm cloud, heavy and pregnant with meaning. Si-Woo''s eyes darted between the two fae, his mind racing. "But... how is that possible?" he blurted out, not being able to picture his roughneck master Minho, and the beautifully elegant Princess Deane together. "You didn''t know they were together?" said Ha-Yoon, her voice filled with surprise. "I mean, it''s pretty obvious when you think about it." She gestured between Minho and the princess, who were now sharing a knowing smile, their bond palpable even amidst the celebration. "How did you know?" Minho asked Ha-Yoon, his eyebrows knitting together in curiosity. "I thought we all knew," said Ha-Yoon with a laugh, breaking the tension. "It''s like you guys are wearing bright signs that say ''we''re totally in love'' and we''re all just pretending not to see it." Si-Woo looked at them both in amazement. "I had absolutely no clue," he admitted, his cheeks tinged with embarrassment. "Then he was the owner of that barber shop," Si-Woo thought. Mai looked up at him, her gaze warm and. "Of course, you didn''t," she said softly. King Morey chuckled, his eyes twinkling with mirth as he approached Si-Woo. He reached out a hand, and for a moment, Si-Woo tensed, expecting something serious. Then, with surprising gentleness for his size, the king ruffled Si-Woo''s hair. "Amazingly perceptive as always Ha-Yoon," he said, his tone affectionate, "Unlike this one," he said giving Si-Woo a traditional noogie. The room erupted in laughter as Si-Woo squirmed out of the king''s grasp. "Your fingers are like stones," he protested, though he couldn''t hide his grin. "Ah, youth," King Morey chuckled, his eyes lighting up as he took a step back. "Now, onto the real reason for this little gathering. As some of you may have heard, I had a most significant board meeting with the five great headmasters," he announced, his voice carrying a touch of seriousness that silenced the room. "It''s a time for us to discuss matters of the realm of Ondur, which means, my young ones," he paused for dramatic effect, "No academic studies for fourteen days!" The siblings'' eyes widened in disbelief. No school? For two whole weeks? Ha-Yoon couldn''t decide if she felt relief or dread. "Fourteen days!!?" she asked. "Ah," said the king, his expression shrewd. "We''ve come to a pivotal juncture. The old guard, those who''ve lived through thousands of years, are too entwined with Ondur and will remain in it. Their hearts bleed for Ondur. But the new generation of children, the new blood. Their futures are not tied to our past." "Yohen will be a place of growth," Minho added, his eyes meeting those of his daughter, "Where the young minds of today can shape the world of tomorrow without the burdens of tradition weighing them down, guided by fae who are in their prime." The king remembers, "Ah, You will also be meeting with the other esteemed headmasters of Ondur in the coming days away from the academy." Minho nodded and released a nefarious laugh. "Indeed," he said, his eyes lighting up with excitement. "This means that your training can be intensified. With no studies to tire you out, we can push your limits further!!." Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon shared a look of fear, the joy of a school-free vacation quickly fading as they realized what this could mean for their training regimen. INT. CITY OF YOHEN-NIGHT "Before we indulge in the food," Princess Deane said, her aquamarine eyes gleaming with excitement, "we have a little something for you Ha-Yoon." Mae ceased her play with the spade wolves, her laughter tapering off as she looked up at the mention of Ha-Yoon''s present. She dusted herself off and took Ha-Yoon''s hand, her grip firm and reassuring. "Ah, yes," she exclaimed, her eyes sparkling with curiosity. "Let''s go see what it is." The siblings followed Minho and the others out of the house, the cool night air a sharp difference from the warmth of the living room. Ha-Yoon and Si-Woo felt a gentle weight alight on their head, as their flying creatures found a place to rest. Their wings fluttered briefly before settling. Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but smile at the warmth of his tiny body against her skin. "I will be staying behind with your Spade Wolves," King Morey called after them, his deep voice carrying through the night. "They need to get to know their new home as well." Ha-Yoon looked back, her heart swelling at the sight of the majestic creatures trotting by the king''s side, the wolf tails wagging happily. The group followed Minho outside, the moon casting long shadows across the courtyard. His stride was purposeful. At the center of the courtyard, Lemmy lay coiled, its black scales shimmering under the moonlight. "But Minho," Si-Woo whispered, "Is it really okay to leave the king in the house alone?" Minho glanced back at him with a knowing smile. "Don''t worry, Si-Woo," he said, his eyes sparkling with mischief. "The king isn''t even supposed to be out of Ondur. We need to keep his presence as low-profile as possible and believe it or not, hidden royal guards are stationed all around the house." The siblings exchanged a look, their eyes wide with wonder as they climbed onto Lemmy''s back. The dragon''s scales felt warm and surprisingly smooth beneath their legs, the power coiled in its muscles making them feel both safe and a little nervous. "Where are we going?" Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but ask as they soared into the night sky. Princess Deane looked over her shoulder at them, her eyes sparkling with excitement. "It''s a surprise," she said with a wink. Within minutes, the city of Yohen fell behind them, and the siblings found themselves flying over the vast, moonlit countryside. The land below was a patchwork of silver and black, with fields and forests stretching as far as the eye could see. Ha-Yoon tightened her grip on Si-Woo''s hand as the wind whipped past them, feeling the exhilaration of flying with the same intensity as when they had first come to Ondur. This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience. As they neared their destination on a hill, Ha-Yoon''s heart began to race. The ruins of her old house had been a haunting memory, a reminder of the life she had left behind. But as they descended, she saw something she had never dared to hope for: her house, completely rebuilt. The thatched roof was once again whole, the walls standing tall, and the garden was lush with new life. It was as if the worldwide earthquake had never occurred. They dismounted Lemmy, who stretched out its mighty wings before settling down to rest. The siblings looked around, eyes wide with shock. "This... this is for me?" Ha-Yoon whispered, her voice choked with emotion. Minho nodded, his smile gentle. "We thought in the future you might want a place to call your own," he said, gesturing to the house. "A place that is both a part of your past and your future." Ha-Yoon took a tentative step towards the house, her eyes drawn to the saplings in the front yard. There were two of them, their leaves fluttering in the breeze. They looked just like the sapling that grew above Si-Woos mother''s burial place in front of their home. "Princess Deane," she said, her voice shaking with emotion. "What are these?" The princess looked at her, her own eyes misting over. "We decided to give your parents a fae burial," she said softly. "It''s our way of honoring the fallen, ensuring they become part of the very essence so they are never forgotten." Ha-Yoon''s eyes filled with tears as she stared at the saplings. It was a beautiful gesture, one that she hadn''t even dared to wish for. "Thank you," she choked out, her voice thick with emotion. Mae was the first to move, her arms wrapping around Ha-Yoon in a tight hug. "You''re welcome," she whispered, her voice sincere. "We know how much your family means to you, and we want you to know that we are here for you." Princess Deane joined them, enveloping them both in a warm embrace that seemed to wash away some of the pain and loss. "You are not alone," she murmured. "You have a new family, one that cares for you deeply." The words resonated within Si-Woo as he thought back to the nights spent wondering about his father. He had always assumed that his father had abandoned them, leaving him and Ye-Jun to fend for themselves in a world that had gone mad. But the gentle way his mother spoke of him, her eyes filled with sorrow and love, painted a different picture. It was a revelation that had come too late, but one that brought him a strange sort of comfort. His father had been a good man, taken by fate''s cruel hand. Si-Woo, still lost in his thoughts, didn''t notice the others looking at him expectantly. It was only when Minho placed a firm hand on his shoulder that he snapped back to reality. "Hey," the fae said, his eyes piercing into Si-Woo''s soul. "We''ve got one more thing to show you two." They mounted Lemmy again, and the wyvern took off with a powerful beat of its wings, carrying them past the outskirts of Yohen. The mountains and woods grew denser and the air grew thinner as they ascended, and soon the siblings could see the stars more clearly than they ever had before. The city lights grew dimmer behind them until all that lay ahead was a vast expanse of darkness. INT. MOUNTAINS AND WOODS OF YOHEN-NIGHT As they neared the edge of the woods, Ha-Yoon squinted into the distance, noticing a faint glow on the horizon. "What''s that?" she yelled, pointing ahead. "That," Minho said, his voice filled with a hint of awe, "it''s a body of water." As they flew closer, the siblings could see that the horizon wasn''t just a line of darkness but a vast, glittering expanse of water that stretched out into infinity. The sight was so surreal that Ha-Yoon had to blink several times to make sure she wasn''t dreaming. "But, it looks like it''s below us," she whispered. "So I''m guessing Yohen wasn''t always a levitating piece of land?" Minho yells over the wind. "What are you talking about?" Si-Woo yells back, his eyes wide as they near the edge of the city. "You''ll see," Minho says, a smug smile playing on his lips as he urges Lemmy forward. The wyvern obeys, and they fly away from the city''s edge. Ha-Yoon''s eyes widen as she sees the land of Yohen hovering in the air, hundreds of meters above the dark water. "It''s... it''s...," she stammers, unable to find the words. "Magnificent," Si-Woo finishes for her, his voice filled with wonder. The sight of the floating city, basking in the moonlight, was something neither of them had ever imagined. It was like a floating utopia, a bastion of life amidst the vast, unexplored emptiness. "Indeed," Princess Deane said, her gaze lingering on the water below. "Since the rift to Ondur appeared, we''ve noticed that the very essence of our realm has started to seep into the land of Yohen." "What do you mean?" Ha-Yoon asked, her eyes still fixated on the breathtaking sight. "Ondur is a place of serein and life," the princess began, her eyes shining with the light of the moon. "Since the rift opened, our essence has been slowly spreading into Yohen. It''s why your parent''s saplings can grow here, and it''s why your bond with the Spade Wolves is so strong." Minho nodded solemnly. "The earthquake was just the start. The land of Yohen is changing, and with it, our world is becoming more intertwined with the mortal realm. Mai, who had been quietly petting the whiteblood wyvern on Si-Woos head, spoke up. "This place would be quite elusive for other species from the distant mainlands," she said, her voice filled with a hint of wistfulness. Si-Woo''s curiosity was piqued. He leaned forward, his eyes alight with excitement. "What do you mean?" he asked, eager to learn more about the world beyond the floating city. "The mainlands are currently in a state of upheaval," Princess Deane explained, her tone solemn sounding as if she had seen the destruction. "A war of unprecedented scale has erupted over the last remaining lands. This realm is abundant in resources and has auras and energies I''ve never seen, leading species to fight tooth and nail to claim what remains. It''s a sad but necessary reality. Our first priority is to ensure Ondur''s survival and protect its people." Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on Royal Road. Mai looked down at the water, her expression thoughtful. "But with the serein stones, we can help rebuild the bridges between worlds," she said, her eyes shining with hope. But Ha-Yoon''s stomach had other ideas. It growled loudly, interrupting the moment of awe. The siblings looked at each other, embarrassed, and laughed. Even in the face of wonder, hunger was an unavoidable reminder of their humanity. "Well," Minho said, his eyes twinkling with amusement, "It seems like someone''s stomach is more interested in our worldly affairs than in our celestial secrets. "He laughs as he looks over his shoulder. "Perhaps it''s time we head back. We wouldn''t want the king to get bored waiting for us." The siblings'' laughter joined the others as they turned Lemmy around, and the great beast dove towards the city, the wind rushing past them as they descended. The house grew closer, and Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but feel a sense of excitement mingled with trepidation. A new chapter of her life was about to begin, and she was eager to embrace it. Upon returning to the house, they were greeted by the mouthwatering aromas of a feast that had been prepared in their honor. The kitchen table groaned under the weight of food, a cornucopia of dishes that were both familiar and foreign to their eyes. Ha-Yoon''s stomach rumbled in anticipation as she took her seat beside Si-Woo. Mai, noticing their hunger, served them both a steaming plate of food. She looked at Si-Woo with a gentle smile, her eyes filled with sisterly affection. "You know," she began, "I didn''t stay behind just because of my academic studies." Si-Woo looked up from his plate, his curiosity piqued. "What do you mean?" Mai''s eyes held a fierce determination. "I''ve been going easy on you," she said, her voice serious. "But now that you are more familiar with Ondur and its people here, I won''t hold back anymore." Si-Woo raised an eyebrow, his mouth full of roasted meat. He swallowed and took a sip of a fizzy, purple drink that tickled his nose. "What do you mean?" he asked, a hint of challenge in his voice. Mai''s smile grew a bit more fierce. "You''ve had enough of an adjustment period," she said, setting down her plate and leaning in closer to him. "Now, it''s time for you to show us what you''re really made of and I won''t hold back anymore so don''t fall behind," Si-Woo felt a surge of adrenaline. He knew what she meant. Since arriving in Ondur, he had been the one needing help, the one who had to adapt. But now, with the bullies at school and the weight of their mission, it was time for him to step up. He nodded, his eyes gleaming with resolve. "I won''t," he promised. The meal passed quickly, filled with laughter and stories from the fae''s past. Ha-Yoon felt a warmth spread through her chest as she listened to tales of adventure and friendship, feeling more and more at home in this new world. When the last crumbs were cleared away, Minho looked at them seriously. "Now, we must prepare for the migration and the council meeting tomorrow," he said. "The future of Ondur rests on our shoulders." The next week passed in a blur of activity. Fae and creatures from all walks of life descended upon Yohen, each one bearing their most precious possessions. The city had become a bustling hub of activity as families found their new homes among the floating islands. The siblings watched as the landscape below changed day by day, the once empty space now teeming with life and color. INT.CITY OF YOHEN-DAY On the eighth day away from the academy, Ha-Yoon woke up to the sound of Si-Woo''s snores. She nudged him gently, her eyes bright with excitement. "Wake up," she whispered, "Minhos going to be here soon!" Si-Woo groaned, wiping the sleep from his eyes. Despite the thrill of the previous week, the routine of his daily serenity training had resumed, leaving him feeling depleted and achy. They had been informed that there would be no training today, and Minho was expected to come and escort them to meet the other family heads. "What time is it?" he mumbled, stretching his arms above his head. "It''s almost dawn," Ha-Yoon said, her voice filled with excitement. "We don''t have much time. Get dressed!" Si-Woo groaned and sat up, rubbing his eyes. He looked around the room and spotted a set of clothes laid out neatly on a chair beside his bed. The garments were unlike anything he had ever seen before, made of a shimmering material that seemed to change color with the light. "What are these?" he asked, picking up the shirt. It felt like the softest silk he had ever touched, but it was much lighter, almost as if it were made of air. "Those are your formal wear for the council meeting," Ha-Yoon said, already dressed in her own set of fae attire. Her eyes sparkled with excitement as she watched him examine the clothes. "Minho said they were made especially for us. They''re supposed to represent our bond with Ondur." "Minho must have dropped these off yesterday when I was out for a walk last night," Si-Woo said. Si-Woo slipped on the shirt, feeling the cool material cling to his skin. The pants were a bit tight, but as he moved, they stretched to fit him perfectly. He looked over at Ha-Yoon, who was already dressed in a flowing gown that made her look like a fairy tale princess. "Do I really have to wear this?" she grumbled. "You look beautiful," Si-Woo said, trying to hide his amusement. The dress was unlike anything Ha-Yoon had ever worn before. It was a symphony of colors that seemed to shift and flow like the very essence of Ondur itself. The fabric was light and airy, made from a material that was not of this world, and it billowed around her like a cloud of rainbow mist. The bodice was intricately embroidered with gold thread that wove in and out of the fabric, creating delicate patterns that sparkled in the early morning light. The skirt fell to the floor, layered with translucent panels that revealed glimpses of the ground beneath. Si-Woo, on the other hand, was dressed in a tunic that matched the shimmering material of Ha-Yoon''s dress. It was tailored to perfection, hugging his torso before flaring out slightly at the waist. The sleeves were adorned with a pattern of feathers that looked as though they were made from the purest silver. The pants were snug, hugging his legs like a second skin, and the boots that came with the outfit were made from the hide of a creature Ha-Yoon could not identify, but they had a softness that suggested they had been worn in by years of use. As they both admired their new attire, Ha-Yoon spoke up, "I can''t wait until my bond with Tic and Tac is strong enough that they can stay with me all the time." Si-Woo nodded in agreement. "Yeah, and I wish Z could be here now too. It feels weird not having him around." He paused for a moment, his thoughts drifting to the majestic creature that had chosen him as its master. "But I understand," he added, "he still needs his mother." Ha-Yoon''s eyes softened at the mention of Z. "It''s amazing to think we both have such powerful bonds with creatures from another world." If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. Minho''s knock on the door brought them out of their thoughts. Ha-Yoon rushed to the door, pulling it open with a flourish. "Master Minho!" she exclaimed, her cheeks flushing with excitement. Minho''s eyes widened as he took in their new attire. "You both look... extraordinary," he said, his voice filled with admiration. "I knew this was a good fit for you two." Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon beamed at the compliment, feeling a newfound confidence in their abilities and place in the fae world. Minho, dressed in stunning black attire, looked every bit the part of the legendary warrior he was known to be. His hair, as dark as the night sky, was finely combed back, revealing the sharp lines of his jaw and the proud tilt of his head. His midnight blue eyes, a mirror to the depths of his soul, searched the siblings for any signs of doubt or fear. They followed Minho out of the house and onto Lemmy. The air was cool and crisp, and the wind felt invigorating against their skin. The flight to the new royal palace was indeed stunning. The siblings had only seen it once before, under the cover of darkness, but now, in the soft light of dawn, they could fully appreciate its grandeur. The palace was nestled in the center of Yohen, a gleaming bastion of power and beauty. The towers reached up to the sky, each one topped with a spire that glinted in the sunlight. The fae architecture was unlike anything they had ever seen, a blend of organic curves and sharp angles that seemed to defy gravity. The landscape below had been transformed in the short time they had been at the academy. Where there had once been sparse vegetation and the occasional fae creature, there now lay a sprawling metropolis, with buildings and bridges connecting to other lands. The waterfall they had passed by on their initial flight to the palace looked like a mere trickle in comparison to the mighty river that now flowed beneath them, feeding into the vast sea below. The river was a lifeline, bringing water and sustenance to the people of Yohen. As they approached the palace, Ha-Yoon could feel her heart racing. This was it. They were going to meet the fae leaders, the very beings who had decided their fate and allowed them to stay in Ondur. She took a deep breath, trying to calm her nerves. Minho led them through the grand corridors of the palace, the sound of their footsteps echoing off the marble floors. They arrived at a pair of large, ornate doors, the sound of raised voices spilling out from the chamber beyond. Ha-Yoon''s grip tightened on Si-Woo''s arm, and he offered her a reassuring smile. "Remember," Minho whispered, turning to face them, "stay calm and respectful. These are not just any fae, but the rulers of the realm." He took a deep breath and raised his hand to knock. But before he could, the door swung open, revealing a scene of heated debate. A group of fae officials, dressed in a riot of colors, were gesticulating wildly, their voices a cacophony of dissonance. In the midst of them, a man in a white cloak, his eyes a piercing blue, spotted the trio. "Pronu," Minho called out, his voice cutting through the din like a knife. Some of the noise in the room fell silent as the fae in white materialized beside Minho, his eyes flicking over Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon. He dropped to one knee, his head bent in deference. "Yes, Headmaster Minho," he said, his voice smooth as silk. "This is Pronu," Minho announced, his voice proud. "He is one of the three limbs of the military family, and my right-hand man." The graceful fae rose to his full height, his wild grey hair a direct contrast to the sharpness of his eyes, which bore into Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon as if sizing them up. The siblings couldn''t help but feel a shiver of awe and a touch of fear. Although all the fae headmasters were high-ranking serein users, Pronu''s presence was almost as commanding as the headmaster''s, yet there was something about him that suggested a lethal grace, a hidden power that lay just beneath the surface. Princess Deane emerged from the throng of fae officials, her own eyes filled with a gentle warmth that seemed to soothe the tension in the room. "Pronu doesn''t say much," she said with a small laugh, her hand coming to rest on his shoulder. "But when he does, everyone listens." The siblings exchanged a nervous glance as they were led into the chamber. The room was vast, the ceiling so high that it seemed to disappear into the heavens. The walls were adorned with intricate fae designs, their vibrant colors and intricate details telling tales of battles won and lost, of alliances formed and broken. At the far end of the chamber, a long table had been set, surrounded by high-backed chairs. A fae of great importance occupied most chairs, their eyes on the siblings as they entered. INT. ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN-CONFERENCE MEETING Princess Deane stepped forward, her smile warm and welcoming. "Thank you for joining us," she said, her voice carrying in the stillness. "Please, take a seat." She gestured to the two empty chairs at the table, and the siblings approached, feeling the weight of their new responsibilities settle on their shoulders like the heaviest of cloaks. As they sat, Ha-Yoon noticed that each headmaster had a fae standing behind them, a silent sentinel of power and wisdom. Their eyes met hers and Si-Woo''s, each one holding a look that seemed to carry a world of secrets and unspoken promises. Amongst them, there was an unfamiliar figure, his eyes black, shrewd, and cunning, his posture unyielding with his light purple hair tied back in a ponytail. He was dressed in simple garb, yet his presence was as palpable as the others. At the far end of the table, a towering figure sat slightly apart from the others. A Higher Sprit loomed over the assembly, his sleek black fur shimmering in the dim light. His piercing green eyes surveyed the room with an intelligence that made the air feel charged. Muscles bulged beneath his fur, and his formidable claws seemed to reflect the power contained within him. The tension in the room shifted slightly as he leaned forward, a friendly yet measured expression on his face. Minho, the head of the Military family, broke the silence. "May I introduce Quorge," he said, his voice resonating with respect. "He is the representative of the Sprits that dwell in the mountains and woods of Yohen. His role here is vital--he helps regulate the anomalies that have begun to disrupt the balance within his territory." Lord Haneul, the head of the economy family, was the first to speak up, his voice like the crack of a whip in the hushed room. "I can''t believe you brought children to a council meeting," he said, his tone dripping with condescension. Ha-Yoon''s cheeks flushed with embarrassment as she felt the eyes of the other fae on them. But Lady Somin, head of the agricultural family, was quick to respond, her voice steady and firm. "These are not just any children," she said, her eyes flashing with fiery determination. "They are the last of the human lineage, the true heirs of this world, and wouldn''t be here if the king hadn''t ordered it himself." The siblings felt the tension in the room thicken as the fae around the table exchanged glances. Quorge''s gaze shifted to them, and for a moment, Ha-Yoon felt a flicker of reassurance. Despite their fears from the encounter with a lesser sprit, this Higher sprit seemed to emanate a warmth that tempered their unease. Lady Luna, the ethereal beauty who oversaw the Market and Sales Family, stepped forward, her dark hair cascading down her back. Her voice was like a melody, sweet and entrancing. "Indeed, Lord Haneul," she began, her eyes meeting his, "these young ones carry the weight of our future on their shoulders. They have already proven themselves to be more than capable in the face of adversity. I for one think they should also be here." Lord Haneul''s eyes narrowed, but he remained silent, his displeasure evident. Ha-Yoon felt a surge of gratitude towards Lady Luna for standing up for them. The fae world was complex and often confusing, but she was beginning to understand the subtleties of power and allegiance that wove through it. Quorge''s deep, resonant voice broke the tension, drawing everyone''s attention. "Let us not forget the importance of humility and understanding in our discussions. These children possess unique qualities that we must embrace, especially if we are to navigate the challenges ahead." His words, imbued with wisdom, hung in the air, inviting contemplation. Lord Haneul retorted, "Lady Luna, You are the same person who thought it wise to venture alone into the ruins of this world, ignorant of its secrets." Lady Luna smiled gracefully, her eyes unwavering. "My curiosity brought us knowledge and discoveries we never knew we needed," she countered, holding up a small, glowing pill. "This is the proof of our newfound capabilities." You could be reading stolen content. Head to the original site for the genuine story. The room fell silent as she tossed the pill in the air, and it dissolved into a shower of sparkling dust. The light from the crystals embedded in the ceiling seemed to pulse in response, and the siblings could feel the power of serein surging around them. "Now, consider our gains," Lady Luna replied, "We now possess medicinal pills that enhance Serein''s growth rate--a monumental advancement for the alchemy branch of the Knowledge family." Her words hung in the air, a testament to the potential that Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon represented to the fae world. Ha-Yoon glanced at Si-Woo, whose jaw was set, his eyes focused on the fae lords and ladies as if he could feel the weight of their expectations. "While Lady Luna, your discovery was indeed remarkable," Lord Haneul interjected, his tone measured but firm, "it does not justify the risks you took. It could have been amidst life-threatening creatures and faced nearly impossible scenarios to overcome, similar to other portals and dungeons." Quorge shifted slightly, his towering frame casting a shadow across the table. "But we must also recognize that every risk carries the potential for reward," he added, his gaze sweeping across the room. "It is through such endeavors that we learn and grow stronger." Before the tension could thicken further, the sound of the grand doors opening echoed through the chamber, and all heads turned to see King Morey enter. The room grew quiet as the fae lords and ladies stood in unison, bowing their heads in respect. The siblings felt a rush of nerves as all eyes fell upon them once again, but this time, it was mixed with a hint of curiosity and anticipation. "King Morey has arrived," Deane announced, her voice carrying an unmistakable note of excitement. Princess Deane, standing next to Si-Woo, leaned in and whispered, "Remember, you both have a role to play here." Her voice was steady, a gentle reminder of their purpose. The king, a figure of immense power and wisdom, made his way to the head of the table. His silver hair was tied back, a few strands escaping to frame his stern yet kind face. His eyes, the color of the serein stone itself, swept the room, meeting the gazes of everyone present. As he reached the throne-like chair, he paused for a moment, his hand resting on the intricate carving that adorned the back. "Thank you for your attendance," King Morey said, his voice deep and resonant, filling the chamber. "Let us proceed with the matters at hand." He sat down, and the room followed suit, the air thick with anticipation. Ha-Yoon could feel the weight of his gaze as he turned to them, his expression unreadable. "We gather here today," the king began, "to discuss the fate of the ruins and towers of Yohen and the implications of the outside world''s inhabitants destroying themselves for an extended period of time, and yes, we will be keeping the name of this land the same due to the true inhabitants still being here." He leaned forward, his hands steepled before him. "The serein stones we safeguard, and the many treasure ruins are vital to the balance of this world. Their discovery would mean chaos, as the greed of the mainlands would surely lead to war." Lady Somin, the stern fae who oversaw the Agricultural Family, was the first to speak up. Her eyes, as sharp as the leaves on her vine-like crown, focused on the siblings. "We stand at a crossroads, my fellow fae," she said, her voice a gentle yet firm reminder of the urgency at hand. "These young humans are not just a curiosity, but a beacon of hope. Their connection to the very essence of this world is undeniable." The room murmured in agreement, the fae nodding their heads in unison. But Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon felt lost in the sea of nods and whispers, their confusion growing with every passing second. What was their role in this grand scheme? "What do you mean?" Si-Woo finally asked, his voice echoing in the chamber. Princess Deane turned to them, her eyes filled with the wisdom of ages. "As you both know, serein is the very lifeblood of our world," she began. "It is what gives us our abilities, our foundation of martial arts, and our connection to the land. But your bond to it is unique, as is your ability to absorb it." She paused, choosing her words carefully. "We, the headmasters, can perceive the serein within you, and not just that, but the foreign energies you''ve encountered from the other gate portals similar to Ondurs, and you two are the only ones able to utilize them all." Quorge''s gaze intensified as he leaned in slightly. "Understanding those foreign energies is crucial. They are intertwined with the fate of our realms." "We believe that with your help," Deane continued, "we can restore balance to the realms, repair the damage done by the wars, and prevent the greed of the other species from consuming themselves and everything around them." INT. ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN-CONFERENCE MEETING The siblings exchanged glances. Ha-Yoon''s mind raced with questions, her curiosity piqued by the mention of these mysterious foreign energies. "If the foreign energies are similar to serein, how do we then utilize them?" she asked, her voice steady despite her racing heart. Lady Somin leaned back in her chair, her eyes thoughtful. "The truth is, we do not know," she admitted, "for the energies are not of our realm. To harness them, we would need to understand them, to communicate with the very fabric of the worlds from whence they came." Quorge''s brow furrowed slightly as he considered the implications of her words. "This understanding will not come easily. It requires exploration and courage," he added, his voice deep and commanding. The tension in the room grew as they absorbed Quorge''s words. The weight of responsibility pressed heavily upon the siblings. They had already faced the dangers of the lesser sprit, but now it seemed they were being thrust into something far greater--a journey beyond their wildest imaginations. "Thus, we embark on a journey beyond our borders," King Morey declared, his tone resolute. "Into the ruins and dungeons that remain hidden, and face whatever lies within. Only then can we hope to unlock the true potential of your bond with Serein and those foreign energies." Quorge nodded solemnly, his expression unwavering. "And we must do so together," he added, his gaze sweeping over the assembled fae. "For the challenges ahead will test us all." Ha-Yoon felt a thrill of fear and excitement coursing through her veins. The path ahead was uncertain, but there was something undeniably compelling about the journey that awaited them. And in that moment, amidst the swirling tensions and burgeoning hopes, the siblings understood their place in this grand tapestry of fate. They were not mere observers in this world; they were integral to its very survival. The room fell silent, the gravity of the situation sinking in. Ha-Yoon''s mind raced, trying to piece together the puzzle that lay before them. "How do we even begin to understand them?" she asked, her voice filled with a mix of excitement and curiosity. Lord Haneul took a deep breath before answering. "We must first acknowledge that our world is but one in a vast tapestry of dimensions, each woven with threads of energy unseen by most. We would need to establish communication with the outside world, which we are currently not in the position to do." King Morey nodded gravely. "The anomalies of our world, the towers, dungeons, and gate portals, are all interconnected in ways we are just beginning to understand. They are not merely relics of the past, but living entities, each with its own purpose and secrets." He paused, allowing his words to resonate before continuing. "But you must be cautious. If you wish to harness these foreign energies, you must first understand the nature of the gate portals." "Gate portals, as you''ve seen, act as bridges between your realm and others," the king explained. "But specialized portals are more selective. They require specific conditions to be met before they will open, and often, the tasks to be completed within them are as perilous as they are vital. It is within these challenges our community will grow exponentially stronger." "But what of the monsters?" Si-Woo asked, his eyes reflecting the concern he felt. "The ones that threaten Yohen?" Princess Deane nodded solemnly. "Indeed," she said. "The gate portals and dungeons are not just a source of power, but also a potential breeding ground for chaos. The beasts and creatures that dwell within them are drawn to the clashing of energies and auras. If we do not maintain control, they could spill into our world, wreaking havoc." Si-Woo''s eyes narrowed as he thought about the implications. "What kind of tasks do these specialized portals require?" he asked, his voice filled with determination. Lady Somin''s expression grew contemplative. "Ah, the trials of the specialized portals," she mused. "They are as varied as the stars in the night sky. Some may demand great feats of strength or intelligence, while others may require a pure heart or a deep connection to the serein itself. Only those who can meet these requirements are granted passage and the treasures that lie within." Lady Luna, whose eyes had been lingering on the siblings, spoke up with a wistful smile. "If only we had four prophetesses to perform the centurial year prophecy ritual," she said, her voice trailing off into a whisper. "Their combined visions could illuminate the path ahead for our realm, guide us through the shadows of uncertainty." The tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. "Four?" Ha-Yoon questioned, her curiosity piqued. "But I thought there was only one prophetess at a time?" Lord Haneul shot Lady Luna a sharp glance, his expression a silent reprimand. "There is no need to trouble the children with ancient traditions," he said firmly. But Lady Luna remained steadfast, her eyes shining with an unspoken resolve. "It is essential that they understand the full extent of our heritage and the potential it holds," she insisted. "While rare, the coexistence of four prophetesses is possible. Thousands of years ago, Ondur was blessed with four-millennium prophetesses over time. Their collective visions guided us through the darkest of times, and it is not beyond the realm of possibility that we may see such a time again." The room grew still as the fae absorbed Lady Luna''s words. The siblings exchanged glances, their hearts pounding with the realization that they might be part of something much larger than they ever could have imagined. Minho fixes his gaze on the man sitting down in the garb with the sharp cunning eyes, "Your Highness, why is Mutstushiro here?" "I would also like to know why he''s here, Your Highness," Lord Hanuel says. King Morey stated, "Now, I know you two don''t have the best relationship, Minho, but this brings me to my other reason for calling this meeting. We needed a method to organize and systematize the anomalies of this realm. Allow me to introduce Mutstushiro Amreen, the headmaster of the newly established family ''Rankers''." Mutstushiro, smirks as he leans back in his chair, his fingers steepled. "Ah, I see the whispers of my presence have reached your ears. I am here because, unlike some of you," he says, casting sideways glances at Lord Hanuel and Minho, "I see opportunity in chaos, not just a burden. You see, I''ve made it my business to understand the gate portals and dungeons," he said, his eyes flicking from fae to fae, as if daring anyone to challenge him. "I know how to navigate them, how to survive them, and most importantly, how to exploit them for their true worth." His voice was smooth, almost hypnotic, and Ha-Yoon found herself leaning forward, eager to hear more. Although his personality is quite difficult to tolerate, Minho thought, Mutstushiro was indeed a prodigy, known across Ondur for his unparalleled knowledge and abilities. Yet, his reputation was as much a double-edged sword as his words¡ªsharp and dangerous, but also surprisingly effective and he is also a representative in all five families of a branch. "Your Highness, I''ve developed a system of ranking these anomalies based on their difficulty, potential rewards, and the threats they pose," Mutstushiro continued, his voice oiled with self-importance. "By doing so, we can train our fae to face these challenges methodically, ensuring that only the most capable venture forth." King Morey nodded, his eyes gleaming with interest. "This is exactly what we need," he said, his gaze sweeping the room. "We will adopt the Ranker system immediately. Each family will work closely with the Rankers to train their students in the art of anomaly exploration and serein utilization." Mutstushiro stood up, a smug smile playing on his lips. "Thank you for your trust, Your Highness," he said, his eyes sweeping over the assembly. "Rest assured, we will not disappoint. The Rankers will be the vanguard of Yohen, ensuring that our people are prepared for the trials that lie ahead." "The vanguard?" Minho Murmured in offense. He paused for effect, letting his words hang in the air like a promise. "To facilitate this, we will divide into three main branches: Adventurers, Excavationists, and Voyagers," he announced. The room buzzed with excitement as fae from each family began to murmur to one another, wondering what each branch entailed. "Each branch will specialize in a different aspect of anomaly exploration," Mutstushiro continued, raising his voice to be heard over the chatter. "The Adventurers will be the ones to brave the dungeons and gate portals, seeking out the most dangerous and powerful treasures. The Excavationists will study and preserve the artifacts we find, unlocking the secrets of the past. And the Voyagers," his eyes glinted, "will chart the unexplored lands, seeking new gateways to distant realms." The fae grew silent, their eyes wide with wonder. The concept of a structured approach to exploring the dangers and riches of their newfound home was both thrilling and intimidating. "To become a Ranker," Mutstushiro said, his voice dropping to a whisper that somehow carried through the chamber, "you must first pass our test." He paused, watching the anticipation build. "The Ranker''s Test is no ordinary exam," he warned. "It will push your limits, challenge your skills, and demand your absolute dedication to the craft." He turned to Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, his gaze piercing. "But fear not, for those who pass will be granted a ranker''s card. With this card, you can access any of the three branches, and together, we shall uncover the secrets of the anomalies and harness their power for the greater good of Yohen." The assembly grew still, the weight of Mutstushiro''s words settling in. The siblings exchanged looks, their eyes alight with excitement and a touch of trepidation. The idea of being part of such an elite group, of exploring the unknown and contributing to the growth of their new home, was exhilarating. Yet, the shadow of the impending trials loomed over them, a reminder of the challenges ahead. Mutstushiro took a deep breath, his chest puffing out as he addressed the room. "Thank you for your attention, my esteemed colleagues," he said, his voice oozing confidence. "With your support and the might of the Rankers, we will ensure that the future of Yohen is one of prosperity and enlightenment." INT. ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN-CONFERENCE MEETING Lord Haneul leaned back in his chair, his eyes never leaving Mutstushiro. "Your Highness," he said, his voice measured and calm, "I must admit, despite my... personal feelings towards Mutstushiro''s tone, his proposal holds merit. A structured approach to anomaly exploration could indeed be beneficial." His words were like a cool breeze in the stifling tension of the room, and the fae nodded in agreement. Lady Luna nodded solemnly. "I believe the Ranker system has potential," she said, her eyes meeting those of Lady Somin. "If we can train our people to handle these gate portals responsibly, we may find the answers we seek within them." Lady Somin''s gaze was thoughtful as she studied the siblings. "Indeed," she agreed, her voice carrying the same gravity as Lady Luna''s. "The Rankers could serve as guardians, protecting Yohen, and would be a great asset to the military family." Minho nodded, his arms folded across his chest. "I concede that the idea has potential," he said, his eyes never leaving Mutstushiro. "But the training must be rigorous. The gate portals and dungeons are no place for the unprepared." King Morey''s gaze settled on the siblings. "Your training under Minho has been exemplary, but this is a new challenge," he said. "One that requires a different set of skills." Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon looked at each other, a silent understanding passing between them. They had always known that their destinies were intertwined with the fate of Ondur. Now, it seemed, they were being given the chance to play a more active role in shaping that fate. "Very well," King Morey said, rising from his throne. "The meeting is concluded. Each of you has much to consider and prepare for. The Ranker system will be implemented immediately, and I expect full cooperation from all families. This is the Golden Age of Ondur." Minho and Princess Deane escorted Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon out of the grand hall, their footsteps echoing in the corridor. The siblings exchanged nervous glances, the weight of what they had just heard sinking in. As they walked away from the council members, Si-Woo couldn''t help but feel a shiver run down his spine as he looked back and saw Mutstushiro''s cold gaze meet his, a smile playing on his lips that seemed to hold a hint of mockery. "What do you think?" Ha-Yoon whispered to Si-Woo, her eyes searching his. "Could we really be part of the Rankers?" Si-Woo''s gaze remained fixed on the retreating figure of Mutstushiro, his thoughts racing. "I''m not sure," he replied, his voice tight with a mix of excitement and doubt. "But it''s definitely something we should consider." While Princess Deane and Minho were engaged in a hushed conversation, Ha-Yoon took the opportunity to pull Si-Woo aside. "Brother," she began, her voice low and urgent, "do you think we''re ready for this?" Si-Woo took a moment to process her question, his eyes still on Mutstushiro''s retreating back. "I don''t know," he admitted, his voice a mix of excitement and nerves. "But if this is what it takes to protect our new home and learn more about the world we lost, then we have to try." Minho, noticing the siblings'' conversation, called out to them, his voice echoing through the grand hall. "Let''s not waste any more time," he said, gesturing towards the exit. "You two have to get ready for our training session today," The siblings nodded in unison, their heads still swimming with the revelations from the council meeting. As the siblings exited the grand hall, the cool evening air hit them like a welcome embrace, carrying with it the faint scent of distant lands and grasslands. They took a moment to gather their thoughts, the weight of the council meeting still pressing on their minds. Royal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author. In the courtyard, Lemmy, the majestic black Wyvern, lay curled up, his scales glinting in the morning light. Just as they approached, a towering figure emerged from the shadows near the palace entrance¡ªQuorge. Standing at eight feet tall, Quorge¡¯s sleek black fur shimmered in the light, muscles bulging beneath its surface. Its piercing green eyes locked onto theirs, emanating an intensity that felt both intimidating and reassuring. The sprits claws were formidable, looking as if they could tear through steel with ease. ¡°Ah, there you are,¡± Quorge said, his deep voice resonating through the air. He turned to Minho first, nodding respectfully. ¡°Head of the Military Family, it is good to see you again. Your guidance will be invaluable in the days to come.¡± Minho returned the nod, his expression serious yet appreciative. ¡°Thank you, Quorge. Your wisdom is always welcome among us.¡± Quorge then shifted his gaze to Princess Deane, a warm glimmer in his eyes. ¡°Princess, your connection to the realms of light is a beacon for many. May your strength guide them as well.¡± Deane smiled softly, her eyes reflecting admiration. ¡°Thank you, Quorge. I hope to bring harmony to our efforts.¡± Turning to Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, Quorge¡¯s demeanor softened slightly. ¡°And you two¡ªSi-Woo and Ha-Yoon. Your journey is just beginning, but I sense great potential within you. I hope my apprentice can work with you both in the future.¡± Ha-Yoon felt a thrill of excitement. ¡°Your apprentice? What can we expect?¡± Quorge leaned down slightly, his gaze steady and encouraging. ¡°With dedication and an open heart, you will learn to navigate the energies of this land. Remember, understanding is as vital as strength.¡± Si-Woo stepped forward, determination gleaming in his eyes. ¡°We¡¯re ready to face whatever comes our way. If it helps protect Yohen and understand these foreign energies, we¡¯ll do it.¡± Quorge regarded them with a measured gaze, a hint of approval in his piercing eyes. ¡°Your resolve is commendable. Just remember, the path is fraught with uncertainty, but together, you have the strength to forge your destiny.¡± With a final nod, Quorge stepped back, allowing them a moment to collect themselves before their training session. The path ahead was uncertain, but with allies like Quorge, they felt a flicker of hope ignite within them. As they prepared to climb onto Lemmy¡¯s back, the siblings could sense the adventure awaiting them¡ªa journey intertwined with the fate of their new home. Princess Deane approached, her eyes shimmering with a motherly warmth that seemed to envelop them both. She wrapped her arms around Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, hugging them tightly. "Remember," she whispered, her voice a gentle breeze, "your hearts are pure, and your bond with your spirit creatures is strong. Use it wisely." Her words lingered in the air as she released them, a silent benediction that resonated within their chests. Minho, ever the stoic figure, offered a rare smile, his eyes crinkling at the corners. "I''ll see you both soon," Princess Deane said, before turning to the majestic black Wyvern, Lemmy. He leaped onto the creature''s back with an ease that belied his age and size. The creature''s scales were warm and surprisingly comfortable, and as he took to the sky, they felt the familiar rush of wind and the exhilaration of flight. As they soared over the new city of Yohen, the siblings couldn''t help but marvel at the beauty of their new home. "Minho," Si-Woo called out over the wind, "who is Mutstushiro Amreen?" Minho''s expression grew serious. "Mutstushiro is a prodigy of the Amreen family," he said, his voice carrying over the rush of the wind. "He''s known for his exceptional all-around knowledge, his knowledge of serein and now the anomalies of this world. However," he added with a warning tone, "his intentions are often shrouded in ambition." The siblings exchanged a worried look as they descended toward their house, Ha-Yoon clung tightly to Lemmy, her mind racing with questions and fears. "What do you mean by that?" she called out to Minho, the wind whipping her hair into a frenzy. Minho looked back at them, his expression unreadable. "Just focus on your training," he yelled over the wind. "I''ll handle any...complications." His eyes flickered towards the distant horizon. INT. YOHEN - HOME As they landed in the courtyard of their house, the siblings couldn''t shake off the feeling of unease that had settled upon them. They dismounted from Lemmy, who took off again into the sky, a graceful shadow against the blue hues of daylight. "Let''s go inside," Si-Woo said, his voice a mix of excitement and nerves. "I''ll make us something to eat." The siblings entered their house, which felt smaller and cozier compared to the grandeur of the Royal Palace. The warm scent of home filled their nostrils as they removed their shoes and stepped onto the soft, plush rug. Si-Woo, feeling the need to ground himself, quickly changed into his favorite worn-out t-shirt and comfortable pants. The fabric felt like a reassuring hug, bringing him back to simpler times before they were thrust into the world of serein and fae politics. Heading into the kitchen, he gathered ingredients to make sandwiches, a meal that somehow seemed to bridge the gap between their old lives and their new reality. The clinking of plates and the smell of fresh Ondurian bread brought Ha-Yoon out of her contemplation. She had changed into a pair of soft, form-fitting pants and a tunic that allowed for easy movement. Her eyes searched Si-Woo''s, seeking reassurance. He offered her a smile, though it was slightly forced. "We''ve got this," he said, his voice firm. "We''re in this together." They sat at the wooden table, the plates piled with sandwiches filled with an assortment of meats and cheeses that were the staple of Ondur cuisine. The siblings ate in silence for a few moments, thinking of their conversation with Minho and the revelation about the Rankers heavy on their minds. Ha-Yoon spoke up first, "What do you think the Ranker''s Test will be like?" Si-Woo took a bite before responding, chewing thoughtfully. "Probably brutal," he said with a sigh, "But we''ve faced tough challenges before." He paused, looking out the window at the distant horizon where they had seen Mutstushiro disappear. "I just hope we can handle whatever they throw at us." "I never said I wanted to become a Ranker," Ha-Yoon murmured, pushing her plate away. "I was just wondering how hard the test would be." Si-woo doesn''t believe her, yet he remains silent. "Since the day they had buried her parent''s saplings in the garden," Si-Woo thought, " They had visited their makeshift grave frequently. Ha-Yoon had grown quiet and introspective during those moments, her eyes often misting over as she whispered words that only the wind could carry. Each visit seemed like a small piece of her heart was being torn away, leaving me wondering if she ever thought about returning to her old home, leaving me behind." He quickly shakes his head, banishing the thought. "I''m being silly," he murmurs to himself. Ha-Yoon was his sister, his confidant, and his partner in this journey. Their bond is unbreakable. ... The siblings followed Minho to the royal palace training grounds, the sun casting long shadows over the meticulously maintained lawns and ancient statues that lined their path. The air was filled with the scent of blooming flowers and the distant sound of clashing swords and laughter as fae practiced various martial arts. Unlike the floating platforms in Ondur, the newly constructed platforms in Yohen were grounded. As they approached a secluded area, Minho stopped and turned to face them, his hands behind his back. "Human technology," he mused, his eyes twinkling with curiosity. "It''s quite unique." He pulled out an object from behind him, a small black device with a glassy surface and shiny buttons. Ha-Yoon''s eyes widened in recognition. "I''ve repaired it with a serein stone but I still can''t discover its use," Minho exclaimed. "That''s a camera!" she exclaimed. Minho looked at her, his eyebrows raised. "A what?" "It''s a human camera," Ha-Yoon said, her voice filled with excitement. "It captures moments, so you can remember them forever." She stepped closer, reaching out to take the device. Minho looked at her with a mix of curiosity and amusement. "How does it do that?" "You take a picture," Ha-Yoon said, taking the camera from him. She flipped it over, her thumbs moving over the buttons with familiar ease. "You look through this lens," she pointed, "and when you press this button," she demonstrated, "it captures what you''re looking at." The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. Minho leaned in, his interest piqued. "Fascinating," he murmured, watching as Ha-Yoon handed the camera back to him. He turned it over in his hands, inspecting it with the same intensity he would a new serein artifact. "Let''s take a picture," Si-Woo suggested, his eyes shining with excitement. He had seen cameras in action before, but the concept remained as enchanting as ever. It was a piece of their old world, a bridge between the past and their new lives. Minho handed the camera to Ha-Yoon, who eagerly took it. "Show me," he urged, stepping closer to the siblings. Ha-Yoon''s cheeks flushed as she positioned the camera in a selfie position, with the majestic palace in the background and the siblings and Minho in the foreground. The flash of the camera was a brief, brilliant light, and the moment was captured in a soft click. "Here," she said, handing it back to Minho with a smile. "You can keep it if you want. Maybe it''ll help you understand our world better." Minho looked at the camera, then at the siblings, and nodded solemnly. "Thank you," he said. "Now, let''s begin your training." He led them to the middle of a spacious platform, surrounded by lush greenery and a few fae guards practicing their battle formations. The area was clear of any obstruction, the perfect place for what was to come. "Ha-Yoon," he called out, his voice echoing through the open space, "Summon your bonds." Her heart raced as she nodded, focusing her thoughts on her spirit creatures. She took a deep breath and closed her eyes, feeling the warmth of the serein against her skin. In her mind''s eye, she saw the majestic creatures she had befriended, their fiery eyes and sleek fur. "Come to me," she whispered, her voice barely audible. The ground beneath them rumbled, and with a flash of light, the spacious platform was no longer empty. Two majestic spade wolves, their fur shimmering like the night sky, appeared before them. The creatures were a breathtaking sight, their eyes burning with a fiery determination that mirrored Ha-Yoon''s own spirit. "Good," Minho nodded, his gaze sharp as he scrutinized Ha-Yoon''s posture and the way she interacted with the serein around her to summon the beats efficiently. "Now, Ha-Yoon, for the last seven days, we''ve been working on your ''Eternal Eye'' body formation. Which involves strengthening the link to your bonds so that you can see through their eyes through meditation. Can you see with your spade wolf''s eyes yet?" Ha-Yoon closed her eyes again, focusing her energy into the link between her and her spirit creatures. The world around her grew quiet, and she felt the warmth of their spirits meld with hers. "I... I think so," she whispered, opening her eyes to find that she could indeed see the world from two additional perspectives, the wolves'' view superimposed over her own. Minho watched, his expression unreadable, as Ha-Yoon''s eyes grew wider with amazement. "Good," he said again, his voice devoid of the awe he felt. "She truly is monstrous." Minho thinks to himself, "To be able to see from her bond''s viewpoint in less than a week''s training is laughable. I heard it took Lady Somin 6 months to do it and she was considered a genius. MAN, I LOVE TRAINING THESE TWO." Without warning, Minho''s hand shot out, throwing a small hardball at Ha-Yoon. She was so absorbed in her newfound ability that she didn''t even see it coming. It smacked her right in the nose, sending a sharp pain shooting through her and causing her to yelp in surprise. The wolves growled protectively, their fur bristling, but she quickly calmed them with a gentle thought. "What was that for?" she demanded, rubbing her nose and glaring at Minho. Minho''s smile was wry as he picked up another ball from the sack at his side. "Your Eternal Eye uses an abundance of concentration just on keeping the formation active, but Ha-yoon, you will have to learn to keep the body formation active while in combat," he explained, tossing the second ball. This time, she managed to catch it, her eyes still focused on the spade wolves. Her grip tightened on the ball as she nodded, understanding the gravity of his words. "I''ll practice," she assured him, her voice filled with determination. Minho nodded in approval. "Good," he said, turning to gesture to the side of the platform. "Now, I''d like to introduce you to someone." A fae guard with cropped black hair and piercing black eyes came walking from a neighboring platform, his posture rigid and his expression stoic. His eyes scanned the siblings, and Si-Woo felt a slight twinge of unease under his scrutinizing gaze. "This is Sergeant Ren," Minho announced, "He is an eighth-degree Toeju martial artist and will be your training partner from now on, Ha-Yoon." Sergeant Ren stepped forward, his movements fluid as a river, and bowed slightly. "It is an honor to meet the bonded of the spade wolves," he said, his voice deep and formal. Ha-Yoon nodded back, her eyes never leaving his. "Why do I need a training partner?" she asked Minho, her voice filled with a hint of skepticism. "Because," Minho began, his eyes twinkling with mischief, "You need to learn to fight alongside your spirits without losing focus or getting distracted. And who better to teach you than one of the best in the Royal Guard? And besides you and Si-woo need individual attention for your unique abilities," Sergeant Ren''s gaze never left Ha-Yoon as he straightened from his bow. "I will challenge you to push your limits," he said, his voice as unyielding as steel. "We shall see how deep your bond truly runs." Minho cleared his throat, drawing Si-Woo''s attention away from the exchange. "Come," he said, gesturing for Si-Woo to follow. "It''s your turn." INT. ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN-TRAINING GROUNDS The young boy nodded, his excitement tempered by the seriousness of the moment. As they moved further along the platform, Minho spoke in a low voice, "Your training will be different, Si-Woo. While Ha-Yoon''s path is cloudy, yours is shrouded in absolute mystery. Your path will be hard and more grueling than the rest." Minho paused, his gaze intense. "Now, let''s begin with your ''Deific Eye of the Storm'' formation," he said, his voice carrying a hint of challenge. "I want to see how much you''ve improved." Si-Woo took a deep breath, his eyes focusing as he centered himself. He pulled out Eternity and placed the hilt between his teeth to help him focus. He felt the serein within him respond, swirling around his core like a tempest. He expanded it outward, creating a 360-degree, meter-wide, translucent sensory forcefield that shimmered like the surface of a calm lake before a storm. The energy was potent, and it thrummed with power. His heart raced with excitement, his mind focused on the task at hand. Minho observed him with a critical eye, his arms folded across his chest. "Good," he said, his voice a low rumble. "Now, maintain that while I test your reflexes." He pulled out a small dagger and sent it flying towards Si-Woo, its trajectory unpredictable. Si-Woo''s eyes never left the knife as he focused his serein, the forcefield pulsing with energy. His instincts took over, and his body moved almost of its own accord, his arm shooting out to catch the weapon in midair. The blade sliced through the air, and for a moment, the world seemed to slow down around him. Time was a river, and he was the rock in its path, unyielding and swift. Minho''s expression remained unchanged, but his eyes held a spark of something like pride. "Good," he said, his voice a low murmur. "Now, let''s see if you can do it under pressure." With a flick of his wrist, Minho sent a barrage of small projectiles toward Si-Woo, each one moving at a different speed and trajectory. The boy''s heart pounded in his chest as he focused, his forcefield pulsing with the rhythm of his breath. Each object was a puzzle piece that he had to solve in an instant, predicting its path and determining the best way to protect himself without losing concentration on the others. The forcefield around him grew more opaque as the projectiles drew closer, a sign of his increasing mastery. He felt the serein within him pulsing in time with the forcefield, a symphony of power and precision. His mind raced through the possible outcomes, calculating the speed and force needed to repel each incoming object. As the first projectile reached the edge of the forcefield, Si-Woo''s hand shot out, the serein within him responding to his will. A gust of wind, a mere thought made manifest, pushed the object aside. The second and third followed each one met with a different method of deflection. The knife was caught with a flick of his wrist, the serein acting as an extension of his body. The fourth and fifth, a pair of throwing stars, were knocked away with a burst of kinetic energy from the palms of his hands. With each successful defense, Si-Woo''s confidence grew. He could feel the forcefield tightening around him, the serein''s energy pulsing in time with his heartbeat. It was a dance, a symphony of anticipation and action, as he moved in harmony with the chaos Minho threw his way. The world outside the forcefield was a blur of motion, but within it, everything was crystal clear. Minho watched his student with a critical eye, his heart swelling with pride at the young serein''s rapid progress. He knew the importance of pushing Si-Woo to his limits; the fate of the realms could very well rest on his student''s shoulders. With a nod, he stepped up the intensity of the attack. "Good," he said, his voice a low rumble of approval. "But let''s not forget, a shield is only as strong as the warrior behind it." He sprinted towards Si-Woo, his movements a blur of speed and power. Si-Woo''s eyes narrowed, his jaws tightening on Eternity. He had to be swift, precise, and unpredictable. The air around him grew heavy as the storm within his sensory forcefield grew more intense. He could feel the serein pulsating, hungry for a challenge, and an affirming smile formed on his face. If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. Minho charged like a bolt of lightning, his serein-infused fists aiming for the weak spots he''d observed in Si-Woo''s forcefield. The young serein felt the wind from his master''s approach, the vibrations of the ground beneath his feet, and the subtle changes in the air pressure. His senses were heightened, every detail a potential clue to Minho''s next move. As the first fist went through Si-Woos forcefield, the young man''s eyes widened. He felt the serein absorb the impact, but the force was greater than he''d expected. His mind raced, calculating the speed and power behind Minho''s attack, adjusting the forcefield''s density and the way it absorbed and dispersed the energy. He had to be quick, or he''d be overwhelmed. With a roar, Si-Woo''s own serein responded, the forcefield growing darker and more turbulent around him. It was like a storm had taken root in the very air, swirling with power and potential. His thoughts moved at the speed of light, each one a command to the serein, a precise instruction on how to defend against the onslaught. Si-Woo twits his body at the last minute while grabbing Minho''s arm and throws him out of the perimeter of the forcefield. Minho''s eyes widened in surprise as he soared through the air, The force of Si-Woo''s throw was unexpected, and he found himself momentarily disoriented as the world spun around him. Landing with a thud, Minho rolled to his feet, his eyes alight with excitement. "Excellent!" he exclaimed, brushing off the dirt from his clothes. "You''ve made progress, Si-Woo!" But really Minho thought "I''ve got to create a name for these two monster twins. How did their species ever go close to extinction if they were like this?" With a sigh, Minho says "Now," his smile turning mischievous, "let''s see if you can keep it up for a few hours." With that, he summoned a swarm of serein-infused shurikens that shot towards Si-Woo. ... As the sun dipped below the horizon, casting the world in a warm, fiery glow, Minho called out, "Training is over!" Si-Woo''s legs buckled, and he collapsed onto the cool, hard platform, his chest heaving as if he had just run a marathon. Sweat and blood soaked his clothes, and his muscles screamed in protest. He felt as if he had been wrung out like a wet towel. Minho strode over to him, a look of satisfaction etched on his face. With a flick of his wrist, the serein master sent a gentle pulse of energy, lifting Si-Woo into the air. His eyes searched the the rest of the platform searching for Ren and Ha-Yoon, finally resting on Ha-Yoon, who was also gasping for air, her spade wolves lying at her side, panting heavily. Their fur was matted with dirt, their spirits were clearly drained from the intense training. "Sergeant Ren," Minho called out, his voice carrying over the now quiet training ground. "How did she fare?" Ren, still maintaining his stoic demeanor, nodded slightly. "Her progress is... notable," he said, his eyes flickering over to Ha-Yoon, who was now sitting up, her spade wolves nuzzling against her wearily. "Her bond with the spirits is strong, and her body formation and control over them is improving." Minho nodded thoughtfully before turning to the siblings with a twinkle in his eye. Minho dismisses Sergeant Ren and gazes at the children in awe. He pulled out a small, leather pouch from his robes and tied it around Si-Woos ankle. "These," he announced, "are first-degree cultivation pills. You both may be low in serein mastery, but with the latest alchemical advancements from the Knowledge family''s alchemy branch, your growth rate will soar," Minho murmurs, almost to himself, "Not that you need it, though." "Take one each night before you sleep and make sure to meditate and refurbish your meridian tree, and you will notice a significant difference in your abilities." Ha-Yoon''s curiosity piqued, she sat up straight despite her exhaustion. "What do you mean by that?" she asked, her eyes searching his face for answers. "I''ve been curious, what degree of serein mastery do the other five great headmasters of Ondur possess?" Minho''s smile grew wider. "Ah, the headmasters," he said, his eyes glinting. "They are indeed a formidable group. All of them are eleventh-degree serein masters, with the exception of Mutstushiro." At the mention of the name, a sudden hush fell over the training ground. It was as if the very air held its breath in anticipation of what Minho would say next. "Mutstushiro," he continued, "is something of an enigma. A thirteenth-degree serein master, his power is said to be almost unmatched in our realm. He is the oldest and most revered of us all, and his knowledge of the serein is so deep. The only one he fears is the king, who is a fourteenth-degree serein master." Si-Woo''s eyes widened in shock, his breath hitching in his throat. He had always thought Minho was the pinnacle of strength and power, but to think there was someone who could overshadow even him was almost incomprehensible. But enough about that," Minho said, waving his hand dismissively. "You have a long way to go before you even think of challenging the likes of us. For now, focus on your training, and remember, the pills will aid you, but they are not a shortcut. Your dedication and discipline will be the true keys to unlocking your full potential. Now, let me take you home." INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN-DAY ... After a week of rigorous training and rest, the siblings returned to the academic halls of the academy. Though it appeared different, the hallways and classroom locations were similar to those in Ondur. The atmosphere was vibrant, buzzing with the excitement of acquiring new knowledge and facing upcoming challenges. The corridors of the academy formed a maze brimming with knowledge that seemed to have transformed during their absence. "I think it''s this way," Si-Woo said with newfound confidence, turning a corner. He had spent hours memorizing the layout of the place Minho gave them, eager to impress Ha-Yoon with his sense of direction. However, as he took that confident step, she reached out and tugged him firmly in the opposite direction. "It''s actually over here," she said, her voice tinged with disappointment. "We''re not going to the library." Ha-Yoon leads them to their homeroom classroom, where they find themselves greeted by a mix of curious and envious stares from their classmates. The whispers grew louder as they approached, their names echoing through the hallways like a soft chant. It was clear that their recent exploits had made them the talk of the academy. Mai looked up from her desk as they entered, a gentle smile playing on her lips as she caught sight of them. She had her hair tied back in a ponytail, and she looked as if she had been waiting for them. "How does it feel to be in the same class as your brother, Ha-Yoon?" she asked, her eyes sparkling with curiosity. Ha-Yoon couldn''t help but chuckle as she took her seat beside her. "It''s...different," she admitted, still getting used to the idea. "But in a good way, I guess." She looked over at Si-Woo, who was busy examining their new classroom with wide eyes. Just as Mai was about to ask Si-Woo about his experience with Minho''s training, the door swung open, and in walked their homeroom teacher. The room fell silent, all eyes on the imposing figure that was Minho. "I hope you are all doing well," he boomed, his voice echoing off the walls, "and are well-adjusted to the new land of Yohen." His eyes scanned the room, and for a brief moment, they lingered on the siblings, the corners of his mouth twitching into what might have been a smile. "Your dedication to your studies and training will be crucial in the coming days," he continued, his tone serious once again. "Yohen is counting on you all to become the guardians it needs." As the students settled into their seats, a buzz of anticipation filled the classroom. The warm sunlight streamed through the large windows, illuminating the faces of eager learners. Minho stood at the front, his presence commanding and reassuring. ¡°Good morning, class!¡± he boomed, his voice echoing off the walls. ¡°I hope you¡¯re all ready for another exciting day of learning.¡± He paused, scanning the room with a knowing smile. ¡°Today, we have important news regarding the upcoming mid-term placement test.¡± Whispers rippled through the students, their curiosity piqued. Ha-Yoon leaned forward in her seat, her eyes bright with interest. Si-Woo, sitting beside her, felt a mix of excitement and apprehension as he prepared for the potential challenges ahead. Minho continued, ¡°As many of you know, the mid-term placement test is a crucial assessment that determines whether you can advance in your studies here at the academy. However,¡± he added, raising a hand to quell the murmurs, ¡°for those who took the pre-mid-term placement test and scored a ninety percent or higher, you won¡¯t need to take this mid-term test unless you want to try and move up a level.¡± A collective sigh of relief and excitement echoed in the room. Ha-Yoon¡¯s face lit up. ¡°That means I don¡¯t have to take it!¡± she whispered to Si-Woo, her voice bubbling with joy. ¡°I can focus on training and helping you with your studies!¡± If you come across this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. Si-Woo offered her a small smile, masking the swirl of emotions inside him. ¡°Yeah, you did great on the pre-test. I¡¯m happy for you.¡± His thoughts drifted to his own decision not to take the test again, the weight of expectations resting heavily on his shoulders. Minho continued, ¡°I encourage each of you to reflect on your journey thus far. Whether you are moving up, staying at your level, or facing a setback, remember that every challenge is an opportunity for growth. Those of you advancing will have new responsibilities and knowledge to acquire.¡± Ha-Yoon¡¯s hand shot up, eager to ask a question. ¡°I know for the people who scored low on the pre-mid term test it didn''t count but what if someone doesn¡¯t pass this test? Can they try again?¡± Minho¡¯s expression turned serious. ¡°No,¡± he replied firmly. ¡°If you score low, you will be moved down one level or even two levels, depending on your performance. It¡¯s crucial that you prepare adequately and take this test seriously.¡± A murmur of apprehension swept through the class. Si-Woo could feel the weight of the words pressing down on him. Ha-Yoon¡¯s enthusiasm dimmed slightly as she processed the implications. Minho continued, ¡°However, remember that there are always ways to improve. The academy is here to support you. Use this time wisely. Review your notes, practice your techniques, and most importantly, support one another.¡± As Minho wrapped up the lesson, Si-Woo exchanged a glance with Ha-Yoon. Despite the challenges ahead, they felt a renewed sense of hope and determination. With their bonds, training, and unwavering support for each other, they were ready to face whatever came next. As Minho continued his lecture, he announced, "In addition to the midterm placement test, I want to remind everyone about the upcoming parent-student-teacher conference. It¡¯s mandatory for every student and their parent or guardian to attend." Ha-Yoon''s expression brightened momentarily before falling into a thoughtful frown. Si-Woo felt a familiar wave of sadness wash over him at the mention of the conference. The thought of facing an event designed for families was daunting for both of them, and he clenched his fists, trying to suppress the emotions bubbling to the surface. Si-Woo was silent, pondering what would happen when they had to attend without their parents. He glanced at Ha-Yoon, who seemed to be lost in her thoughts as well, but she didn¡¯t voice any concerns. Minho noticed their somber expressions and spoke with understanding. "If a student cannot bring a parent, a guardian or another trusted adult may accompany you. The purpose of this conference is to provide insight into your progress and discuss any challenges you may be facing." As the bell rang, signaling the end of class, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon lingered behind, discussing their feelings. "I really wish they were here for us,¡± Si-Woo said quietly, his heart heavy. Ha-Yoon placed a comforting hand on his shoulder. "I know it¡¯s hard, but we¡¯ve got each other. And look how far we¡¯ve come!" With a nod, Si-Woo felt a bit of the weight lift off his shoulders. "Yeah, you¡¯re right. We just need to focus on our training and keep improving." The full moon hung high in the night sky, casting a pale glow over the academy grounds. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon walked together in silence, their usual banter absent. As they approached the academy, Si-Woo came to a halt just outside the entrance. His gaze drifted upward, locking onto the bright moon, its serene light contrasting with the turmoil inside him. He stood there, his face expressionless, but his heart heavy. He wasn¡¯t preparing for another battle with Sol or the physical challenges of the academy¡ªhe was bracing himself for something more painful: the sight of all the children with their parents. The parent-student conference loomed ahead, and the thought of seeing happy families together, while he and Ha-Yoon walked in alone, weighed on him. The memories of their parents, lost in the earthquake that had shattered their lives, surfaced with every glimpse of other children¡¯s smiles. He clenched his fists, pushing back the rising tide of sadness that threatened to overwhelm him. Beside him, Ha-Yoon noticed the shift in his energy. She gently tugged on his sleeve. ¡°Si-Woo...are you okay?¡± she asked, her voice soft and concerned. He forced a small smile, though it didn¡¯t quite reach his eyes. ¡°Yeah, just...thinking,¡± he replied quietly, turning his gaze away from the moon. She looked at him, her usual outgoing nature subdued for a moment. ¡°We¡¯ll get through it. We always do.¡± Her voice was firm, though she too felt the ache of their missing parents. They exchanged a knowing glance, a silent agreement to keep moving forward. Together, they walked into the academy, the sight of children happily greeting their parents sending small pangs through Si-Woo¡¯s heart. He squared his shoulders, putting on a brave face for Ha-Yoon¡¯s sake. INT. ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN-DAY As they passed through the hallways, the buzz of excited voices surrounded them. Si-Woo¡¯s eyes swept over the crowd, catching glimpses of the joy he knew they wouldn¡¯t have. He took a deep breath, his expression remaining stoic, refusing to let the memories pull him under. The parent-student conference was already in full swing by the time Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon entered the large hall. The noise of conversations and laughter filled the air, and every now and then, a child would excitedly point out something to their parents. Si-Woo clenched his jaw slightly but remained composed, a quiet, protective presence at Ha-Yoon¡¯s side. They walked through the sea of families, the siblings keeping their heads high despite the emptiness they felt. Ha-Yoon, always more outgoing, leaned toward Si-Woo and whispered, ¡°Do you think it¡¯ll be weird without anyone with us?¡± Before Si-Woo could answer, a deep but familiar voice called from behind them. ¡°There you are! I¡¯ve been looking for my children everywhere.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon turned around, surprised to see a plump, ordinary-looking man with a slightly crooked mustache and modest clothing. The man adjusted a small device on his collar, and with a faint click, his voice shifted into a tone they immediately recognized: it was King Morey, though expertly disguised. Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes widened in surprise, then she grinned, struggling to keep a straight face. ¡°King¡ª I mean, um...¡± she stumbled, barely stifling a laugh. ¡°Mr. Vostel,¡± King Morey said smoothly, giving her a wink. ¡°I¡¯ll be standing in for your parents today.¡± Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but feel a sense of comfort, nodding with gratitude. Though surreal, the king¡¯s presence brought a sense of security he hadn¡¯t anticipated. As they walked up to Mrs. Larkin, their Hoken language arts teacher, she greeted them warmly, her eyes shifting to King Morey with polite curiosity. ¡°Ah, Si-Woo, Ha-Yoon!¡± she began. Then, noticing King Morey, she added, ¡°And you are¡­?¡± King Morey gave a slight bow. ¡°Mr. Vostel, ma¡¯am,¡± he replied, deepening his voice in a comical attempt to stay in character. ¡°Pleased to make your acquaintance. I¡¯ve heard much about your...exemplary language instruction from my children.¡± Mrs. Larkin blinked, visibly puzzled by his unusual look but nodded politely. ¡°It¡¯s wonderful to meet you, Mr. Vostel,¡± she replied, clearly uncertain but choosing to move forward. She then began discussing Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon¡¯s progress in her class, giving glowing reports on their language skills. King Morey nodded along, occasionally chiming in with comments like, ¡°Ah, yes, their Hoken pronunciation is impeccable at home.¡± As they moved from one teacher to the next, the scene repeated: each teacher praised Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon¡¯s progress while King Morey¡ªalways as ¡°Mr. Vostel¡±¡ªnodded thoughtfully and occasionally made absurd comments. Ha-Yoon had to fake a cough to stifle her laughter when one teacher complimented him on raising "such accomplished children." Finally, they reached the last station, where Si-Woo paused, spotting Minho across the hall with Mai. Unlike King Morey¡¯s comical disguise, Minho had used serein cosmetics for a subtle transformation. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon only recognized him because Mai stood beside him. ¡°Si-Woo,¡± Ha-Yoon whispered, nudging him. ¡°That¡¯s Minho, right?¡± Si-Woo nodded, smirking. ¡°Yeah, he¡¯s using an alias too. Let¡¯s see how this plays out.¡±Did you know this story is from Royal Road? Read the official version for free and support the author. Minho¡ªgoing by ¡°Mr. Alen¡±¡ªgave them a polite nod. ¡°Ah, good evening,¡± he said, eyeing King Morey¡¯s eccentric look. ¡°I see the children have a...dedicated parent figure with them tonight.¡± King Morey puffed up proudly. ¡°Indeed, Mr. Alen,¡± he replied in his booming ¡°Mr. Vostel¡± voice. ¡°We do what we must for our children.¡± Mai leaned toward Ha-Yoon, whispering with a wink, ¡°Good thing you have ¡®Mr. Vostel¡¯ here to help.¡± The evening concluded with more lighthearted exchanges. As they exited under the full moon, Si-Woo felt a bit lighter. Ha-Yoon gave his hand a gentle squeeze, and they shared a smile. With the support of those around them, they would face whatever came next together. ... One morning, As they walked through the bustling hallways of the academy, the excitement in the air was palpable. Students buzzed with the latest news about the newly established Rankers family, their voices blending into a chorus of dreams and aspirations. "Did you hear? The Rankers are looking for new recruits!" one student exclaimed, his eyes sparkling with excitement. Ha-Yoon¡¯s curiosity piqued. "I can¡¯t believe there¡¯s actually a family dedicated to exploring the anomalies. That sounds amazing!" Si-Woo glanced over at her, a hint of concern etched on his face. "But it¡¯s dangerous, Ha-Yoon. The Adventurers go into dungeons and face all sorts of threats. It''s not just a game." Ha-Yoon rolled her eyes playfully. "I know, but think of all the treasures they could find! What if we could join them someday?" At that moment, Mai caught up with them, a bright smile on her face. "Hey! Are you two talking about the Rankers? Everyone''s buzzing about them!" "Yeah," Si-Woo replied, his tone serious. "But I think it¡¯s risky. What if someone gets hurt? There¡¯s a lot we don¡¯t know about these anomalies." Mai nodded thoughtfully. "It is risky, but think about the adventure! Plus, if they¡¯re recruiting, it means they need capable people. It could be a chance for us to make a real difference." Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes sparkled with enthusiasm. "I want to explore the dungeons and find hidden treasures! And maybe we can uncover secrets about our parents!" Si-Woo softened at the mention of their parents. "I just want to make sure we¡¯re ready before jumping into something like that." Mai smiled reassuringly. "We can train together. If we decide to pursue it, we''ll be prepared. Besides, with Minho''s training, we can handle a lot more than we think." As they walked, the trio shared their dreams, laughter echoing through the hallways. Unbeknownst to them, the seeds of adventure were beginning to take root in their hearts. ... Later, As the students gathered in the dojo hall, the atmosphere buzzed with anticipation. The wooden floors gleamed under the bright lights, and the smell of sweat and determination hung in the air. Master Choi, a muscular fae man with striking red hair and fiery red eyes, stood at the front, exuding authority. ¡°Welcome to Introductory to Martial Arts!¡± Master Choi bellowed, his voice echoing off the dojo¡¯s walls. ¡°Today, you will each select a weapon for sparring. You can use Serein in your spars, but you cannot imbue it into your weapon in any shape or form. Understood?¡± The students nodded, excitement bubbling through them as they approached the weapon rack. Si-Woo scanned the choices and felt drawn to a sleek dagger, its dull blade glimmering under the dojo lights. It resembled the soul weapon King Morey had gifted him, Eternity. On the other side of the room, Sol swaggered over to the rack and picked up a hefty sword, the weapon almost as tall as he was. A smug grin spread across his face as he glanced at Si-Woo, but little did he know they would be paired together again. Mai and Ha-Yoon watched from the sidelines, each holding their chosen weapons. Ha-Yoon had picked a pair of spade wolf claws, and Mai wielded a staff that sparkled with potential. Before the match began, Si-Woo took a deep breath. He placed the hilt of the dagger between his jaws, clenching it tightly to help him focus. The sight drew laughter from some of the students, but Si-Woo paid them no mind. He was determined to prepare himself for what was to come. Master Choi called the class to attention, announcing the pairs for sparring. When he said, ¡°Sol and Si-Woo! You¡¯re up!¡± the dojo fell silent, all eyes on them. Si-Woo felt his stomach churn as he stepped onto the mat, his heart pounding in rhythm with the anticipation of the onlookers. This wouldn¡¯t be the first time they had been paired together; Sol had won 90 percent of their previous matches, with the other 10 percent resulting in draws. ¡°Ready to get embarrassed again?¡± Sol taunted, raising his sword high, unaware of Si-Woo¡¯s growing determination. ¡°I¡¯m not afraid of you,¡± Si-Woo mumbled, trying to keep his voice steady despite the anxiety bubbling within him. He tightened his grip on the dagger, focusing on the techniques he¡¯d practiced with Minho. Master Choi observed them, his eyes narrowed. ¡°Begin!¡± INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN-MARTIAL ARTS CLASS As the match commenced, Si-Woo released the dagger from his grip dropping it into his, and activated the Deific Eye of the Storm. Sol charged forward, swinging his sword with impressive speed. Si-Woo sidestepped, his senses heightened, narrowly avoiding the blade. He countered with a thrust of his dagger, aiming for Sol¡¯s side, but Sol was already prepared, blocking the attack with the flat of his sword. ¡°Is that all you¡¯ve got?¡± Sol taunted, pushing Si-Woo back with a powerful swing. Si-Woo felt the sting of embarrassment wash over him, but he refused to back down. He focused on the flow of Serein coursing through him, feeling the energy resonate within the sensory field he had created. ¡°C¡¯mon, Si-Woo! Show me what you can do!¡± Ha-Yoon cheered from the sidelines, her voice cutting through the tension in the air. Fueled by her encouragement, Si-Woo found his resolve. He darted in closer, the dagger dancing through the air as he aimed for Sol¡¯s side. Sol anticipated the move, spinning away and retaliating with a swift kick that knocked Si-Woo off balance. Si-Woo stumbled but regained his footing quickly. He could feel the weight of the spectators¡¯ gazes on him, their whispers swirling around him. Determined, he lunged forward again, this time with more precision, exploiting the openings he sensed in Sol¡¯s defense. With each clash of weapons, the dojo echoed with the sounds of their sparring. Si-Woo¡¯s confidence grew as he adapted to Sol¡¯s attacks, surprising himself with his own skill. The Deific Eye of the Storm allowed him to react swiftly, anticipating Sol¡¯s movements as if he were reading a book. In a moment of clarity, Si-Woo spotted an opening as Sol overextended himself in an attack. Seizing the opportunity, he sidestepped and struck with the dagger, grazing Sol¡¯s arm. The dojo erupted with gasps, and Si-Woo felt a surge of triumph. Sol glared at him, eyes filled with disbelief. ¡°You got lucky,¡± he spat, though there was a hint of uncertainty in his tone. Master Choi raised a hand to signal the end of the sparring match. ¡°Enough! You both demonstrated excellent technique and adaptability,¡± he declared, a hint of approval in his voice. ¡°Keep practicing. Remember, it¡¯s not just about strength; it¡¯s about strategy and resilience.¡± As they stepped off the mat, Ha-Yoon rushed to Si-Woo¡¯s side, her eyes sparkling with pride. ¡°You did amazing! I knew you could handle it!¡± Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but smile, the earlier tension dissipating. ¡°Thanks, Ha-Yoon. I¡¯m just trying to keep up.¡± As they stepped off the mat, Ha-Yoon rushed to Si-Woo¡¯s side, her eyes sparkling with pride. ¡°You did amazing! I knew you could handle it!¡± Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but smile, the earlier tension dissipating. ¡°Thanks, Ha-Yoon. I¡¯m just trying to keep up.¡± As Sol joined them, still bristling from the unexpected challenge, Si-Woo hesitated for a moment before speaking up. ¡°Hey, Sol,¡± he began, trying to be constructive, ¡°I noticed that your sword is a bit too big for you. It seemed like it was wielding you instead of the other way around. Maybe you should consider using a weapon that fits your style better.¡± Sol¡¯s expression darkened at the suggestion. ¡°Are you saying I can¡¯t handle my own sword?¡± he shot back, crossing his arms defiantly. ¡°That¡¯s rich coming from you.¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m just saying¡ª¡± Si-Woo started, but Sol cut him off. ¡°You think you¡¯re better than me just because you landed a lucky hit?¡± Sol sneered, the competitive fire in his eyes flaring. Si-Woo sighed, realizing his intention had been misinterpreted. ¡°That¡¯s not what I meant at all. I just thought¡ª¡±The narrative has been illicitly obtained; should you discover it on Amazon, report the violation. ¡°Forget it,¡± Sol snapped, turning away. ¡°I¡¯ll show you who¡¯s better next time.¡± As Sol stalked off, Ha-Yoon shot Si-Woo a sympathetic glance. ¡°You were just trying to help,¡± she said softly. ¡°Don¡¯t let him get to you.¡± ¡°Yeah,¡± Si-Woo replied, feeling a mix of frustration and disappointment. ¡°I didn¡¯t mean it like that.¡± With Sol¡¯s departure, the tension in the dojo lingered for a moment before fading. Si-Woo shook his head, pushing the incident aside. As they walked away from the mat, he felt a newfound confidence blooming within him. Today was a small victory, and with Ha-Yoon and Mai by his side, he knew he could face whatever challenges lay ahead in the dojo and beyond. After the intense sparring session with Sol, the rest of the day at the academy continued as usual for Si-Woo. He kept to himself during classes, trying to focus on his studies while Ha-Yoon and Mai mingled with their own friends. Though the sparring left an unusual tension between Si-Woo and Sol, he brushed it off, heading to his final class with calm determination. When the last bell rang, signaling the end of the day, Si-Woo felt a sense of relief. He decided to head to the restroom before making his way to his usual after-school training session with Minho. But as soon as he stepped into the dimly lit restroom, the sound of the door locking behind him made him tense. He turned to see Sol and his lackeys, their expressions twisted with malicious intent. It was clear they hadn¡¯t forgotten the earlier sparring match or the "advice" Si-Woo had given. With the door locked and nowhere to go, Si-Woo realized this was about to be more than just words. Si-Woo stood still, taking a slow breath as he faced Sol and his group of lackeys. The tension in the small, dimly lit restroom was palpable, and he could see the smug look on Sol''s face. Sol, gripping the door handle behind him, gave a cocky grin. "So, you think you''re better than me now?" Sol sneered, stepping forward, his lackeys spreading out to block any escape. "Giving me advice about my own weapon? That was cute, Si-Woo." Si-Woo didn¡¯t respond immediately. His mind was working quickly, recalling the training he had been doing with Minho. He knew he couldn¡¯t use serein in a fight like this¡ªit would only make things worse. Instead, he focused on the techniques he¡¯d been honing, especially how to stay calm under pressure. "I wasn''t trying to insult you, Sol," Si-Woo said quietly, his voice measured. "I was just pointing out what I saw. It wasn¡¯t meant to be a challenge." One of Sol¡¯s lackeys, a tall fae boy with short silver hair, laughed harshly. "Well, you sure made it sound like one." "Enough talking," Sol interrupted. He moved closer, his burgundy hair catching the dim light. "You''re always acting like you''re better than everyone because you¡¯re from another realm. But here? You¡¯re nothing." He shoved Si-Woo hard against the sink. The impact hurt, but Si-Woo kept his balance, not letting the pain show on his face. He¡¯d been through this enough times to know how to brace for the hit. His calm demeanor only seemed to anger Sol more. Just as Sol''s fist clenched, one of the lackeys stepped forward, and Si-Woo knew they were going to try to overwhelm him. His body shifted slightly, preparing for their attack. The movements Minho had drilled into him were second nature now, and though he was outnumbered, he had become a lot harder to pin down. Before Sol could throw his first punch, Si-Woo sidestepped, using his smaller frame to avoid the blow. The punch missed, and Si-Woo countered with a quick strike to one of the lackeys who tried to grab him from behind. The boy stumbled back, surprised by Si-Woo''s speed. "Still think you''re better than me, huh?" Sol hissed, coming at Si-Woo again, this time more aggressively. But now, Si-Woo was in his element. The training Minho had put him through was paying off, and he used the narrow space of the restroom to his advantage, keeping his back against the wall to limit how many of them could attack him at once. It wasn¡¯t long before Si-Woo had managed to dodge and parry several more strikes, his calm exterior unshaken. However, he knew he couldn¡¯t hold them off forever. There were too many, and eventually, they would corner him. Just then, a voice echoed from outside the restroom. "Hey! What¡¯s taking you guys so long in there?" It was one of the academy hall monitors. Sol cursed under his breath, glaring at Si-Woo. "This isn¡¯t over," he growled, his voice low and dangerous. With a sharp nod to his lackeys, Sol motioned for them to unlock the door. They filed out quickly, leaving Si-Woo alone, bruised but not defeated. Si-Woo exhaled slowly, relieved that the situation hadn¡¯t escalated further. His body ached, but there was a small sense of pride in knowing that he had fended them off without letting it turn into a complete disaster. As he left the restroom and stepped into the hallway, he saw Ha-Yoon and Mai walking toward him with their friends, laughing about something. They hadn¡¯t seen what had just happened, and for now, he preferred it that way. But he couldn¡¯t shake the feeling that Sol wasn¡¯t going to let this go so easily. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN- FRONT ENTRANCE Si-Woo met Ha-Yoon in front of the academy, where they waited for Minho. The day''s events lingered in Si-Woo¡¯s mind, his mood weighed down by the conflict with Sol and his lackeys. Ha-Yoon, sensing his silence, nudged him lightly. ¡°Are you going to keep sulking?¡± she teased, a hint of her sarcastic side showing. Si-Woo cracked a faint smile but didn¡¯t respond. Just then, the familiar sound of wings beating against the air caught their attention. Minho''s gigantic black wyvern swooped down from the sky, its shadow stretching across the academy grounds. The creature landed gracefully in front of them, the force of its wings stirring the dust. Minho sat atop the wyvern, his gaze sharp. "Ready for the training grounds?" he asked. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon exchanged a glance. "As long as we''re not flying too low again," Ha-Yoon quipped, flashing a grin. They both climbed onto the wyvern, taking their usual spots behind Minho. With a powerful roar, the creature leaped into the sky, its wings beating rhythmically as they soared higher, headed towards the royal palace of Yohen¡¯s training grounds. The wind whipped past them, and for a brief moment, Si-Woo felt the tension of the day lift, replaced by the thrill of the ride. They had ridden the wyvern before, but always with Minho steering; there was a certain trust in knowing he was in control as they made their way toward another intense evening of training. The vast expanse of Yohen''s royal palace appeared on the horizon, with the grand training grounds nestled behind it, awaiting their arrival. Minho''s wyvern glided smoothly through the clouds, its massive wings slicing effortlessly through the sky. As they approached the palace, Si-Woo expected to see the familiar towering spires and elegant domes of the royal palace. But the wyvern suddenly banked to the left, taking them away from the palace grounds. Si-Woo leaned forward, calling out over the rush of wind. ¡°Where are we going?¡± he asked, a note of confusion in his voice. Minho glanced back with a knowing smile. ¡°I''ve been wanting to show you two something special,¡± he said, his tone holding an air of excitement. ¡°Something that will be very important for your future.¡± The wyvern descended smoothly, landing in the middle of a sprawling, breathtaking campus. The buildings of the Middle Academy of Yohen were elegantly designed, their organic curves and towering structures blending seamlessly with the surrounding hills and natural landscape. Beautiful greenery lined the walkways, and shimmering streams of energy seemed to flow through the air, weaving around the academy grounds. Minho dismounted and gestured at the grand expanse. ¡°Welcome to the Middle Academy of Yohen,¡± he announced. ¡°This is where you two will be coming once you graduate from the Young Academy.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon exchanged wide-eyed glances, taking in the stunning sight. The older students who filled the academy grounds moved with a powerful confidence, their auras shimmering with mastery and strength. Each one looked older and more experienced, carrying themselves with a sense of purpose and poise that made Si-Woo¡¯s breath catch. ¡°This is where some of the most talented young Fae train and grow,¡± Minho continued. ¡°Here, they learn to harness their abilities to their fullest potential. And today, you¡¯re going to witness one of the most important moments for any Fae: an awakening.¡± Ha-Yoon looked at Minho, her eyebrows lifting in concern. ¡°An awakening?¡± she echoed, the worry evident in her voice. ¡°Isn''t that... dangerous?¡± Minho gave her a reassuring smile. ¡°Not as dangerous as you might think,¡± he said. ¡°At most, a pebble might be lightly tossed due to the accumulation of serein energy. And don¡¯t worry¡ªthe guardians here are always prepared to handle anything unexpected.¡±Help support creative writers by finding and reading their stories on the original site. Ha-Yoon¡¯s shoulders relaxed slightly, though her eyes still darted around with a touch of nervousness. Si-Woo, on the other hand, felt his pulse quicken with anticipation. The older Fae students were incredible to watch, each one appearing more impressive and powerful than any of the peers he had encountered at the Young Academy. Their energy seemed to hum in the air, and Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but be captivated. Minho led them closer to the center of the grounds, where a group of onlookers had gathered around a young Fae standing in a wide, open circle. The Fae¡¯s aura pulsed with raw energy, and her entire body seemed to radiate with power that shimmered in the light. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon stood in awe, barely able to look away from the scene unfolding before them. The idea of one day joining the ranks of these older, stronger Fae filled them with both excitement and a deep sense of wonder. Minho guided Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon to a better vantage point near the center of the crowd. He spoke in a low, instructional tone, his voice calm but full of energy, like a seasoned teacher sharing a secret knowledge. ¡°Awakenings can happen at any given moment,¡± Minho explained, gesturing toward the young Fae standing in the circle. ¡°Sometimes it¡¯s spontaneous, driven by an emotional surge or sudden epiphany. But as you know, to help and speed up the process, students meditate and cultivate serein energy. Here at the Middle Academy, it''s a daily practice.¡± Ha-Yoon listened intently, her eyes glued to the Fae who seemed to be in deep concentration, golden streams of light gathering around her in a rhythmic, almost musical pattern. ¡°So... how often does someone awaken?¡± she asked, curiosity piqued. Minho¡¯s lips curled into a slight smile. ¡°Almost every day,¡± he replied. ¡°This academy is a place of transformation. The students here push themselves to their limits, and as a result, they experience incredible growth. It''s not uncommon to witness several awakenings in a single week.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s gaze never wavered from the glowing spectacle. The anticipation in the air was thick, and he could feel his own heart pounding in his chest as he watched the Fae channel her energy. Her aura grew more intense, and the streams of serein coiled tighter, ready to burst forth. ¡°Let¡¯s observe,¡± Minho said softly, placing a hand on each of their shoulders to steady them. ¡°This moment is a turning point for her¡ªa step into a new realm of potential and power. One day, it will be your turn, and you¡¯ll feel the same energy coursing through you, ready to awaken your true strength.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon exchanged a glance, their eyes wide with awe. They stood transfixed, hanging onto every word and every shimmer of energy, as they witnessed the incredible process that awaited them in the not-so-distant future. As Minho, Si-Woo, and Ha-Yoon watched from their spot, a few students from the Middle Academy of Yohen noticed them. A group of older-looking Fae, their uniforms crisp and adorned with symbols indicating their level, approached with bright smiles. ¡°Mr. Minho!¡± one of the students, a tall boy with vibrant blue hair and shimmering tattoos down his arms, called out, his voice full of familiarity and respect. ¡°It¡¯s great to see you again! Are you here to watch today¡¯s awakening?¡± Minho smiled warmly, giving the students a small wave. ¡°Hello there, Yarin,¡± he greeted. ¡°Yes, I thought I¡¯d show these two future Middle Academy students what they have to look forward to.¡± Yarin¡¯s eyes sparkled with interest as he glanced at Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, offering them a friendly nod before turning back to Minho. ¡°Well, you¡¯re in for a treat. The kid about to awaken is named Elora. She¡¯s been cultivating so diligently this past month, meditating for hours every day. Her affinity with serein is supposed to be incredible.¡± Another student, a girl with striking amber eyes, added with excitement, ¡°Her energy has been building all week, and everyone¡¯s been on the edge of their seats. She¡¯s really something special, even among the level fours.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon listened intently, their curiosity piqued. The anticipation from the Middle Academy students only heightened the awe they felt, making the moment feel even more electric. Ha-Yoon leaned in, whispering to Si-Woo, ¡°This is incredible. Everyone seems so connected here, like a big family.¡± Si-Woo nodded, taking in the atmosphere. The way the older students revered Minho and talked with pride about each other made him wonder what it would be like to join their ranks someday. Minho placed a hand on Si-Woo¡¯s shoulder, sensing his thoughts. ¡°Remember this feeling,¡± he said, his voice gentle but firm. ¡°One day, you¡¯ll be the ones standing here, ready for your own awakening. For now, let¡¯s watch and learn.¡± The anticipation grew thicker as they all turned their attention back to Elora, the air buzzing with excitement for what was to come. INT. THE MIDDLE ACADEMY OF YOHEN- FRONT YARD As the energy around Elora intensified, Minho glanced at Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, a knowing gleam in his eyes. ¡°I want you two to focus the serein into your eyes,¡± he instructed softly. ¡°Tell me what you see.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon exchanged a glance, then closed their eyes momentarily to concentrate. They inhaled deeply, allowing the flow of their own serein to gather in their vision. As they opened their eyes again, the world around them shimmered with new clarity. Si-Woo was the first to speak, his voice filled with amazement. ¡°I see it... Elora¡¯s serein¡ªit¡¯s sky blue. It¡¯s swirling around her like a dance, but the edges are sharp, like controlled streams.¡± Ha-Yoon nodded in agreement, her gaze intently following the flow of energy. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s a strong, constant current, almost like a river that never stops moving. The energy pulses rhythmically, as if in harmony with her breathing.¡± Minho smiled approvingly. ¡°Very good. What you are seeing is the purity and concentration of her serein. The spectrum of serein varies greatly, from deep hues to the palest shades. The lighter and more translucent the color, the higher the purity and control a fae has over it.¡± He gestured toward Elora, whose sky-blue serein continued to shimmer. ¡°Elora¡¯s light blue indicates a high degree of purity. The more refined the serein, the more it can be channeled and manipulated with precision. You¡¯ll see this spectrum change as each fae grows stronger. But don¡¯t compare your own paths too strictly with hers. Serein responds uniquely to each individual¡¯s essence.¡± As Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon continued to observe, they began to notice subtle shifts in the energy around them, details they hadn¡¯t been able to see before. It was as if Minho had opened a new door of perception, deepening their understanding of what it truly meant to cultivate and master serein. As Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon continued to watch Elora, a question formed in Si-Woo¡¯s mind. ¡°Minho,¡± he asked, turning away from the swirling energies, ¡°what color is our serein?¡± Minho¡¯s eyes softened as he regarded the two. ¡°Ah, I was wondering when you¡¯d ask,¡± he said with a small smile. ¡°Si-Woo, your serein is almost pure white¡ªtranslucent, like a shimmering mist. It¡¯s an exceptionally rare sight, and a testament to the depth of your potential.¡± Si-Woo blinked in surprise, processing this revelation. He glanced at Ha-Yoon, curious to hear about her own. Minho turned to Ha-Yoon, his expression serious but kind. ¡°And yours, Ha-Yoon... your serein is among the darkest blues I have ever seen. It¡¯s deep, rich, and carries a power that can shake the very foundations of those who underestimate it.¡± Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes widened slightly, taking in the weight of his words. ¡°But,¡± Minho added, his tone firm, ¡°you must understand this¡ªjust because one¡¯s serein is lighter in color and considered purer, it doesn¡¯t mean they are destined to be stronger. There is a point in wielding serein¡ªa break-even point between potential and talent¡ªwhere skill, determination, and creativity come into play.¡± He paused, letting the words settle over them. ¡°Those with darker serein can use their so-called ¡®impurities¡¯ to their advantage, crafting and manipulating energy in ways that defy conventional limits. In fact, if you are especially gifted, the impurities can allow for unprecedented control and unique abilities that a purer serein might never achieve.¡± Minho leaned closer, his gaze intent. ¡°Strength lies not solely in purity, but in how you choose to wield what you have. Remember that.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon exchanged thoughtful glances, absorbing Minho¡¯s wisdom. For the first time, the color of their own energies took on new meaning¡ªnot as a measure of superiority, but as a symbol of their individual journeys, strengths, and untapped potential.Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. They watched in awe as tendrils of serein began to spiral upward from Elora¡¯s body, gradually intensifying. The energy around her became visibly denser, and a few sparks crackled in the air. It was as if the atmosphere itself was holding its breath, waiting for the climax. ¡°Whoa,¡± Ha-Yoon whispered, eyes wide with wonder. ¡°It¡¯s beautiful...¡± ¡°It is,¡± Minho agreed, a hint of pride in his tone. ¡°Serein manifests differently for each fae, depending on their core affinity. Elora¡¯s appears fluid, like a flowing stream.¡± Suddenly, the energy coalesced, and a burst of light erupted around Elora. A wave of pressure rolled outward, brushing over everyone present. Si-Woo instinctively stepped back, feeling the raw power radiating from her transformation. When the light dimmed, Elora¡¯s eyes opened, glowing momentarily before fading back to their natural hue. She exhaled slowly, her breath visible as a mist in the cool air. The students around her erupted into cheers and applause, celebrating her successful awakening. Minho joined in with a warm smile, clapping along. ¡°Well done, Elora!¡± he called, his voice carrying encouragement. He then turned to Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon. ¡°You see? This is what awaits you. But remember, each journey is unique. Your awakening will come when you are ready.¡± As Elora stepped down, surrounded by her cheering peers, she met Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes and smiled, as if sharing a silent understanding of the path they would one day walk. Minho¡¯s voice was warm as he addressed Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, ¡°You two have something to look forward to now. Even though you are not fae, you will have to go through a similar process in time.¡± His words stirred a flicker of excitement within both of them, a spark of anticipation for the journey ahead. Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon exchanged grins, feeling invigorated by the glimpse into what their own potential might hold. Minho guided them away from the middle academy grounds, leading the way back to where the wyvern awaited. As they walked, students passing by offered respectful bows and cheerful greetings to Minho, a clear testament to the respect he commanded. Just as they approached the wyvern, Si-Woo suddenly felt a faint tingle in the back of his mind. A soft voice, echoing with warmth and familiarity, brushed through his thoughts. ¡°I hope we get to meet soon.¡± He stopped in his tracks, the words lingering like an imprint on his consciousness. His eyes instinctively searched the area until they landed on a figure standing at the edge of the crowd¡ªa hooded figure draped in shadows. Though their face was obscured, a gentle, warm serein emanated from their form, unlike anything Si-Woo had felt before. It radiated calmness and curiosity, setting it apart from the energies they had just witnessed in Elora¡¯s awakening. The figure held Si-Woo¡¯s gaze for a moment longer, then turned away, disappearing among the other onlookers as if melting into the air itself. Si-Woo blinked, unsure if what he¡¯d experienced had been real or some trick of his heightened senses. ¡°Si-Woo, come on,¡± Ha-Yoon¡¯s voice called, breaking him from his reverie. Minho and Ha-Yoon were already near the wyvern, waiting for him. He cast one last glance at the spot where the hooded figure had been before hurrying to catch up. The anticipation from earlier now mingled with a touch of mystery¡ªa silent promise of encounters yet to come. As they approached the wyvern, preparing to board, Si-Woo couldn''t hold back his curiosity any longer. ¡°Minho,¡± he asked, his voice hesitant but determined, ¡°is it possible to speak to others through telepathy?¡± Minho paused mid-step, clearly taken aback by the question. ¡°Telepathy?¡± he echoed, turning to study Si-Woo carefully. Ha-Yoon, already on the verge of settling herself onto the wyvern, shot Si-Woo a puzzled look. ¡°What are you talking about?¡± she asked incredulously, as if he¡¯d just said something absurd. Minho¡¯s expression grew thoughtful. ¡°I don¡¯t know if I should be telling you this,¡± he began slowly, his eyes shifting as though weighing the consequences of his words. ¡°But with the anomalies we¡¯ve been studying, some individuals have developed limited telepathic abilities. It¡¯s rare and still poorly understood, but it¡¯s becoming more possible.¡± Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes widened, her disbelief giving way to wonder. ¡°You¡¯re kidding... Wait, does that mean... are you able to do it too?¡± she asked, her voice a mix of awe and anticipation. Minho hesitated for a moment before answering. Then, without a word, his voice echoed in their minds. ¡°Yes, I am. But this is highly classified information. You must not speak of this outside of here.¡± Ha-Yoon¡¯s jaw dropped, her excitement unmistakable. ¡°That¡¯s... that¡¯s incredible!¡± she whispered, her voice barely containing her enthusiasm. Meanwhile, as Si-Woo boarded the wyvern alongside them, his thoughts drifted back to the hooded figure and the warm, familiar presence that had reached out to him. Who was that person, and why did they seem to know him? INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN- MID TERM PLACEMENT TEST ... In the weeks leading up to the mid-term placement tests, Si-Woo had poured himself into studying, often spending long hours in the Yohen public library. Ha-Yoon was a constant presence by his side, providing insights and light-hearted jabs to keep him focused. Occasionally, Mai would join them, her infectious energy lifting their spirits and her challenges pushing Si-Woo beyond his comfort zone. When the day of the test finally arrived, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon walked side by side toward the academy gates. The air buzzed with anticipation as students gathered to prove themselves. Just before Ha-Yoon stepped inside, Si-Woo placed a comforting hand on her shoulder. ¡°Blessings, Ha-Yoon,¡± he said, his voice soft but resolute. ¡°Show them everything you¡¯ve got.¡± Ha-Yoon met his gaze with unwavering determination. ¡°I will.¡± She walked a few steps forward, then paused, glancing back over her shoulder. A warm smile broke across her face, full of encouragement and affection. Si-Woo¡¯s heart swelled; her smile alone made his decision feel less burdensome. He lingered near the entrance, deep in thought, when he felt a familiar hand grab his arm. Startled, he turned to find Mai standing beside him, eyes alight with expectation. ¡°What are you waiting for? Let¡¯s go in!¡± she said, tugging on his arm. But Si-Woo didn¡¯t budge, his expression serious. ¡°I¡¯m not going in,¡± he admitted, his voice low. Mai stopped pulling, her brows furrowing. ¡°Wait¡­ what?¡± she asked, her grip loosening. ¡°You¡¯re not taking the test?¡± Si-Woo looked away, guilt and determination warring within him. ¡°I¡¯m not ready,¡± he said quietly. ¡°It doesn¡¯t make sense to force it when I know I need more time.¡± Mai''s eyes softened, worry flickering across her face. ¡°You could¡¯ve told me,¡± she said, her voice laced with a mix of hurt and understanding. She stepped closer, her presence a reassuring warmth. ¡°But...you¡¯ll get there, you¡¯ve got more strength than you give yourself credit for.¡± Her expression shifted, a teasing smile lifting the corners of her mouth. ¡°Just don¡¯t fall too far behind, okay?¡± A faint smile broke through Si-Woo¡¯s seriousness. ¡°I won¡¯t,¡± he promised. As Mai turned to head inside, she cast him one last glance over her shoulder. Si-Woo stood rooted in place, determination hardening in his chest. He wasn¡¯t ready now, but with their faith in him, he knew he would be when the time was right. Minho, who had been observing from a distance, stepped closer. He placed a reassuring hand on Si-Woo¡¯s shoulder. "It''s not about rushing to the top," he said. "It''s about building a foundation so strong that when you''re ready, nothing will be able to shake you. This is your journey¡ªwalk it at your own pace." Si-Woo nodded, determination replacing any lingering doubts. He stepped back from the entrance as the doors closed behind the test-takers. He might not be ready today, but he knew one day he would be¡ªand when that day came, he would face it without hesitation.This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience. Before leaving the academy grounds, Si-Woo made a brief stop to check in with his homeroom teacher. They exchanged a few words¡ªhis decision to skip the test this year was met with understanding and an encouraging nod. With that formality out of the way, he set off on foot, venturing into the heart of Yohen. Si-Woo loved moments like this, where he could wander alone and let his thoughts drift. The cobbled streets, lined with ancient stones and whispering winds, seemed to invite reflection. He moved with no particular destination in mind, his hands in his pockets, eyes scanning the familiar sights of the bustling town. The world felt alive around him, each sound and movement offering a fleeting connection to something greater. As he walked, fragments of conversations floated to him from nearby market stalls and street corners. Most were mundane¡ªa baker advertising fresh bread, children laughing as they played¡ªbut one recurring topic caught his attention: the new Rankers'' family being established. ¡°It¡¯s about time,¡± one man said, voice gruff but thoughtful. ¡°If the anomalies keep spreading unchecked, we need someone regulating them.¡± ¡°Maybe,¡± replied a woman, adjusting a bundle of herbs on her shoulder. ¡°But it¡¯s not just anyone they¡¯re bringing in. Mutstushiro Amreen and his lot¡­ they¡¯re skilled, but you can¡¯t deny their power is intimidating.¡± ¡°They¡¯ve saved more lives than I can count,¡± another chimed in defensively. ¡°People forget too quickly. We need them.¡± Si-Woo continued to walk, his ears tuned to each shift in tone, each ripple of tension or hope. When the conversation turned to the fae, it grew even more layered. ¡°Fae or Ranker, what difference does it make?¡± someone muttered, bitterness in their tone. ¡°They don¡¯t care about us common folk.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not true,¡± a gentler voice countered. ¡°I¡¯ve seen fae fighting alongside us. I¡¯ve seen the sacrifices they make.¡± Si-Woo absorbed every word. The opinions of the townspeople, their hopes and fears, painted a vivid picture of the shifting dynamics within Yohen. The rise of the Rankers'' family was changing everything, and people were grappling to understand what that change would bring. Lost in thought, Si-Woo slowed his pace. He wondered how he and Ha-Yoon would fit into this evolving world¡ªif they would ever rise to play a part as pivotal as those they now heard tales of. He shook his head, a faint smile tugging at his lips. The journey was far from clear, but it was one worth contemplating. With that, he pressed on, the murmurs of the town following him like a distant, shifting tide. As Si-Woo wandered through the streets of Yohen, he let the sounds and sights of the bustling city wash over him. His gaze lingered on shops and buildings advertising goods crafted from Serein stones¡ªitems that glowed faintly with a soft, inner light. He knew Serein stones well enough; they were highly valued for their energy-conducting properties and mystical qualities. Yet, until recently, he hadn¡¯t realized they had practical applications beyond magic. His thoughts drifted back to a recent conversation with Minho during training. They had taken a rare break, seated on a low stone wall, when Minho had picked up a Serein stone and tossed it to him. ¡°Bet you didn¡¯t know this makes some of the finest armor out there,¡± Minho had said, a glimmer of amusement in his eyes. Si-Woo had caught the stone, turning it over in his hands. ¡°Armor? I thought it was just used for enhancing unique abilities and channeling energy.¡± Minho nodded, a touch of pride in his voice. ¡°It is. But when refined properly, it becomes strong, flexible, and surprisingly resilient. Not many can shape it without losing its magical properties, but those who do¡­ their work is unmatched.¡± As Si-Woo walked on, he passed display windows showcasing gleaming suits of Serein armor. The light played across the polished surfaces, casting iridescent hues. Merchants touted the superiority of their wares, extolling the benefits of Serein-forged armory to passing customers. One set of armor, sleek and layered with shimmering scales, caught Si-Woo¡¯s eye. He paused, imagining himself clad in such protection¡ªsomething that might serve him well on the dangerous paths he knew lay ahead. The idea sparked a sense of anticipation and curiosity. He continued on, the chatter of townspeople drifting past him. Conversations about the new Rankers¡¯ family and differing opinions about the fae filled the air. Si-Woo listened absently, but his thoughts lingered on Minho¡¯s words and the shimmering armory. It was another piece of knowledge to hold onto, another step in understanding the world he was determined to navigate and protect. INT. CITY OF YOHEN-HEMERALDOS SMITHY As Si-Woo stepped out into the bustling streets of Yohen, he took a deep breath, savoring the fresh air and reflecting on his recent encounter. ¡°I had no idea Hemeraldo had been through so much, Z,¡± he murmured, glancing up at his whiteblood wyvern companion perched comfortably on his head. ¡°If he¡¯s this incredible, just imagine how amazing his beloved must have been.¡± A smile touched his lips as he pondered it, and he began wandering through the lively streets of Yohen, letting the sights and sounds distract him for a few hours. When he finally made his way back to the Young Academy of Yohen, Si-Woo arrived just in time to see Ha-Yoon and Mai emerging from the front doors. Ha-Yoon looked utterly drained, her shoulders sagging with exhaustion¡ªuntil Z leaped from Si-Woo¡¯s head onto hers with a playful coo. Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes lit up, and she burst into laughter. ¡°These tests really are on another level as you move up,¡± she said, reaching up to gently pat Z. Mai nodded in agreement, a tired smile on her face. ¡°I¡¯m not sure how I did on the Hoken language arts portion,¡± she admitted with a sigh. Ha-Yoon extended her hand expectantly toward Si-Woo, a glimmer of determination in her eyes. Si-Woo stared at her outstretched hand for a moment before offering her a high-five, his other hand conspicuously hidden behind his back. ¡°Give me the cakes¡ªI need the nutrients!¡± Ha-Yoon shouted, her voice comically desperate. Both Si-Woo and Mai burst out laughing. With a smirk, Si-Woo revealed his hidden hand, producing the Yoani cakes. Mai accepted one with a grateful smile, while Ha-Yoon grabbed the rest with a triumphant gleam. ¡°I need the sustenance!¡± she declared, stuffing her mouth with enthusiasm. Si-Woo shook his head, bemused. There¡¯s no saving her, is there? he thought, a fond smile on his lips. Mai, nibbling on her cake, turned to Si-Woo. ¡°So, what did you do all day?¡± Si-Woo hesitated for a moment before replying, ¡°I visited Hemeraldo.¡± Mai¡¯s eyes widened in astonishment. ¡°Hemeraldo? But he¡¯s known for disappearing for long stretches! That¡¯s amazing.¡± Si-Woo turned around, about to explain more. ¡°He wants to make Z an armo¡ª¡± He stopped abruptly, noticing a small smear of pink frosting on Mai¡¯s cheek. ¡°Don¡¯t move,¡± he said, stepping closer to wipe it away. As Si-Woo stepped closer, Mai felt her heart pound faster, each beat echoing in her chest like a drum. Her breath caught, and for a fleeting moment, everything else¡ªthe sounds of the bustling academy, Ha-Yoon¡¯s playful banter, even Z¡¯s coos¡ªfaded into the background. Her mind went completely blank, unable to process anything but the warmth of Si-Woo¡¯s presence as he reached out to gently wipe the frosting from her cheek. The touch was soft and fleeting, yet it sent a jolt of electricity through her. Mai¡¯s cheeks flushed a deep crimson, and she averted her gaze, suddenly very aware of the closeness between them. She struggled to form a coherent thought, to say anything to break the silence, but all she could manage was a nervous laugh, masking the whirlwind of emotions inside her.Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. Si-Woo, oblivious to her inner turmoil, pulled back with a casual smile. ¡°All clean,¡± he said, his tone light and cheerful. Mai nodded stiffly, feeling like her heart might burst. ¡°Th-thanks,¡± she stammered, hoping he wouldn¡¯t notice how flustered she was. But when she dared to glance at him again, he had already turned his attention to Ha-Yoon. ¡°Ha-Yoon,¡± Si-Woo began, turning to his sister, ¡°Hemeraldo wanted me to give you his greeting¡ª¡± He trailed off, spotting icing all over her face. ¡°Don¡¯t move.¡± But Ha-Yoon hissed like a cat guarding its precious treasure. The two of them quickly descended into playful chaos, wrestling as Si-Woo tried to wipe her face clean. Z, amused by the commotion, flitted from Ha-Yoon¡¯s head to Mai¡¯s, cooing cheerfully while Mai doubled over with laughter, the warmth of their bond and the joy of friendship lighting up their tired spirits. ... A few days later, the results of the mid-term placement tests were posted. On their walk to the academy, Si-Woo noticed Ha-Yoon fidgeting nervously, recalling how unusually determined she¡¯d been about waking him up that morning. When they entered the academy hall to view the results, they spotted Mai pacing anxiously. She expressed her nerves, her eyes darting toward the stage. Ha-Yoon, meanwhile, was soon surrounded by her equally jittery friends. Mai began chatting with her own circle, while Si-Woo turned his attention to the stage, scanning for the announcers. As the results ceremony began, the first scroll to be revealed was that of the Level 1 students. It unfurled slowly, and as one of the teachers began reading off the scores, murmurs of excitement and chatter filled the hall. Si-Woo leaned over and commented, "Looks like they had an average score of 79 or so." But when he glanced at Mai, he noticed she hadn¡¯t heard a word, lost in her own anxious thoughts. He chuckled softly and turned his attention back to the stage. Next, the scroll for Level 3 students appeared, eliciting cheers and enthusiastic conversations from those who had advanced that far. Si-Woo observed the noisy excitement, knowing this moment would one day be his. Finally, the Level 2 scroll unfurled. As it did, the room descended into near silence, all eyes focused on the results. Si-Woo held his breath, barely daring to hope. Princess Deane took a step forward, her smile radiant as she announced, "Congratulations to the top three students of the Level 2 class, who not only achieved the highest scores within their level but earned scores high enough to advance to Level 3. Please celebrate with me as we recognize Mai, Ha-Yoon, and Sol, each scoring an impressive 95 and marking a historic accomplishment for the kingdom of Yohen." The hall erupted in cheers and applause. Si-Woo¡¯s heart swelled with pride as he watched Mai and Ha-Yoon bask in the joy of their hard-earned success. He caught sight of Sol standing apart, arms folded, his expression unflinchingly stoic even as others tried to congratulate him. Si-Woo considered approaching but was interrupted by a teacher announcing that those advancing to Level 3 would have a two-day break to prepare, while the rest were to resume their classes. As the crowd began to disperse, Ha-Yoon rushed over to Si-Woo, her eyes sparkling. "I did it," she said, her smile as warm as ever. Mai soon joined her, grabbing Ha-Yoon¡¯s arm with excitement. "We need to pack, Ha-Yoon!" Together, they hurried off, leaving Si-Woo standing in their wake, a mix of pride and longing in his chest. Before he could dwell on his thoughts, Sol strode past, casting him a condescending smirk before vanishing into the sea of students. Si-Woo exhaled deeply and thought to himself, "Looks like I¡¯ll be finishing out this year as a fresh Level 2 on my own." With determination flickering in his eyes, he turned and walked back to his classes, ready for whatever lay ahead. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN- MORNING In Si-Woo¡¯s next class, he sat quietly at his desk, his eyes drifting to the empty seats where Mai and Ha-Yoon used to sit. Their absence was a reminder of how they had moved ahead, leaving him behind. He clenched his fists under the desk, a mix of determination and frustration brewing inside him. I will get there eventually, he resolved, silently vowing to catch up. His thoughts were interrupted by whispers from a few students nearby. ¡°Can you believe it? Ha-Yoon, Sol, and Mai¡ªeveryone¡¯s calling them geniuses,¡± one of them said. Another snickered, ¡°And then there¡¯s Ha-Yoon¡¯s brother¡­ A real disappointment, isn¡¯t he? Can¡¯t even keep up.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s jaw tightened as he overheard their words. He looked down, trying to block them out, but they echoed in his mind. I shouldn¡¯t take their words to heart, he thought, struggling to brush off the sting of their judgment. Yet, deep down, he couldn¡¯t shake the feeling that there was a kernel of truth in what they said. A heaviness settled over him, but instead of breaking, he steeled himself. I¡¯ll prove them wrong. One day, they won¡¯t be able to dismiss me so easily. A few days later, a small celebration was held at Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon¡¯s home to honor the achievements of Mai and Ha-Yoon. The air buzzed with laughter, clinking glasses, and the warmth of friends and allies. Si-Woo managed to smile, genuinely happy for their success, even as he quietly promised himself that he would make his own mark soon. The rest of the school year passed in a blur. Si-Woo poured himself into his studies and training, completing his first year as a fresh Level 2. Meanwhile, Ha-Yoon, Mai, and even Sol successfully wrapped up their own year as fresh Level 3s, each earning praise and admiration. Now, summer was on the horizon. The academy was quiet, students making plans and looking ahead. Si-Woo stood at the threshold of new challenges and opportunities. With determination burning in his eyes, he was ready to embrace whatever lay ahead, knowing this summer could be a turning point for him. During a mid-summer training session, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon walked toward the training grounds with the warm sun overhead. Ha-Yoon dragged her feet slightly, a playful groan escaping her lips. "Ughhh, my tummy hurts," she complained, her bonds trailing closely behind her, a spade wolf nudging her arm. Si-Woo smirked. "Maybe we need to enroll you in a rehabilitation program for Yoani cake addiction," he teased. "But it was my birthday yesterday!" Ha-Yoon protested, a grin spreading across her face. "I had to go all out!" Si-Woo shook his head with a mock look of disappointment. He couldn¡¯t help but notice how quickly Ha-Yoon was advancing. Her bonds were now able to stay with her nearly all day¡ªan impressive feat that underscored her rapid growth. Pride mixed with a tinge of worry as he thought of his own progress. Their conversation was cut short by Minho¡¯s commanding voice. "Today, we¡¯re going to test the skills you''ve been learning, Si-Woo," he announced, his eyes sharp with expectation.This content has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Minho turned to Ha-Yoon. "Go find your usual training partner," he instructed. Ha-Yoon let out a dramatic sigh. "When will I finally be allowed to use my grimoire?" she asked, her fingers idly brushing the book at her side. "You¡¯re still far from ready," Minho replied firmly. Ha-Yoon groaned, rubbing her stomach one last time, before trudging toward another training arena, a determined light still in her eyes despite her impish complaints. Si-Woo tilted his head curiously. "What¡¯s going to be so different about today?" he asked Minho. Before Minho could respond, a shadow passed over them, and Si-Woo looked up just in time to see Mai swooping down from the sky atop her bond¡ªa majestic, brown, falcon-like Onyx. The creature circled gracefully before landing. With a quick hop, Mai dismounted, and the Onyx immediately took to the skies once more. She rolled her eyes playfully. "Big baby," she muttered with a hint of fondness. Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened in awe. "I''ve only ever heard you mention your bond in passing, but actually seeing an Onyx... it¡¯s incredible," he said, still captivated by the creature''s elegance. Mai nodded, a warm smile lighting up her face. "Quincy¡¯s shy by nature. That¡¯s why most people have never seen any others from the same family." "It¡¯s nice to see you," Si-Woo replied, feeling a mix of excitement and nervousness. "It¡¯s nice to see you too," Mai said softly, her eyes sparkling as they shared a brief but meaningful moment. Minho cleared his throat, breaking the moment. "Ahem. Here are the rules," he announced, his voice firm but patient. "You may use your preferred weapon, and I will be monitoring closely to ensure safety. The first to submit loses." Si-Woo¡¯s expression shifted to determination as he drew out Eternity, his soul weapon, its kunai blade gleaming in the sunlight. Thoughts raced through his mind: Mai is incredibly talented in combat. No one at her level can compete with her. As the next prophetess, she relies on total concentration breathing for her future visions. He steeled himself, knowing that this would be no ordinary sparring session. But that''s not why I''m excited, Si-Woo thought, his jaw tightening around the hilt of the kunai. The reason I¡¯m excited is because I get to see her skills up close¡ªwith her specialty weapon. He eyed the spear in anticipation. Just then, Minho tossed Mai her weapon, and in one swift motion, she caught it. The moment her fingers wrapped around the spear''s shaft, her entire demeanor transformed¡ªgone was the playful smile, replaced by a razor-sharp focus. Her eyes were intense, unwavering. Mai shifted into a low stance, her body perfectly balanced, and spoke with calm confidence. "I hope we can learn from each other and gain insight today," she said. Si-Woo nodded, a spark of excitement and nerves coursing through him as he mirrored her with his own stance. Minho¡¯s voice rang out. "Let the match begin!" Immediately, Si-Woo felt the weight of his disadvantage¡ªMai''s spear granted her exceptional reach, and she wielded it with deadly precision. He¡¯d have to close the distance if he stood any chance of overpowering her. Getting past her long reach won¡¯t be easy, he thought, calculating his options. But if I can close the gap, she¡¯ll be vulnerable to my close-combat techniques. With a deep breath, Si-Woo steeled himself and began to channel his energy into a new technique he¡¯d been honing¡ªWistful Halo. It involved projecting his serein in a gas-like state, allowing him to move with fluidity while maximizing his evasion. This technique, if executed correctly, would help him glide past Mai''s powerful thrusts without compromising his footing. Focus, he reminded himself, his eyes never leaving Mai as he prepared to engage. She moved first, lunging forward with precise control. Si-Woo''s senses heightened as he activated Wistful Halo, ready to dodge, weave, and find his opening against the formidable opponent in front of him. INT. CITY OF YOHEN-HEMERALDOS SMITHY As Si-Woo stepped out into the bustling streets of Yohen, he took a deep breath, savoring the fresh air and reflecting on his recent encounter. ¡°I had no idea Hemeraldo had been through so much, Z,¡± he murmured, glancing up at his whiteblood wyvern companion perched comfortably on his head. ¡°If he¡¯s this incredible, just imagine how amazing his beloved must have been.¡± A smile touched his lips as he pondered it, and he began wandering through the lively streets of Yohen, letting the sights and sounds distract him for a few hours. When he finally made his way back to the Young Academy of Yohen, Si-Woo arrived just in time to see Ha-Yoon and Mai emerging from the front doors. Ha-Yoon looked utterly drained, her shoulders sagging with exhaustion¡ªuntil Z leaped from Si-Woo¡¯s head onto hers with a playful coo. Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes lit up, and she burst into laughter. ¡°These tests really are on another level as you move up,¡± she said, reaching up to gently pat Z. Mai nodded in agreement, a tired smile on her face. ¡°I¡¯m not sure how I did on the Hoken language arts portion,¡± she admitted with a sigh. Ha-Yoon extended her hand expectantly toward Si-Woo, a glimmer of determination in her eyes. Si-Woo stared at her outstretched hand for a moment before offering her a high-five, his other hand conspicuously hidden behind his back. ¡°Give me the cakes¡ªI need the nutrients!¡± Ha-Yoon shouted, her voice comically desperate. Both Si-Woo and Mai burst out laughing. With a smirk, Si-Woo revealed his hidden hand, producing the Yoani cakes. Mai accepted one with a grateful smile, while Ha-Yoon grabbed the rest with a triumphant gleam. ¡°I need the sustenance!¡± she declared, stuffing her mouth with enthusiasm. Si-Woo shook his head, bemused. There¡¯s no saving her, is there? he thought, a fond smile on his lips. Mai, nibbling on her cake, turned to Si-Woo. ¡°So, what did you do all day?¡± Si-Woo hesitated for a moment before replying, ¡°I visited Hemeraldo.¡± Mai¡¯s eyes widened in astonishment. ¡°Hemeraldo? But he¡¯s known for disappearing for long stretches! That¡¯s amazing.¡± Si-Woo turned around, about to explain more. ¡°He wants to make Z an armo¡ª¡± He stopped abruptly, noticing a small smear of pink frosting on Mai¡¯s cheek. ¡°Don¡¯t move,¡± he said, stepping closer to wipe it away. As Si-Woo stepped closer, Mai felt her heart pound faster, each beat echoing in her chest like a drum. Her breath caught, and for a fleeting moment, everything else¡ªthe sounds of the bustling academy, Ha-Yoon¡¯s playful banter, even Z¡¯s coos¡ªfaded into the background. Her mind went completely blank, unable to process anything but the warmth of Si-Woo¡¯s presence as he reached out to gently wipe the frosting from her cheek. The touch was soft and fleeting, yet it sent a jolt of electricity through her. Mai¡¯s cheeks flushed a deep crimson, and she averted her gaze, suddenly very aware of the closeness between them. She struggled to form a coherent thought, to say anything to break the silence, but all she could manage was a nervous laugh, masking the whirlwind of emotions inside her.The narrative has been illicitly obtained; should you discover it on Amazon, report the violation. Si-Woo, oblivious to her inner turmoil, pulled back with a casual smile. ¡°All clean,¡± he said, his tone light and cheerful. Mai nodded stiffly, feeling like her heart might burst. ¡°Th-thanks,¡± she stammered, hoping he wouldn¡¯t notice how flustered she was. But when she dared to glance at him again, he had already turned his attention to Ha-Yoon. ¡°Ha-Yoon,¡± Si-Woo began, turning to his sister, ¡°Hemeraldo wanted me to give you his greeting¡ª¡± He trailed off, spotting icing all over her face. ¡°Don¡¯t move.¡± But Ha-Yoon hissed like a cat guarding its precious treasure. The two of them quickly descended into playful chaos, wrestling as Si-Woo tried to wipe her face clean. Z, amused by the commotion, flitted from Ha-Yoon¡¯s head to Mai¡¯s, cooing cheerfully while Mai doubled over with laughter, the warmth of their bond and the joy of friendship lighting up their tired spirits. ... A few days later, the results of the mid-term placement tests were posted. On their walk to the academy, Si-Woo noticed Ha-Yoon fidgeting nervously, recalling how unusually determined she¡¯d been about waking him up that morning. When they entered the academy hall to view the results, they spotted Mai pacing anxiously. She expressed her nerves, her eyes darting toward the stage. Ha-Yoon, meanwhile, was soon surrounded by her equally jittery friends. Mai began chatting with her own circle, while Si-Woo turned his attention to the stage, scanning for the announcers. As the results ceremony began, the first scroll to be revealed was that of the Level 1 students. It unfurled slowly, and as one of the teachers began reading off the scores, murmurs of excitement and chatter filled the hall. Si-Woo leaned over and commented, "Looks like they had an average score of 79 or so." But when he glanced at Mai, he noticed she hadn¡¯t heard a word, lost in her own anxious thoughts. He chuckled softly and turned his attention back to the stage. Next, the scroll for Level 3 students appeared, eliciting cheers and enthusiastic conversations from those who had advanced that far. Si-Woo observed the noisy excitement, knowing this moment would one day be his. Finally, the Level 2 scroll unfurled. As it did, the room descended into near silence, all eyes focused on the results. Si-Woo held his breath, barely daring to hope. Princess Deane took a step forward, her smile radiant as she announced, "Congratulations to the top three students of the Level 2 class, who not only achieved the highest scores within their level but earned scores high enough to advance to Level 3. Please celebrate with me as we recognize Mai, Ha-Yoon, and Sol, each scoring an impressive 95 and marking a historic accomplishment for the kingdom of Yohen." The hall erupted in cheers and applause. Si-Woo¡¯s heart swelled with pride as he watched Mai and Ha-Yoon bask in the joy of their hard-earned success. He caught sight of Sol standing apart, arms folded, his expression unflinchingly stoic even as others tried to congratulate him. Si-Woo considered approaching but was interrupted by a teacher announcing that those advancing to Level 3 would have a two-day break to prepare, while the rest were to resume their classes. As the crowd began to disperse, Ha-Yoon rushed over to Si-Woo, her eyes sparkling. "I did it," she said, her smile as warm as ever. Mai soon joined her, grabbing Ha-Yoon¡¯s arm with excitement. "We need to pack, Ha-Yoon!" Together, they hurried off, leaving Si-Woo standing in their wake, a mix of pride and longing in his chest. Before he could dwell on his thoughts, Sol strode past, casting him a condescending smirk before vanishing into the sea of students. Si-Woo exhaled deeply and thought to himself, "Looks like I¡¯ll be finishing out this year as a fresh Level 2 on my own." With determination flickering in his eyes, he turned and walked back to his classes, ready for whatever lay ahead. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN- MORNING In Si-Woo¡¯s next class, he sat quietly at his desk, his eyes drifting to the empty seats where Mai and Ha-Yoon used to sit. Their absence was a reminder of how they had moved ahead, leaving him behind. He clenched his fists under the desk, a mix of determination and frustration brewing inside him. I will get there eventually, he resolved, silently vowing to catch up. His thoughts were interrupted by whispers from a few students nearby. ¡°Can you believe it? Ha-Yoon, Sol, and Mai¡ªeveryone¡¯s calling them geniuses,¡± one of them said. Another snickered, ¡°And then there¡¯s Ha-Yoon¡¯s brother¡­ A real disappointment, isn¡¯t he? Can¡¯t even keep up.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s jaw tightened as he overheard their words. He looked down, trying to block them out, but they echoed in his mind. I shouldn¡¯t take their words to heart, he thought, struggling to brush off the sting of their judgment. Yet, deep down, he couldn¡¯t shake the feeling that there was a kernel of truth in what they said. A heaviness settled over him, but instead of breaking, he steeled himself. I¡¯ll prove them wrong. One day, they won¡¯t be able to dismiss me so easily. A few days later, a small celebration was held at Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon¡¯s home to honor the achievements of Mai and Ha-Yoon. The air buzzed with laughter, clinking glasses, and the warmth of friends and allies. Si-Woo managed to smile, genuinely happy for their success, even as he quietly promised himself that he would make his own mark soon. The rest of the school year passed in a blur. Si-Woo poured himself into his studies and training, completing his first year as a fresh Level 2. Meanwhile, Ha-Yoon, Mai, and even Sol successfully wrapped up their own year as fresh Level 3s, each earning praise and admiration. Now, summer was on the horizon. The academy was quiet, students making plans and looking ahead. Si-Woo stood at the threshold of new challenges and opportunities. With determination burning in his eyes, he was ready to embrace whatever lay ahead, knowing this summer could be a turning point for him. During a mid-summer training session, Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon walked toward the training grounds with the warm sun overhead. Ha-Yoon dragged her feet slightly, a playful groan escaping her lips. "Ughhh, my tummy hurts," she complained, her bonds trailing closely behind her, a spade wolf nudging her arm. Si-Woo smirked. "Maybe we need to enroll you in a rehabilitation program for Yoani cake addiction," he teased. "But it was my birthday yesterday!" Ha-Yoon protested, a grin spreading across her face. "I had to go all out!" Si-Woo shook his head with a mock look of disappointment. He couldn¡¯t help but notice how quickly Ha-Yoon was advancing. Her bonds were now able to stay with her nearly all day¡ªan impressive feat that underscored her rapid growth. Pride mixed with a tinge of worry as he thought of his own progress. Their conversation was cut short by Minho¡¯s commanding voice. "Today, we¡¯re going to test the skills you''ve been learning, Si-Woo," he announced, his eyes sharp with expectation.Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. Minho turned to Ha-Yoon. "Go find your usual training partner," he instructed. Ha-Yoon let out a dramatic sigh. "When will I finally be allowed to use my grimoire?" she asked, her fingers idly brushing the book at her side. "You¡¯re still far from ready," Minho replied firmly. Ha-Yoon groaned, rubbing her stomach one last time, before trudging toward another training arena, a determined light still in her eyes despite her impish complaints. Si-Woo tilted his head curiously. "What¡¯s going to be so different about today?" he asked Minho. Before Minho could respond, a shadow passed over them, and Si-Woo looked up just in time to see Mai swooping down from the sky atop her bond¡ªa majestic, brown, falcon-like Onyx. The creature circled gracefully before landing. With a quick hop, Mai dismounted, and the Onyx immediately took to the skies once more. She rolled her eyes playfully. "Big baby," she muttered with a hint of fondness. Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened in awe. "I''ve only ever heard you mention your bond in passing, but actually seeing an Onyx... it¡¯s incredible," he said, still captivated by the creature''s elegance. Mai nodded, a warm smile lighting up her face. "Quincy¡¯s shy by nature. That¡¯s why most people have never seen any others from the same family." "It¡¯s nice to see you," Si-Woo replied, feeling a mix of excitement and nervousness. "It¡¯s nice to see you too," Mai said softly, her eyes sparkling as they shared a brief but meaningful moment. Minho cleared his throat, breaking the moment. "Ahem. Here are the rules," he announced, his voice firm but patient. "You may use your preferred weapon, and I will be monitoring closely to ensure safety. The first to submit loses." Si-Woo¡¯s expression shifted to determination as he drew out Eternity, his soul weapon, its kunai blade gleaming in the sunlight. Thoughts raced through his mind: Mai is incredibly talented in combat. No one at her level can compete with her. As the next prophetess, she relies on total concentration breathing for her future visions. He steeled himself, knowing that this would be no ordinary sparring session. But that''s not why I''m excited, Si-Woo thought, his jaw tightening around the hilt of the kunai. The reason I¡¯m excited is because I get to see her skills up close¡ªwith her specialty weapon. He eyed the spear in anticipation. Just then, Minho tossed Mai her weapon, and in one swift motion, she caught it. The moment her fingers wrapped around the spear''s shaft, her entire demeanor transformed¡ªgone was the playful smile, replaced by a razor-sharp focus. Her eyes were intense, unwavering. Mai shifted into a low stance, her body perfectly balanced, and spoke with calm confidence. "I hope we can learn from each other and gain insight today," she said. Si-Woo nodded, a spark of excitement and nerves coursing through him as he mirrored her with his own stance. Minho¡¯s voice rang out. "Let the match begin!" Immediately, Si-Woo felt the weight of his disadvantage¡ªMai''s spear granted her exceptional reach, and she wielded it with deadly precision. He¡¯d have to close the distance if he stood any chance of overpowering her. Getting past her long reach won¡¯t be easy, he thought, calculating his options. But if I can close the gap, she¡¯ll be vulnerable to my close-combat techniques. With a deep breath, Si-Woo steeled himself and began to channel his energy into a new technique he¡¯d been honing¡ªWistful Halo. It involved projecting his serein in a gas-like state, allowing him to move with fluidity while maximizing his evasion. This technique, if executed correctly, would help him glide past Mai''s powerful thrusts without compromising his footing. Focus, he reminded himself, his eyes never leaving Mai as he prepared to engage. She moved first, lunging forward with precise control. Si-Woo''s senses heightened as he activated Wistful Halo, ready to dodge, weave, and find his opening against the formidable opponent in front of him. INT THE ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN-TRAINING GROUNDS Mai''s leap into the air is as graceful as it is deadly, her spear thrusts raining down with precise force. Si-Woo''s movements are fluid, dodging most of her strikes but catching a mild cut on his shoulder as a reminder of her skill. As she lands, Mai seamlessly transitions into a 360-degree sweep, forcing Si-Woo to take a step back to maintain his balance and avoid a harsher blow. Si-Woo wipes a small bead of sweat from his forehead and smiles, admiration evident in his eyes. "You''re incredible, Mai." Mai''s expression softens for a brief moment before her competitive grin returns. "You''re not so bad yourself, Si-Woo," she replies, her eyes glinting with respect and focus. Knowing he must close the distance, Si-Woo braces himself. He studies her stance, anticipating her next sweeping move. He darts in quickly, his eyes fixed on her every motion, intent on exploiting any opening he can find. Mai''s spear comes at him in swift arcs, but Si-Woo begins weaving through them, utilizing his Wistful Halo formation to dodge with precise footwork and minimal movement. Every step is calculated; every dodge is a fluid shift. His heart races as he inches closer. He knows that one misstep could lead to a decisive strike from Mai, but if he succeeds in closing the gap, his close-combat skills could turn the tide. The challenge only makes him more determined. With a quick feint, Si-Woo shifts his momentum, aiming to slip past Mai''s spear reach and finally bring the fight to a range where he excels. Mai''s eyes widen in surprise as Si-Woo closes the gap with unexpected speed. She reacts instinctively, shifting her weight and aiming a powerful kick at his stomach, hoping to create some distance. For a brief moment, it seems her plan worked¡ªuntil she realizes that Si-Woo has caught her leg, his grip firm and determined. Without hesitation, Mai channels her agility, using a light jump to lift herself and unleash a second kick with her free leg. Si-Woo anticipates the attack and dodges, narrowly avoiding the strike. As she lands, Mai can sense the shift in the battle. Si-Woo spots an opening, a faint glow emanating from her abdomen¡ªa point of vulnerability. He lunges forward, intent on capitalizing on the moment. But just as his strike is about to land, a sudden, searing pain radiates from his head. Mai''s wooden spear, gripped firmly and flipped with precision, strikes his temple. The impact sends a sharp jolt through Si-Woo, momentarily blurring his vision. He stumbles back, holding his head as the realization of her swift counter sets in. Mai steps back, her breathing heavy but eyes unwavering. "You¡¯re impressive, Si-Woo. But don¡¯t forget... I¡¯m not an easy opponent." Her tone is serious, but there''s a hint of admiration in her words. Si-Woo steadies himself, determination burning brighter despite the pain. "I wouldn''t have it any other way," he replies, a smile tugging at the corners of his lips, ready to continue the battle. Mai¡¯s smile widens, her eyes sparkling with excitement as she takes a deep breath and shifts her stance. "Prepare yourself, Si-Woo," she warns playfully, but there is a glimmer of seriousness in her eyes. "I¡¯m going all out now." Before Si-Woo can react, she seems to vanish from sight. His eyes dart frantically, his instincts screaming. Where is she? He scans the area, looking left, right, and even up, but by the time he senses her presence, it''s already too late. Mai appears behind him with blinding speed, unleashing a powerful kick to his side. The impact sends Si-Woo flying across the training platform, the force causing him to tumble before skidding to a halt.This tale has been unlawfully obtained from Royal Road. If you discover it on Amazon, kindly report it. As he struggles to catch his breath, Mai is already there, her spear poised at his neck with precise control. "That was great, Si-Woo," she says, her voice warm and genuine, though she keeps her weapon steady. Si-Woo groans, feeling the ache from the impact. "It... was," he mutters, a hint of a smile breaking through despite the pain. Mai extends her hand, helping him to his feet. Their eyes meet, and for a moment, there¡¯s mutual respect and camaraderie¡ªtheir training battle, a step toward making each other stronger. Minho approaches, his footsteps firm but his expression warm. "Well done, both of you," he praises, his gaze settling on Si-Woo with a hint of pride. "You moved with purpose, Si-Woo. Closing the gap and adapting on the fly, even when the odds were against you¡ªthat was good work." Si-Woo, still catching his breath, looks up. "Thanks, Minho," he replies, feeling a small sense of accomplishment despite the bruises and cuts. "But... is it really okay for Mai to be training here with us?" Minho¡¯s eyes soften, and he gives a nod. "Normally, no. But I bring other students here from time to time. It helps keep any unwanted attention away. Mai is no different in that regard." Mai steps closer, examining the mild cut on Si-Woo¡¯s shoulder. Without a word, she gently places her hands over the wound, her breathing steadying into a practiced rhythm. A soft glow emanates, and Si-Woo can feel the soothing warmth of her healing technique. He watches in quiet awe. To actively use healing techniques with such precision¡ªit¡¯s incredible, he thinks, knowing that it requires the rare skill of total concentration breathing, an ability only one is born with. Minho clears his throat, breaking the moment. "Mai will be your occasional sparring partner from now on. Your focus should be on continued growth and refining your skills. When you reach level 5, your proficiency degree will be officially determined. Until then, every session matters." Si-Woo nods, a spark of determination lighting up his eyes. Training with Mai would be a challenge¡ªbut one he would rise to meet. One of the soldiers approached Minho, looking both amused and slightly exasperated. ¡°Sir, Ha-Yoon just threw up,¡± he announced, pointing to a nearby training platform where a rather unfortunate glob of barf was evident. Minho raised an eyebrow as Ha-Yoon appeared a moment later, her bonds trailing after her, and declared with a grin, ¡°I feel much better now! Let¡¯s continue!¡± "I knew this would happen" Si-Woo exhaled in dismay. The soldier shook his head, crossing his arms and raising his voice. ¡°I¡¯m not continuing until that is cleaned up!¡± Without missing a beat, Ha-Yoon ran over to Mai with open arms, hugging her tightly. ¡°Mai! Hi!¡± she greeted cheerfully, completely ignoring the soldier¡¯s protests. Mai hugged her back, laughing, while the soldier sighed dramatically, muttering about the unpredictability of their training sessions. Mai gave Ha-Yoon a playful squeeze before pulling back, smiling warmly. ¡°Glad to see you, Ha-Yoon,¡± she said. ¡°And it seems like you¡¯ve recovered quickly.¡± Ha-Yoon nodded enthusiastically, her eyes shining with excitement. ¡°Yeah, just needed to get that out of my system!¡± She glanced over at the soldier, who was still standing stiffly, and stuck out her tongue mischievously. ¡°Sorry about the mess!¡± Minho, watching with a mix of amusement and exasperation, gestured toward the glob. ¡°Ha-Yoon, please take responsibility for the, ah, incident before continuing.¡± Ha-Yoon groaned dramatically. ¡°Ugh, Yes Master.¡± She called her spade wolves over, who barked playfully, seemingly ready to help with anything she needed. With a wave of her hand, she guided her bonds toward gathering water and cleaning materials from a nearby station. The process was both comical and slightly chaotic, as the wolves playfully tried to help, splashing water around and making a bigger scene than necessary. Mai chuckled, covering her mouth as she watched. ¡°You have a way of making every situation an adventure, Ha-Yoon.¡± Ha-Yoon, scrubbing the platform while her wolves watched with tilted heads, grinned back. ¡°That¡¯s the point, right?¡± Finally, with the platform mostly cleaned¡ªif a little damp¡ªHa-Yoon stood triumphantly. ¡°Okay, all done! Can we get back to training now?¡± Minho sighed but nodded. ¡°Good work. Now, focus. Ha-Yoon, back with your sparring partner. Si-Woo, take a moment to catch your breath with Mai before resuming.¡± As Ha-Yoon returned to her training station, she shot Mai a quick wave. Mai and Si-Woo exchanged glances, both smiling at the lighthearted moment that briefly interrupted their intense routines. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN-ASSEMBLY HALL ... The start of the new school year brought a mix of excitement and nerves throughout the academy. Si-Woo, now a level 2 senior, stood beside Ha-Yoon, Mai, and Sol as they attended the assembly. The large gathering hall buzzed with energy as students of different levels listened to speeches from the faculty. The student advisor took the stage, outlining expectations for the year, key academic focuses, and new regulations. When the assembly concluded, Si-Woo, Ha-Yoon, and Mai exchanged brief, encouraging words before heading to their respective sections of the academy. As they parted ways, Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but feel a twinge of isolation. His friends were moving up to their level 3 senior classes, while he remained a level 2 senior, determined to push himself harder. Walking into his classroom, Si-Woo followed the student advisor''s guidance from the assembly. The room was designed with a thoughtful layout¡ªelevated seats arranged in an arc to give everyone a clear view of the teacher. He chose a seat in the furthest corner, offering a good vantage point to observe without drawing too much attention. In his first class of the day, Intermediate Hoken Language Arts, Si-Woo took in the conversations around him. Nearby students spoke in hushed tones about troubling news from other continents. ¡°The wars in the Eastern Isles keep spreading,¡± one whispered. ¡°They say some regions are wielding terrifying new magics.¡± ¡°Did you hear?¡± another chimed in. ¡°The headmaster of the Economic Family has banned anyone from leaving Yohen to travel to other regions. Too risky with everything happening.¡± A chill ran down Si-Woo¡¯s spine. The outside world was growing increasingly dangerous and restrictive. The weight of it pressed on his shoulders, mingling with the expectations he already faced as a level 2 senior. He glanced at the empty seats that would have held Ha-Yoon, Mai, or even Sol if they were in the same class. Their separation from classes was inevitable, but it made the new year feel different, more isolating. The gravity of their words lingered with Si-Woo. The world beyond the academy¡¯s walls was in turmoil, and the restrictions within Yohen reflected a growing sense of danger. As the instructor entered the room, silencing the chatter, Si-Woo straightened in his seat, ready to face whatever challenges lay ahead. He was determined to grow stronger, knowing this year would test him both within the classroom and beyond. As Si-Woo settled into his seat, his thoughts drifted to faraway places. Would he ever have the chance to leave Yohen and explore other regions beyond its borders? The restrictions made the possibility seem distant, but he couldn''t help but dream of new horizons. His mind wandered further back to the summer¡ªa time filled with joy and laughter. He fondly recalled celebrating his 10th birthday, followed by Ha-Yoon''s 7th. Together with Mai, they shared unforgettable moments that brought warmth and lightness to the challenges they faced. His reflections were cut short by a voice that commanded the room''s attention. Standing before the class was a heavier woman with blond hair, her locks neatly pinned up, and cream-colored skin that complemented her warm smile. The teacher''s presence was both kind and authoritative as she addressed the students. ¡°Welcome, level 2 seniors,¡± she began, her voice carrying a mixture of pride and encouragement. ¡°You should be proud of reaching this stage. With seniority comes new responsibilities and greater challenges.¡±The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. Si-Woo nodded along, feeling the weight of her words and the anticipation bubbling within him. He was determined to rise to the expectations that came with this new level. As he listened, his mind briefly flickered to thoughts of Nurse Lila, who had often tended to his injuries from encounters with Sol. With Sol now on the other side of the academy in the level 3 section, Si-Woo hoped his visits to the nurse¡¯s office would become less frequent¡ªthough he couldn¡¯t shake the feeling that life had a way of bringing new tests. The teacher continued, her smile warm yet purposeful. ¡°Before we start today¡¯s lesson, here¡¯s a friendly reminder,¡± she said. ¡°In three months, those taking the pre-midterm placement test should study diligently and give it everything you have. You have nothing to lose and everything to gain.¡± Her words hung in the air, resonating deeply with Si-Woo. He clenched his fist in resolve. Three months to prove himself. Three months to push his limits. The journey ahead would be grueling, but he was ready to face it head-on, driven by ambition, determination, and the desire to reach the heights his heart longed for. Si-Woo took a deep breath, feeling the weight of the teacher¡¯s words. The pre-midterm placement test was a challenge he was determined to overcome. In his heart, he believed he was almost ready. Over the summer, he hadn''t just spent his time having fun; he had devoted countless hours to studying, pouring over books and honing his skills whenever he had the chance. Even when Mai, Ha-Yoon, or one of the adults in his life tried to pull him away for an adventure or a diversion, he found ways to balance it all, sneaking in moments to learn and grow. A small smile tugged at the corners of his lips as he thought of King Morey and Minho. Both had shaped him in their own ways. King Morey, with his surprising warmth and watchful eye, had stepped in during difficult moments when Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon needed him most. And Minho¡ªstrict, wise, and ever-supportive¡ªpushed him to be stronger, faster, and smarter with every training session. They, along with Ha-Yoon and Mai, were part of his family now, bound not by blood, but by bonds forged through trials and triumphs. He knew he couldn''t let any of them down. Whatever challenges lay ahead, he would rise to meet them, just as he had all summer. With that resolve burning in his chest, Si-Woo sat up straighter, ready to make every lesson and every moment count. ... The academy grounds buzzed with anticipation as students gathered to hear the results of the pre-midterm placement test. Si-Woo walked alongside Mai and Ha-Yoon, each step feeling heavier than usual. Ha-Yoon¡¯s shoulders slumped, and she spoke in a low tone, ¡°I know I didn¡¯t do so great on this one¡­ No moving up a level for me, huh?¡± Mai nodded sympathetically, her usually bright demeanor subdued. ¡°Same here. I¡¯m not expecting much either,¡± she admitted before glancing at Si-Woo with a hint of curiosity. ¡°What about you? How do you think it went?¡± Si-Woo shrugged, trying to keep his expression neutral. ¡°I think I did alright¡­ but I guess we¡¯ll just have to see.¡± The trio made their way to the academy entrance, the tension palpable. As they reached the doors, Si-Woo paused. ¡°I¡¯ll meet you both in the hall. I need to use the restroom real quick.¡± Mai rolled her eyes but couldn¡¯t hide a small smile. ¡°Don¡¯t hold us up,¡± she said as she and Ha-Yoon continued inside. Si-Woo walked into the restroom, the sound of water dripping echoing in the tiled room. He washed his hands, letting the cold water calm his nerves. As he looked up into the mirror, he noticed a familiar figure entering behind him. Sol. The atmosphere in the room shifted immediately. Sol''s gaze was cold, his eyes never leaving Si-Woo as he walked closer. For a moment, neither spoke. The silence was heavy, tension building in the small space. ¡°Didn¡¯t think you¡¯d show your face today,¡± Sol finally sneered, his voice low but filled with unmistakable challenge. Si-Woo met his gaze evenly, wiping his hands calmly. ¡°Why wouldn¡¯t I? We¡¯re all here for the same thing.¡± Sol took a step closer, the distance between them closing. ¡°You think you¡¯re something special, don¡¯t you?¡± he muttered, his tone dark and mocking. ¡°Let¡¯s see if your results prove it.¡± INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN-PRE-MID TERM PLACEMENT TEST ASSEMBLY Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on. INT. THE YOUNG ACADEMY OF YOHEN- THE PRE-MID TERM PLACEMENT TEST As the crowd dispersed and students made their way to their respective classrooms, Ha-Yoon tugged at Si-Woo''s sleeve. ¡°We¡¯re proud of you,¡± she said softly, her usual sarcasm replaced with genuine affection. Mai gave him a sly grin. ¡°Don¡¯t get too comfortable, Si-Woo. You¡¯ve set a new standard. Now you have to keep it.¡± Si-Woo chuckled nervously, brushing the back of his head. ¡°No pressure, right?¡± The three shared a brief laugh before parting ways. Si-Woo watched as Ha-Yoon and Mai walked toward the Level 3 halls, their camaraderie making him smile. But that smile faded slightly as he turned toward the student advisors directing students to their new classes. He couldn¡¯t help but feel the weight of his new position. Everyone expected so much from him now. When the assembly hall emptied and the excited chatter faded into silence, Si-Woo stood alone for a moment, catching his breath. The gravity of what had just happened still hadn''t fully sunk in. Then, with a deep breath, he made his way toward the stage, where Princess Deane waited for him. She stood gracefully, her silver-white hair catching the light like a halo. Her vibrant, pale blue gown shimmered as she turned to face him, her bluish green eyes warm with pride. ¡°Si-Woo,¡± she said, her tone soft but full of emotion. ¡°You¡¯ve done something extraordinary today.¡± ¡°Thank you, Your Highness,¡± Si-Woo replied, bowing respectfully. Princess Deane stepped closer, her hands clasped in front of her. ¡°I¡¯ve watched many students pass through this academy over the years, but never have I seen anyone achieve what you have. A perfect score... it¡¯s a testament to your dedication, resilience, and intellect. You should be proud of yourself.¡± Si-Woo felt his cheeks flush under her gaze. ¡°I couldn¡¯t have done it without the people around me. My sister, Mai, and others who¡¯ve supported me.¡± Her smile grew. ¡°Humility is a fine trait, but don¡¯t downplay your own efforts. What you¡¯ve achieved has implications. You¡¯re not just moving forward¡ªyou¡¯re moving to the Middle Academy of Yohen, where the Level 4s and 5s train. It¡¯s a more rigorous environment, with challenges that will push you to your limits. But I believe you¡¯re ready for it.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened. The Middle Academy. He had dreamed of reaching it, but the reality of the transition was suddenly overwhelming. ¡°The next two days,¡± Princess Deane continued, her voice steady and encouraging, ¡°will be for preparation. You¡¯ll need to pack your belongings and tie up any loose ends here. The move will be both physical and symbolic¡ªa step toward your future.¡± Si-Woo nodded, determination flickering in his eyes. ¡°I¡¯ll do my best, Princess. Thank you for your guidance and encouragement.¡± She placed a hand on his shoulder, her touch light but reassuring. ¡°Remember, this is only the beginning. The path ahead will be hard, but you¡¯ve already proven you have what it takes to excel. Your new uniform and equipment will be delivered to your home. And... Si-Woo?¡±This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience. ¡°Yes, Your Highness?¡± Her smile softened, revealing a maternal warmth that surprised him. ¡°Take a moment to celebrate this victory. Let yourself enjoy it¡ªyou¡¯ve earned that much.¡± He nodded again, his throat tightening with emotion. ¡°I will. Thank you.¡± With that, he bowed deeply and excused himself, walking out of the hall and toward his quarters. His mind swirled with thoughts¡ªof the new academy, the challenges ahead, and the people he¡¯d leave behind. After Si-Woo bowed deeply and excused himself, he left the assembly hall, his footsteps echoing in the quiet corridor. He was lost in thought, the weight of the day¡¯s events pressing heavily on his mind. As he approached the main hallway, Nurse Lila appeared seemingly out of nowhere, stepping in front of him with her arms crossed and a rare, soft smile on her face. ¡°I knew you could do it,¡± she said warmly, before pulling him into a firm hug. Si-Woo stiffened for a moment, caught off guard by the sudden affection. But the familiar scent of the nurse¡¯s herbal salve and the comforting warmth of her embrace broke through his composure. His chest tightened, and before he could stop himself, tears began to well up in his eyes. ¡°I¡­¡± he started, his voice shaky. ¡°I didn¡¯t think¡ª¡± ¡°You¡¯ve worked hard, Si-Woo,¡± Nurse Lila interrupted gently, pulling back just enough to meet his gaze. Her light green eyes sparkled with pride, and she reached up to wipe the tears from his face with her thumb. ¡°You¡¯ve become stronger now, Si-Woo. Don¡¯t be afraid.¡± Her words sank deep, and Si-Woo felt a sense of reassurance he didn¡¯t realize he needed. ¡°Thank you,¡± he whispered, his voice barely audible. She gave him a small pat on the shoulder and smiled. ¡°Go on now. You¡¯ve got a lot to prepare for, and I¡¯m sure your sister and friends are waiting to celebrate with you. But don¡¯t forget¡ªif you ever need someone to talk to, my office door is always open.¡± Si-Woo nodded, his emotions still swirling but his heart feeling lighter. ¡°I won¡¯t forget,¡± he promised. With that, Nurse Lila stepped aside, watching him as he walked toward his quarters. Her smile lingered as she murmured to herself, ¡°That boy¡¯s going to do great things.¡± Si-Woo continued on, wiping the last traces of tears from his face. Her words echoed in his mind, strengthening his resolve as he began to pack for the next chapter of his journey. As Si-Woo made his way out of the academy, his bag slung over his shoulder and his thoughts focused on what lay ahead, he noticed a shift in the atmosphere. Fae students lingering in the hallways turned their heads as he passed, their eyes full of curiosity and, in some cases, admiration. ¡°Is that him?¡± one whispered to another, their voice just loud enough for Si-Woo to hear. ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s Si-Woo. The one who scored a perfect 100,¡± another replied, their tone a mixture of awe and disbelief. A group of students giggled as they watched him walk by. ¡°Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon are like the Prodigy Twins now,¡± one said, her wings fluttering slightly with excitement. Si-Woo¡¯s steps faltered for a moment, and he glanced around, catching glimpses of their pointed ears and radiant features, their whispers following him like a soft hum. He felt a pang of discomfort at being the center of attention, but at the same time, pride swelled in his chest. Prodigy twins, he thought, the phrase lingering in his mind. ¡°Guess you¡¯ve made quite the impression,¡± a passing senior student said with a smirk, clapping him on the back as he continued down the corridor. Si-Woo managed a polite smile, nodding in acknowledgment but keeping his focus ahead. As much as he appreciated the recognition, he knew the title came with expectations he wasn¡¯t sure he was ready to shoulder. Reaching the academy gates, he looked back briefly at the sprawling building that had been his home for so long. He could still hear the faint murmur of students and see their curious glances. Turning forward again, he squared his shoulders and took a deep breath. It¡¯s not just about proving myself anymore, he thought. It¡¯s about showing them all that Ha-Yoon and I are more than just a title. We¡¯re ready for what¡¯s next. With that resolve, Si-Woo stepped through the grand doors, leaving behind the whispers of the academy and heading toward the new challenges awaiting him at the middle academy of Yohen. INT. HOME- NIGHT Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. INT. ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN- GRAND HALL Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened as he scanned the grand hall, taking in the sight of six imposing figures seated in regal splendor at the forefront of the gathering. The headmasters of the Great Families sat alongside their distinguished accomplices, their presence commanding an air of authority and reverence. Si-Woo¡¯s gaze wandered to the ornately embroidered banners behind each headmaster, bearing the sigils of their respective families, and the hum of hushed whispers from the crowd filled the hall. Mai, standing off to the side, waved enthusiastically, her familiar grin easing some of the tension Si-Woo felt. Turning to Minho, he leaned closer, his voice a mixture of awe and disbelief. ¡°Wow, did all the headmasters of the Great Families really show up because of me?¡± Minho stroked his chin, a thoughtful expression crossing his face. ¡°Yes and no,¡± he replied enigmatically. ¡°Your score and rise to level 4 senior have certainly caught their attention. But more than that, they¡¯re always interested in identifying exceptional talent for the future of their families and alliances. This is as much a meeting of opportunity for them as it is a celebration for you.¡± Before Si-Woo could respond, Mai sidled up to Ha-Yoon and grabbed her hand, her excitement bubbling over. ¡°Come on, Ha-Yoon! Let¡¯s check out the food booths,¡± she urged, her eyes already darting toward the elaborate spread. ¡°We¡¯ve got so much to talk about.¡± Ha-Yoon shot Si-Woo a playful glance before being dragged away, her bonds trailing faithfully behind her. Minho placed a firm hand on Si-Woo¡¯s shoulder, drawing his attention back. ¡°Listen, Si-Woo,¡± he began, his tone more serious. ¡°Now that you¡¯ve advanced to a level 4 senior, your path will only grow more challenging¡ªand more rewarding. By the time you reach level 5, you¡¯ll be faced with an important decision: choosing one of the Great Families to study under.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s brow furrowed, and he looked back at the headmasters, their composed faces betraying little of their thoughts. ¡°Do I have to decide soon?¡± he asked, a hint of uncertainty in his voice. Minho shook his head. ¡°Not yet,¡± he assured him. ¡°You¡¯ve jumped to a level 4 senior, but you¡¯ll need to wait until either your 15th birthday or your awakening to move forward. That gives you plenty of time to think about it. For now, focus on refining your skills and preparing yourself for the challenges ahead. The Great Families will be watching your growth closely.¡± Si-Woo nodded slowly, absorbing the weight of Minho¡¯s words. He felt both the thrill of progress and the burden of responsibility, but he resolved to meet whatever lay ahead with determination.This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version. From across the room, he caught sight of Mai and Ha-Yoon laughing by one of the lavishly decorated food booths, their easy camaraderie a reminder of the support he would always have, no matter what path he chose. As the realization of the headmasters¡¯ intentions dawned on Si-Woo, his head spun with disbelief. ¡°They¡¯re here to recruit me?¡± he asked, wide-eyed. Minho chuckled knowingly, crossing his arms. ¡°They¡¯re here to get the cream of the crop,¡± he explained. ¡°You¡¯ve proven yourself with your exceptional progress, and they see potential. They¡¯ll each try to sway you into joining their family¡ªafter all, a prodigy like you doesn¡¯t come around often.¡± ¡°But¡ª¡± Si-Woo started, only to find himself cut off as one of the headmaster''s recruiters, a tall and stately figure draped in flowing robes adorned with an intricate golden sigil, stepped forward, a charismatic smile on his face. ¡°Si-Woo, is it?¡± the headmaster recruiter greeted warmly, his voice smooth and commanding. ¡°I am Renald of the market and sales family. Your talents are remarkable. With our guidance, your skills could ascend to even greater heights.¡± Before Si-Woo could respond, another recruiter, this one bearing the crest of the Agricultural Family, interjected with a hearty laugh. ¡°Renald, don¡¯t think you can claim him so easily. Si-Woo, my boy, the agricultural Family offers unmatched resources and insight techniques. Think of what you could achieve with us by your side!¡± The remaining recruiter and headmasters soon followed, each one presenting their case with calculated words and tempting promises. Si-Woo felt himself being pulled in every direction, the sheer intensity of their attention leaving him overwhelmed. By the time he finally managed to extract himself from the fervent crowd, he was utterly drained. Slipping through the ornate doors leading to the back courtyard, he let out a long sigh of relief, the cool evening air a balm to his frazzled nerves. The courtyard was a tranquil escape from the lively commotion of the great hall, illuminated by soft lantern light that shimmered across the surface of an elaborate fountain. Si-Woo approached it, letting the sound of trickling water calm his racing thoughts. ¡°Minho really saved me back there,¡± he muttered, a small smile tugging at his lips. ¡°If I had to endure one more¡ª¡± His thoughts were abruptly interrupted by a voice. ¡°I¡¯d never guess we¡¯d meet each other this soon.¡± The words resonated in his mind, clear and distinct, though no one was around. Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened in alarm, his body tensing as he spun around. ¡°Who¡¯s there?¡± he demanded, scanning the courtyard. The voice didn¡¯t feel threatening, but it carried a strange familiarity that made his heart race. The night was enveloped in a thick stillness, with only the soft, rhythmic splash of water cascading from the fountain breaking the silence. Yet, deep within Si-Woo¡¯s mind, a voice emerged, laced with a bemused chuckle. "Sorry," it said "I didn''t mean to startle you", almost playfully. Startled, Si-Woo turned to find a hooded figure perched languidly on the fountain''s edge. The figure was draped in a flowing white cloak that caught the moonlight, revealing intricate designs of abstract golden lines weaving across the fabric like rivers of light. In the dim glow of the evening, it was impossible to discern any features beneath the hood, leaving one to wonder if the being was even human at all. The air around them felt charged with an inexplicable energy, heightening Si-Woo''s curiosity and unease. INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN- COURTYARD Support the creativity of authors by visiting Royal Road for this novel and more. INT. HOME- NIGHT If you come across this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. INT. THE MIDDLE ACADEMY OF YOHEN- DAY This text was taken from Royal Road. Help the author by reading the original version there. INT. THE MIDDLE ACADEMY OF YOHEN- DAY Si-Woo entered the classroom and immediately noticed the rising, amphitheater-style seating, each row curving slightly upward to ensure a clear view of the central teaching platform. The room was well-lit, with sunlight streaming in from the massive window on the left side, giving the space an open, expansive feel. His gaze swept across the room as he scanned for a seat. Choosing the farthest rightmost corner, Si-Woo began his ascent to the top row, his footsteps echoing faintly in the quiet room. As he moved, the soft murmurs of the other students gradually died down. The whispers were quickly replaced by curious stares. Some students craned their necks to get a better look, their eyes flitting between Si-Woo and Z, perched contentedly on his head. Si-Woo ignored the attention, though he could feel the weight of their gazes pressing down on him like a tangible force. Once seated, Si-Woo exhaled softly, shifting Z to sit more securely on his head. The wyvern let out a small, contented chirp, its tail curling lightly around his neck. Si-Woo reached up to scratch Z¡¯s chin absentmindedly before letting his eyes wander to the view outside the large window to his left. The window revealed a sprawling portion of the academy¡¯s backyard, a harmonious mix of functional and aesthetic design. Beyond the training equipment neatly arranged in grids, Si-Woo spotted dedicated training grounds where students were already engaged in sparring and exercises. Walkways wound through the open spaces, some bordered by manicured hedges and others lined with wooden benches shaded by trees. It was a great difference to the Young Academy¡¯s simpler layout. Here, everything seemed more advanced, more purposeful¡ªan environment designed to push its students to their limits. Si-Woo leaned back slightly in his seat, his gaze lingering on the training grounds. "This is where I need to be," he thought, a flicker of determination lighting up in his eyes. The faint rustle of papers brought him back to the present as other students began settling into their seats. He could still feel the occasional glance in his direction but chose to focus instead on the view outside, letting the hum of the room fade into the background. ¡°Sorry,¡± she murmured again, but her curiosity quickly overcame her hesitation. Her indigo eyes widened with excitement as she leaned closer, her voice brimming with wonder. ¡°Is that... really a whiteblood wyvern?¡± Si-Woo glanced at her, momentarily caught off guard by the sudden enthusiasm. ¡°Yeah, he is,¡± he replied with a small nod, reaching up to pat Z¡¯s side. ¡°His name¡¯s Z.¡± The Fae''s awe deepened, and she inched even closer, her glasses slipping slightly down her nose as she gazed at Z. ¡°A real whiteblood wyvern... I¡¯ve only read about them in records,¡± she breathed, her words tumbling out quickly. ¡°They¡¯re supposed to be extinct and not to mention one of the rarest bonds in the history of Ondur! I never thought I¡¯d actually get to see one. He¡¯s... he¡¯s amazing!¡± Z, ever the performer, tilted his head smugly and let out a soft chirp, his tail swaying lightly around Si-Woo¡¯s neck as if acknowledging her praise. ¡°He knows,¡± Si-Woo said with a small chuckle, brushing Z¡¯s tail. ¡°He¡¯s a handful, though. You don¡¯t see the chaos he causes when he decides to get into trouble.¡±You could be reading stolen content. Head to the original site for the genuine story. The Fae didn¡¯t seem to hear him, her attention wholly absorbed by Z. ¡°Even his coloring is flawless,¡± she said, her voice tinged with awe. ¡°And those eyes¡ªthey look so intelligent.¡± Si-Woo raised an eyebrow, unsure of how to handle her intense enthusiasm. ¡°Uh, thanks. But honestly, I didn¡¯t do anything to deserve him. He just kind of... found me.¡± ¡°That¡¯s even more incredible!¡± she exclaimed, her eyes darting between Si-Woo and Z. ¡°Whiteblood wyverns are said to choose their bonds carefully. If Z picked you, it means you must have something special about you.¡± Si-Woo scratched the back of his neck, feeling a mix of pride and awkwardness. ¡°I¡¯m not so sure about that, but thanks.¡± Z crooned again, basking in the attention. Lirin clasped her hands together, her expression bright and animated as she continued to marvel at the creature. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m Lirin, by the way!¡± she said suddenly, her words coming out in a rush as if she¡¯d just remembered to introduce herself. She pushed her glasses back up and smiled warmly. ¡°Si-Woo,¡± he replied, offering a small smile of his own. The chime of a bell cut through the moment, signaling the start of class. The murmurs in the room hushed as students turned their attention forward. Lirin gave Z one last admiring glance before pulling out her notebook, her excitement still evident in the way she sat on the edge of her seat. Si-Woo leaned back in his chair, casting one last look at the training grounds outside before shifting his focus to the front of the room. The room quieted as the door opened, and a broad-shouldered man strode in with an air of authority. Mr. Jeong, dressed in the academy¡¯s formal teaching attire, exuded a calm yet commanding presence. His sharp features were framed by neatly cropped dark hair streaked with gray, and his piercing gaze scanned the room as if cataloging every student in an instant. Just behind him, Oapa entered silently, his hood still concealing most of his face. His soft, deliberate footsteps drew little attention until he made his way up the steps, settling into the seat next to Lirin with a nod of acknowledgment. Lirin shot him a surprised look but said nothing, her gaze flitting briefly between Oapa and Si-Woo before turning back to her notebook. Mr. Jeong placed a thick book down on his desk with a resounding thud, drawing all eyes to him. ¡°Welcome to the first homeroom session of the semester,¡± he began, his deep voice steady and clear. ¡°For some of you, this is your first experience in the Middle Academy. For others, another step toward achieving mastery. Either way, you are all here to grow, to challenge yourselves, and to prepare for what lies beyond these walls.¡± His gaze landed on Si-Woo, and his expression softened slightly. ¡°Speaking of new experiences,¡± he said, motioning for Si-Woo to stand. ¡°We have a new addition to our class. Si-Woo, why don¡¯t you stand and introduce yourself?¡± Si-Woo hesitated for a moment before rising to his feet, Z shifting slightly on his head with a curious chirp. The eyes of his classmates bore into him, some filled with curiosity, others with skepticism. ¡°My name is Si-Woo,¡± he said, keeping his voice steady despite the attention. ¡°I¡¯m from the Young Academy of Yohen, and... I¡¯ll do my best to keep up with everyone here.¡± Z let out another chirp as if punctuating his words, drawing a few quiet chuckles from the room. Mr. Jeong¡¯s lips quirked into a faint smile. ¡°Thank you, Si-Woo. It¡¯s worth noting that you are the first student in the academy¡¯s history to achieve a perfect score on the placement test.¡± The murmurs started immediately, spreading through the classroom like wildfire. Si-Woo glanced at Oapa, whose expression remained unreadable under his hood, and then at Lirin, who was beaming with wide-eyed admiration at Z. ¡°Congratulations on that accomplishment,¡± Mr. Jeong continued, his tone firm but encouraging. ¡°You¡¯ve set a high bar for yourself, and I expect you to maintain that standard as you move forward. Excellence is not just an achievement¡ªit¡¯s a responsibility.¡± Si-Woo nodded, his expression serious. ¡°Thank you, sir.¡± ¡°Good. You may sit,¡± Mr. Jeong said before addressing the rest of the class. ¡°Now, let¡¯s get started with today¡¯s agenda. Turn to page five in your syllabus, and let¡¯s discuss what¡¯s expected this semester.¡± As Si-Woo sat down, he felt Oapa¡¯s gaze on him. ¡°Not bad,¡± Oapa whispered, leaning slightly toward him. ¡°Z definitely stole the show, though.¡± Si-Woo huffed softly, patting Z¡¯s tail. ¡°He always does.¡± Lirin gave a small hushed laugh from beside Oapa, her earlier excitement tempered but still lingering in her expression. INT. THE MIDDLE ACADEMY OF YOHEN-HOMEROOM Stolen content warning: this tale belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences elsewhere. INT. THE MIDDLE ACADEMY OF YOHEN- HOMEROOM Oapa watched Myro retreat, his hooded face unreadable. Once the tension had fully dissipated, he turned back to Si-Woo. ¡°I¡¯m sorry,¡± he said quietly, his tone sincere. ¡°My presence might bring unwanted attention to you. It¡¯s... unavoidable sometimes.¡± Si-Woo shook his head, brushing off the apology. ¡°It¡¯s not your fault,¡± he replied evenly, though he couldn¡¯t help but feel the weight of the stares still lingering in their direction. Lirin, who had gone back to idly doodling in her notebook, perked up at the exchange. ¡°Is that what you and Ace were talking about earlier?¡± she asked casually, not looking up from her work. Si-Woo glanced at her curiously. Ace? he thought. That must have been the fae who stopped Oapa before class. Oapa gave a slight nod, confirming her suspicion. ¡°Yes. Some students are still complaining about someone like me being on the student council,¡± he admitted, his tone steady but with a hint of weariness. ¡°Or even being in the academy at all.¡± Lirin¡¯s hand paused mid-doodle. She adjusted her glasses and muttered under her breath, just loud enough for them to hear, ¡°Maybe I should complain about having to share a classroom with these unpleasant specimens.¡± Oapa gave a wry smile. ¡°Not everyone can move up a grade as quickly as you did, Lirin,¡± he said with a hint of amusement. Si-Woo blinked, turning to Lirin with surprise. ¡°You moved up, too?¡± Lirin adjusted her glasses, her indigo eyes glancing briefly at Si-Woo before returning to her notebook. ¡°Yeah,¡± she said nonchalantly. ¡°When I was a Level 3 senior, I scored a 96 on the midterm test and jumped straight to being a Level 4 senior.¡± She pushed a stray strand of her denim-blue hair behind her ear, her tone casual despite the impressive feat. ¡°Since I¡¯m 14 and haven¡¯t awakened yet, I¡¯ll be a Level 5 next year regardless.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened. ¡°Whoa, congratulations!¡± he said earnestly. Lirin shrugged, though the corners of her lips quirked upward slightly. ¡°She is quite the genius,¡± Oapa added, his voice carrying a note of genuine admiration. ¡°Especially when it comes to Bestiary and Fae History. Her work in those fields is nothing short of remarkable.¡± Lirin tilted her head slightly, her cheeks faintly pink under the indirect praise. ¡°It¡¯s just research,¡± she muttered, though there was a glimmer of pride in her voice. Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but smile at the dynamic between the two. This place might be tougher than the Young Academy, but at least I¡¯m not alone here, he thought, his hand absently brushing Z¡¯s tail again as the wyvern stirred lightly. The sharp chime of a bell echoed through the academy halls, signaling the start of the next class. Oapa glanced toward the door, a trace of regret in his light green eyes. ¡°I wish I could assist you more, Si-Woo, but I have other business to attend to,¡± he said, his tone apologetic.The narrative has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. Turning to Lirin, Oapa gestured slightly with his hand. ¡°Since almost all the Level 4s have the same schedule, could you take over for me?¡± Lirin leaned back in her chair, her indigo eyes glinting with mild irritation. ¡°Yeah, sure,¡± she replied, her voice carrying a hint of reluctance. ¡°But you owe me one.¡± Oapa¡¯s lips curved into a faint smile beneath his hood. ¡°Always appreciated.¡± He gave a brief nod to Si-Woo before heading toward the door. As Oapa exited, Lirin straightened her posture and held out her hand. ¡°Let me see your schedule.¡± Si-Woo passed her the sheet, and she scanned it quickly. Her expression remained neutral until she noticed something, her brow lifting slightly. ¡°Looks like we¡¯ll be in almost all the same classes,¡± she said. ¡°Convenient. The next one is History of Ondur. Follow me.¡± Si-Woo fell into step behind her as they left the classroom, Z still perched on his head. As they walked through the academy¡¯s brightly lit halls, Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but admire the intricate designs around him. The blend of modernistic architecture with fae artistry was mesmerizing, with flowing patterns etched into the walls and soft, shifting lights illuminating the corridors. ¡°This place is amazing,¡± he said aloud, his voice tinged with awe. ¡°It¡¯s so... beautiful.¡± Lirin glanced at him and nodded in agreement. ¡°It is,¡± she said, her tone softer than usual. ¡°The academy feels... welcoming. To anyone... well, almost anyone.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s expression grew thoughtful. ¡°Do all fae really hate sprits?¡± he asked, his voice quiet but curious. Lirin¡¯s steps slowed slightly, and she tilted her head as if considering how to answer. ¡°It¡¯s not always hate,¡± she began. ¡°For some, it¡¯s fear. Whether they¡¯re higher or lesser sprits, most fae don¡¯t understand them. And what people don¡¯t understand, they tend to fear.¡± Si-Woo furrowed his brow, sensing there was more to her explanation. ¡°But why? Is it just because of their bloodthirsty reputation?¡± Lirin smirked faintly but shook her head. ¡°It¡¯s deeper than that. If you really dig into fae history¡ªor sprits¡¯ history¡ªyou start to notice... inconsistencies. Strange gaps that make you question if their so-called ¡®nature¡¯ is even natural at all.¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± Si-Woo asked, intrigued. Lirin adjusted her glasses, her tone growing more academic. ¡°If you analyze the DNA and the absent genomes of lesser sprits on a timeline, you¡¯ll find subtle differences among them over the centuries. But if you go back about a dozen millennia or more, you¡¯ll see something... strange. A disruption. It¡¯s like something triggered a drastic change in their environment, altering them on an anatomical level.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened. ¡°What kind of trigger?¡± ¡°That¡¯s the big question,¡± Lirin said, her voice carrying a note of fascination. ¡°What was the trigger, and why did it only affect sprits? If they¡¯re so territorial and bloodthirsty, why are there higher sprits¡ªbeings capable of incredible intelligence and restraint? Their absent genomes should¡¯ve made that kind of evolution impossible.¡± She paused, her gaze distant as if piecing together her own thoughts. ¡°And since fae and sprits¡¯ histories are so intertwined, you have to wonder... how did this trigger affect Ondur itself? Who else knows about it? And what are they hiding?¡± Si-Woo felt a chill run down his spine. The depth of Lirin¡¯s knowledge and the implications of her words left him both awed and uneasy. ¡°That¡¯s... a lot to think about,¡± he admitted, his voice low. ¡°It is,¡± Lirin agreed, her indigo eyes glinting with determination. ¡°But the more you question, the closer you get to the truth. And the truth... that¡¯s always worth chasing.¡± They continued down the hallway, the weight of their conversation lingering between them like an unspoken challenge. INT. THE MIDDLE ACADEMY OF YOHEN- LUNCH ... Si-Woo walked into the bustling commons during the lunch hour, the air thick with the sounds of students chattering and utensils clinking against trays. He grabbed a pre-packaged meal, its neat wrapping labeled with the academy¡¯s seal, and scanned the crowded room. Eyes flitted toward him, some students whispering to one another, while others simply stared, their curiosity thinly veiled. Z, perched on his head as always, chirped softly, sensing his hesitation. Si-Woo sighed, the weight of their attention pressing down on him. Where am I even supposed to sit? he thought, the rows of tables looking more like a maze than a place to relax. Finally deciding against the chaos, he turned and slipped out of the commons. Navigating the academy halls with his meal in hand, he searched for someplace quieter. His footsteps echoed faintly as he climbed a winding staircase, drawn by a faint breeze he could feel through the corridors. The roof...i guess some things will remain the same. Reaching the top, Si-Woo pushed open a heavy door to find a wide-open rooftop terrace bathed in sunlight. The blue sky stretched endlessly above him, framed by the jagged mountain terrain that surrounded the academy. The cool breeze carried the faint scent of the earth and greenery below. For a moment, he just stood there, letting the wind brush past him, Z¡¯s wings fluttering lightly in response. ¡°This is perfect,¡± he murmured, his gaze sweeping across the scenery. But as he turned his head to the right, his eyes landed on a familiar pair. In the corner of the roof, sitting comfortably with their meals in front of them, were Lirin and Oapa. Lirin sat cross-legged, her denim-blue ponytail swaying slightly in the breeze as she adjusted her glasses. Oapa, hooded as always, leaned back against the railing with an air of quiet relaxation. They hadn¡¯t noticed him yet, engrossed in a conversation too far away for him to catch. Si-Woo hesitated, debating whether to join them or find a different spot. But Z, ever the curious bond, chirped and flapped its tiny wings as if to announce their presence. Both Lirin and Oapa turned toward the sound. Lirin raised an eyebrow, her expression unreadable, while Oapa offered a slight nod of acknowledgment. ¡°Well, if it isn¡¯t the rooftop wanderer,¡± Lirin said dryly, adjusting her glasses. ¡°Decided to escape the chaos below, huh?¡± Si-Woo chuckled sheepishly, rubbing the back of his neck. ¡°Yeah. It was... a bit much down there.¡± ¡°Understandable,¡± Oapa said, gesturing with a light wave. ¡°Feel free to join us, if you¡¯d like.¡± After a moment¡¯s pause, Si-Woo walked over and settled down a few feet from them, placing his meal on the ground. ¡°Thanks,¡± he said, his voice sincere. Lirin watched him for a moment before speaking. ¡°So, how are you finding the academy so far?¡± she asked, her tone neutral but tinged with curiosity. Si-Woo glanced at Z, who had hopped down to perch beside his meal. ¡°It¡¯s... different. Bigger than what I¡¯m used to, and the people here...¡± He trailed off, searching for the right words. ¡°Can be insufferable?¡± Lirin offered, her lips curving into a slight smirk. Si-Woo laughed despite himself. ¡°I was going to say ¡®intense,¡¯ but yeah, that too.¡±This content has been misappropriated from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Oapa let out a low chuckle, his light green eyes glinting faintly under his hood. ¡°You¡¯ll adjust. It¡¯s all part of the process. Though I will say, you¡¯ve made quite the impression already.¡± Si-Woo sighed, leaning back on his hands. ¡°I guess I just wasn¡¯t expecting this much attention.¡± ¡°You¡¯ll get used to it,¡± Lirin said, popping a piece of fruit into her mouth. ¡°Or you¡¯ll learn to ignore it. Either way, it¡¯s better up here than down there with the ¡®meatbrains,¡¯ right?¡± Si-Woo smiled, the tension in his shoulders easing as the three of them shared the quiet space above the academy. Oapa tilted his head slightly, his light green eyes glinting faintly under his hood as he turned to Lirin. ¡°What have I said about being more respectful to your classmates, even if they seem a bit... off?¡± he asked, his tone patient but pointed. Lirin shrugged, adjusting her glasses with an indifferent expression. ¡°I wasn¡¯t being disrespectful,¡± she said, her voice matter-of-fact. ¡°I¡¯m just stating the truth. If they can¡¯t handle it, that¡¯s their problem, not mine.¡± Oapa sighed, his tail flicking lightly against the rooftop¡¯s surface. ¡°There¡¯s a difference between truth and tact, Lirin. You¡¯re smart enough to know that.¡± Si-Woo watched the exchange with a mixture of amusement and curiosity. Despite her sharp tongue, Lirin seemed unfazed by Oapa¡¯s gentle reprimand, and Oapa didn¡¯t seem genuinely annoyed, only mildly exasperated. ¡°Well,¡± Si-Woo interjected, hoping to shift the conversation, ¡°at least up here, we don¡¯t have to worry about dealing with anyone... unpleasant.¡± Lirin smirked, her indigo eyes flicking toward him. ¡°See? Even you¡¯re starting to understand.¡± Oapa chuckled, shaking his head. ¡°Let¡¯s just hope that understanding doesn¡¯t rub off too much,¡± he said, his tone teasing. Si-Woo laughed lightly, brushing Z¡¯s tail as the wyvern chirped softly. Despite the strange dynamics, he couldn¡¯t help but feel a sense of camaraderie forming between them. Lirin placed her sandwich to the side and stepped closer to Si-Woo, her indigo eyes narrowing as she studied Z with open fascination. ¡°It¡¯s truly fascinating,¡± she said, her voice soft but tinged with curiosity, ¡°that your bond has been with you this long, especially since you haven¡¯t awakened yet.¡± Si-Woo gave a small smile, reaching up to scratch the underside of Z¡¯s chin. ¡°He just... shows up,¡± he replied. ¡°I don¡¯t think I''ll ever get used to it, but I¡¯m glad he¡¯s here.¡± Lirin adjusted her glasses, her gaze never leaving Z. ¡°Most students form their bonds by Level 2 or so,¡± she began, her tone slipping into an almost academic cadence. ¡°But the bonds, especially younger creatures, tend to come and go. It¡¯s rare for them to stay for long periods¡ªespecially when their initiator hasn¡¯t awakened yet.¡± She crouched slightly, her face now level with Z. The wyvern tilted its head curiously, its white scales shimmering faintly in the sunlight. ¡°But your bond,¡± Lirin continued, her voice thoughtful, ¡°there¡¯s something... different about him. The viscous humor in the eyes of a whiteblood wyvern is said to reflect their perception of their partner. For him to remain by your side this consistently...¡± She trailed off, her expression a mix of awe and intrigue. ¡°It must mean Z sees something rare¡ªsomething beyond just a prepubescent child.¡± Si-Woo blinked in surprise, her words settling over him. He glanced at Z, who let out a soft croon, its tail curling slightly around Si-Woo¡¯s neck as if in affirmation. ¡°I¡¯ve never really thought about it like that,¡± Si-Woo admitted. Lirin stood back up, brushing off her skirt. ¡°You should,¡± she said, her tone matter-of-fact. ¡°Bonds, especially ones as unique as this, are a reflection of the bondholder¡¯s potential. I¡¯ve only read about whiteblood wyverns before, and seeing one in person¡ª¡± She adjusted her glasses again, the light catching their surface. ¡°¡ªit¡¯s like seeing a legend come to life.¡± Si-Woo chuckled nervously, scratching the back of his head. ¡°Well, you should meet my sister sometime,¡± he said, his voice tinged with amusement. ¡°She has three bonds, and they¡¯re around her all the time. You¡¯d probably lose it.¡± Lirin¡¯s head snapped toward him, her eyes widening slightly. ¡°Three bonds? Constantly around her?¡± she asked, incredulous. ¡°Yup,¡± Si-Woo replied, his smile widening. ¡°Two spade wolves and a warping teharite. They¡¯ve been sticking to her like glue lately.¡± Lirin muttered something under her breath, clearly trying to process this information. ¡°I¡¯d need to see that for myself,¡± she said finally, her voice quieter than usual. ¡°That¡¯s... beyond extraordinary.¡± Oapa, who had been silently watching the exchange, chuckled. ¡°Well, Si-Woo, it seems your family has a way of leaving strong impressions.¡± Si-Woo smiled sheepishly, patting Z¡¯s tail again. Even if I haven¡¯t awakened yet, it¡¯s nice to know Z sees something in me, he thought. INT. THE MIDDLE ACADEMY OF YOHEN- ROOFTOP Si-Woo tilted his head curiously. ¡°Do you two have bonds?¡± he asked, glancing between Lirin and Oapa. Lirin adjusted her glasses, her indigo eyes flickering with faint amusement. ¡°Yeah, I do,¡± she said, her voice steady. ¡°But she¡¯s really small... and really shy.¡± She hesitated for a moment before sighing. ¡°Alright, don¡¯t freak out,¡± she muttered. ¡°Toro.¡± In an instant, a tiny black, mouse-like creature appeared on her shoulder, its cat-like ears twitching nervously. The creature¡¯s fur seemed to shimmer slightly, Its round eyes glimmered faintly as it peered at Si-Woo and Z with caution. ¡°This is Toro,¡± Lirin said, gesturing to the tiny creature with a soft smile. ¡°A cuose.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened in amazement. ¡°A cuose?¡± he echoed, leaning in slightly. ¡°I¡¯ve read about them before. They¡¯re... common creatures, right? But almost impossible to find, none the more to bond with.¡± Lirin nodded, stroking Toro¡¯s fur gently with her fingertip. ¡°Exactly. They have fantastic camouflage¡ªso good that even the most skilled warriors can overlook them. And when they¡¯re in grave danger...¡± Her tone shifted slightly, her expression growing more serious. ¡°They¡¯re known to turn into nightmares. Toro hasn¡¯t done that yet, thankfully, but it¡¯s a fascinating phenomenon.¡± Z, perched on Si-Woo¡¯s head, chirped in interest and hopped over to Lirin¡¯s shoulder, tilting its head at the tiny bond. Toro¡¯s ears twitched, and in a flash, it disappeared from view. ¡°Toro!¡± Lirin exclaimed, though there was no real alarm in her voice. Si-Woo blinked, glancing around. ¡°Where did it go?¡± A sudden blur zipped across the rooftop, and Z immediately launched into pursuit, chirping excitedly. The tiny black form of Toro darted between shadows and sunlight, barely visible as it weaved across the terrace. Z¡¯s wings flapped rapidly as it chased after the elusive bond, the two creatures engaging in what could only be described as an impromptu game of tag. Lirin sighed, crossing her arms as she watched the scene unfold. ¡°Great,¡± she muttered, though a faint smile tugged at the corners of her lips. Si-Woo chuckled, leaning back slightly. ¡°Z seems to be having fun,¡± he said, his eyes tracking the playful chase. Oapa, who had been silently observing, let out a low laugh. ¡°It¡¯s not every day you get to see a whiteblood wyvern and a cuose interact,¡± he remarked, his tone amused. ¡°You should probably let Toro know the game can stop before Z wears her out, though.¡± Lirin sighed again but called out, her voice firm. ¡°Toro, that¡¯s enough.¡± The tiny black bond skidded to a halt near the rooftop railing, reappearing with a slight shimmer as it climbed back onto Lirin¡¯s shoulder. Z flapped down to Si-Woo¡¯s arm, looking slightly disgruntled but content. ¡°She¡¯s not much of a fighter,¡± Lirin admitted, stroking Toro¡¯s fur again. ¡°But she¡¯s smart. Really smart.¡± ¡°She¡¯s amazing,¡± Si-Woo said sincerely, his eyes still wide with wonder. ¡°I never thought I¡¯d see a cuose up close, let alone bonded with someone.¡±The genuine version of this novel can be found on another site. Support the author by reading it there. Lirin adjusted her glasses, her expression unreadable. ¡°Well, now you have,¡± she said simply. Oapa leaned back slightly, crossing his arms as he gazed out at the mountainous horizon. ¡°That reminds me,¡± he said thoughtfully, his light green eyes glinting faintly under the hood. ¡°I need to go back to Ondur to visit family during these upcoming days off from the academy.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s attention perked up, his curiosity piqued. ¡°A friend of mine¡ªand my sister¡ªwas planning to head back to Ondur during the break too,¡± he said. A small smile crossed his face as he added, ¡°Maybe we could tag along?¡± Lirin, who had been idly stroking Toro on her shoulder, suddenly straightened, her indigo eyes sparkling with excitement. ¡°Wait, the sister with three bonds?¡± she said, her voice rising in pitch. ¡°Count me in too!¡± Oapa raised an eyebrow at her enthusiasm. ¡°You¡¯re awfully eager,¡± he commented, his tone dry. Lirin shrugged, adjusting her glasses with a faint smirk. ¡°Of course I¡¯m eager. How often do you get to see someone with three active bonds? It¡¯s practically unheard of, especially if they¡¯re as young as her.¡± Si-Woo chuckled nervously, scratching the back of his head. ¡°Ha-Yoon¡¯s... unique,¡± he admitted. ¡°Her bonds never seem to leave her alone for long.¡± ¡°That¡¯s exactly why I want to see it for myself,¡± Lirin said, leaning forward slightly as if to emphasize her point. ¡°Besides, a trip to Ondur could be a nice break from... certain people here.¡± Oapa shook his head with a low chuckle. ¡°I¡¯ll have to clear it with my family, but I don¡¯t see why not,¡± he said, glancing at Si-Woo. ¡°If your friend and sister don¡¯t mind the company, it could be a good opportunity to travel together.¡± ¡°Great,¡± Si-Woo said, genuinely pleased. ¡°I¡¯ll check with Mai and Ha-Yoon tonight.¡± ¡°Perfect,¡± Lirin said, her tone almost gleeful. ¡°This should be interesting.¡± Just as they were settling back into their conversation, a loud laugh broke through the calm rooftop atmosphere. Si-Woo glanced over to see three underclassmen tossing a ball back and forth near the far side of the roof, their movements energetic and careless. ¡°Should they even be playing up here?¡± Si-Woo asked, raising an eyebrow. Oapa sighed, his gaze shifting to the group. ¡°Technically, no,¡± he muttered. The ball suddenly veered off course when one of the kids missed the catch, and the closest player grew visibly annoyed. ¡°I¡¯ll show you how it¡¯s done!¡± the kid shouted, infusing the ball with a surge of serein before kicking it with full force. The glowing ball zipped through the air like a comet, its trajectory aimed squarely at Lirin¡¯s head. Before she could react, Si-Woo¡¯s instincts flared. In a split second, his hand shot up, catching the ball just inches away from impact. The ball spun aggressively in his grip, the residual energy causing it to vibrate. Si-Woo gritted his teeth, focusing his own serein into his hand to counteract the force until the ball finally stopped. He let out a small breath of relief, glancing over his shoulder. Oapa was standing directly behind him, his hands calmly poised as though he¡¯d been ready to act. ¡°You saw that coming too?¡± Si-Woo asked, his voice tinged with surprise. ¡°Of course,¡± Oapa replied, his tone dry. ¡°I just thought I¡¯d let you handle it.¡± The three underclassmen ran over, their faces pale with guilt and fear. ¡°We¡¯re so sorry!¡± one of them stammered, bowing quickly. ¡°We didn¡¯t mean to¡ª¡± Oapa held up a hand, silencing them. His light green eyes glinted with a stern authority. ¡°What are you three doing playing up here?¡± he asked, his voice firm. ¡°The rooftop is not a playground. Take this as your first and last warning¡ªnext time, I¡¯ll report you to the student council.¡± The kids nodded furiously, muttering more apologies before scurrying off with the ball. Lirin, who had remained silent during the commotion, adjusted her glasses and glanced at Si-Woo. ¡°Well, that was... impressive,¡± she said, her tone neutral but her indigo eyes betraying a hint of appreciation. Si-Woo chuckled lightly, brushing Z¡¯s tail as the wyvern chirped approvingly. ¡°I guess I¡¯m getting used to things around here.¡± Oapa sighed again, shaking his head. ¡°Let¡¯s hope your adjustment doesn¡¯t involve too many more near-miss incidents like that.¡± INT. SPRIT KINGDOM-GRAND STUDY HALL Quorge stood, his commanding presence filling the room. His black cloak and fur coat swayed as he rose to his full height, his light green eyes scanning the group with a piercing intensity. ¡°first things first,¡± he began, his deep voice carrying a weight that made everyone, including Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, stand a little straighter. ¡°I am Quorge, Chief of Foreign Connections and Law for the Kingdom of Sprits.¡± He gestured to his left, where a tall sprit with soft white fur and serene gray eyes stood. ¡°This is Sartah,¡± he continued, ¡°our Environmental Chief. She oversees the well-being of our natural domains and the harmony between our people and the land.¡± Sartah inclined her head with a gentle smile, her presence exuding calm and care. Quorge then turned to his right, where a sprit with pitch-black fur and gleaming golden eyes leaned back in his seat, his gaze sharp and calculating. ¡°And this is Isah, our Anomaly Chief. He is responsible for managing and investigating the anomalies that touch our lands.¡± Isah¡¯s golden eyes flicked over the group, lingering on Si-Woo for a moment before he gave a slight nod, his expression unreadable. ¡°These three seats represent the rulers of the Kingdom of Sprits,¡± Quorge explained. ¡°We govern our people, ensuring their safety and prosperity while navigating the challenges of our time.¡± Then, with a sweep of his hand, Quorge gestured to the three other seated figures, their fur graying and their forms slightly stooped but their eyes sharp with wisdom. Each wore a ceremonial cloak, their colors muted with age. ¡°And these,¡± Quorge said, his tone shifting to one of reverence, ¡°are the Elders¡ªour former rulers. They have dedicated their lives to the growth of this kingdom and continue to serve as advisors to us and to the generations yet to come.¡± Oapa stepped forward, his normally casual demeanor replaced with solemn respect. Bowing deeply, he addressed each of the elders in turn, murmuring their titles with quiet reverence. ¡°Sartah¡¯s guidance has always been invaluable,¡± Oapa said softly, then moved to Isah. ¡°And the anomaly chief continues to be our most vigilant guardian.¡± When he reached the elders, his voice took on a familial warmth. ¡°Elder Valun,¡± he said to a sprit with silvery fur and amber eyes, ¡°your wisdom has always been my compass.¡± Turning to the next elder, a female sprit with soft, dusky brown fur, he added, ¡°Aunt Mira, your strength of heart has always been unmatched.¡± Finally, he addressed the last elder, a stern-looking male sprit with jet-black fur and piercing green eyes. ¡°Uncle Rehan,¡± Oapa said, bowing low, ¡°you taught me to always seek the truth, no matter how difficult it may be.¡± The elders nodded in acknowledgment, their expressions ranging from pride to quiet amusement. Quorge allowed a moment of silence before he spoke again. ¡°Now that introductions are complete, we can proceed. But first,¡± his gaze fell on Si-Woo,Ha-Yoon, and Mai ¡°I would like to hear from our guests. Its nice to see you two again, but Tell me, what do you make of the Kingdom of Sprits so far?¡±Help support creative writers by finding and reading their stories on the original site. Si-Woo glanced at Ha-Yoon, who gave him an encouraging look. Taking a small step forward, he cleared his throat. ¡°It¡¯s... unlike anything I¡¯ve ever seen before,¡± he admitted. ¡°The connection you have with the land, the way everything seems to be alive¡ªit¡¯s amazing.¡± Ha-Yoon nodded, her voice steadier than her brother¡¯s. ¡°And the unity among your people¡ªit¡¯s inspiring. Thank you for allowing us to visit.¡± Mai stepped forward, her voice confident yet respectful. ¡°If I may, Chief Quorge,¡± she began, her gaze steady as she addressed him. ¡°The Kingdom of Sprits is fascinating this kingdom¡ªit feels like a living entity. The structures are interwoven with nature your people move in harmony with the land... it¡¯s a beautiful balance that many could learn from.¡± Quorge¡¯s lips curved into a faint smile. ¡°Your impressions speak well of you,¡± he said. ¡°Let us hope this meeting proves fruitful for all involved.¡± As the group adjusted to the grandeur of the room, the small sprit children had taken to exploring their new guests with unrestrained curiosity. They soon gravitated toward Ha-Yoon¡¯s bonds, their giggles filling the air as they darted around the spade wolves and even tried to get close to the elusive warping teharite. Ha-Yoon¡¯s bonds handled the attention with surprising patience, the wolves wagging their tails playfully while the teharite shimmered in and out of visibility, sparking laughter and gasps of amazement from the children. Sartah observed the scene with a warm smile before turning her attention to Oapa and Lirin. ¡°It¡¯s been some time since I¡¯ve seen either of you,¡± she said gently. ¡°How are things at the academy?¡± Oapa inclined his head respectfully. ¡°Busy, as expected,¡± he replied. ¡°Between student council responsibilities and keeping up with coursework, it¡¯s been a lot to manage.¡± Lirin crossed her arms, her tone more casual. ¡°He¡¯s being modest. He¡¯s handling it better than anyone else could, though he¡¯s still figuring out how to dodge the politics of the council.¡± She gave him a teasing smirk. Sartah chuckled softly. ¡°That doesn¡¯t surprise me. And you, Lirin? How are you adjusting to your advancement?¡± Lirin shrugged, brushing a loose strand of hair from her face. ¡°It¡¯s been fine. The classes are tougher, but they¡¯re more interesting too. Bestiary studies especially¡ªit¡¯s fascinating.¡± ¡°I would expect nothing less from you,¡± Sartah said, her gaze filled with pride. Meanwhile, one of the elders, Valun, leaned forward slightly, his amber eyes narrowing as he addressed Quorge. ¡°These two,¡± he said, motioning to Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, ¡°are they the so-called prodigy twins we¡¯ve been hearing about?¡± Quorge nodded. ¡°They are,¡± he replied, his tone even. A murmur rippled through the remaining elders. ¡°Remarkable,¡± said Mira, her dusky fur catching the light as she studied the siblings. ¡°They look so young. It¡¯s difficult to imagine such accomplishments at their age.¡± ¡°Potential is one thing,¡± Rehan said, his voice gruff. ¡°Whether they can fulfill it is another matter entirely.¡± ¡°They¡¯ve already achieved what many twice their age could not,¡± Mira countered, her tone sharp but respectful. Sartah interjected, her voice calm but firm. ¡°Let us not make judgments so quickly. They are here as our guests, and their path is still unfolding. Time will reveal their true capabilities.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon stood quietly, feeling the weight of the elders¡¯ words. Si-Woo clenched his fists slightly, determined to prove himself, while Ha-Yoon¡¯s gaze flickered toward her bonds, who seemed unbothered by the serious conversation, still delighting the children. Quorge raised a hand, silencing the discussion. ¡°Enough,¡± he said, his tone brooking no argument. ¡°The twins are here to learn and to understand. Let us give them the respect they are due.¡± The elders nodded, though Rehan¡¯s skeptical gaze lingered on Si-Woo for a moment longer before he leaned back in his chair. With the conversation shifting back to lighter topics, Sartah turned her attention once more to Oapa. ¡°You should visit more often,¡± she said. ¡°The children always look forward to seeing you.¡± Oapa offered a rare, genuine smile. ¡°I¡¯ll try,¡± he said. ¡°But...the academy keeps me tied up more than I¡¯d like.¡± INT. THE OUTSKIRTS OF YOHEN- DAY As they gathered near the shimmering portal to Ondur, Si-Woo stepped forward, gesturing toward his companions. ¡°Oapa, Lirin, this is my sister Ha-Yoon and our friend Mai,¡± he said, his tone warm but formal. Mai smiled politely and extended her hand toward Oapa. ¡°I¡¯ve heard about a sprit in the Yohen Middle Academy,¡± she said. ¡°It¡¯s not every day you meet one, especially one on the student council.¡± Oapa shook her hand with a small bow of his head. ¡°It¡¯s a pleasure to meet you,¡± he said, his voice steady. When Ha-Yoon¡¯s turn came, she hesitated, her light gray eyes scanning Oapa carefully. Her spade wolves moved closer to her legs protectively, sensing her uncertainty, while the teharite flickered beside her in its usual enigmatic way. ¡°Can you...¡± Ha-Yoon began, her voice tentative, ¡°take off your hood?¡± Oapa paused for a moment before nodding respectfully. ¡°Yes, ma¡¯am,¡± he replied. He reached up and lowered his hood, revealing his gray fur, long snout, and light green eyes that glinted gently in the sunlight. Ha-Yoon¡¯s eyes widened slightly as she took in his appearance. Her hesitation melted away, replaced by curiosity and a touch of relief. ¡°You look nothing like the lesser sprit that attacked us,¡± she said in an upbeat tone, her voice lighter now. She extended her hand confidently. ¡°Nice to meet you, Oapa.¡± Oapa shook her hand carefully, his expression softening. ¡°Nice to meet you too, Ha-Yoon.¡± Lirin, who had been watching the exchange closely, adjusted her glasses and took a step forward, her indigo eyes sparkling with fascination. ¡°For you to be able to connect with three bonds is unheard of,¡± she said, her voice filled with genuine admiration. ¡°Especially the teharite, which takes up more mental capacity than most beasts. That¡¯s incredible.¡± Turning to Si-Woo, Lirin smirked. ¡°You weren¡¯t kidding when you said she was a genius too, were you?¡± Si-Woo grinned proudly. ¡°I wasn¡¯t exaggerating.¡± Ha-Yoon blushed faintly, shrugging off the compliment. ¡°It¡¯s not that big of a deal. They just... came to me.¡± Mai laughed softly, placing a hand on Ha-Yoon¡¯s shoulder. ¡°You¡¯re too modest. Even I¡¯ve never seen anyone with three bonds, let alone a teharite. It¡¯s amazing, Ha-Yoon.¡± The group¡¯s dynamic began to settle, with the initial nerves and introductions giving way to camaraderie. As they turned toward the portal, Oapa took the lead, his calm and confident presence guiding them forward. ¡°Let¡¯s not keep Ondur waiting,¡± he said, glancing back with a faint smile. The shimmering portal loomed ahead, glowing softly as if inviting them to step through to the world beyond. Walking toward the glowing portal, Lirin, Ha-Yoon, and Mai fell into an animated discussion about their body statures and formations. Ha-Yoon, always curious, asked Lirin about her techniques, while Mai added her insights, drawing from her training and sparring sessions.If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement. Si-Woo listened quietly, a small smile tugging at his lips as he walked slightly behind the group. Z perched on his head, chirping occasionally, its tail curling comfortably around his neck. As they stepped into the portal, the swirling energy engulfed them, casting shimmering lights and fleeting shadows across their faces. Moments later, the vibrant world of Ondur opened before them, the scenery as breathtaking as ever. The two suns hung in the light blue-turquoise sky, their glow warm but not harsh. In the distance, floating islands drifted lazily, their edges adorned with cascading waterfalls that shimmered like liquid crystals. Fae riders atop their wyverns darted through the sky, their movements graceful yet commanding. Si-Woo, taking in the familiar yet always awe-inspiring sight, tilted his head slightly. ¡°I thought all the fae wyvern riders would be in Yohen,¡± he remarked, his tone curious. Oapa, walking steadily beside him, glanced up at the sky with his light green eyes. ¡°I¡¯m sure the military thought of Ondur as a prime land to train,¡± he said, his voice calm and thoughtful. ¡°Its landscape offers unique challenges, and it¡¯s also strategic. Having riders stationed here provides protection for the lingering fae who have chosen to remain in Ondur rather than migrate to Yohen.¡± Ha-Yoon, still marveling at the scene, turned to Oapa. ¡°So, the military uses both lands to their advantage? That¡¯s... efficient.¡± ¡°It is,¡± Oapa replied, nodding slightly. ¡°But it¡¯s also a reminder of how fragile the balance is. These lands might look serene now, but they¡¯ve seen their share of chaos.¡± Ha-Yoon looked around with wide eyes. ¡°It feels... more alive than usual,¡± she said softly, her voice filled with wonder. Lirin adjusted her glasses, her analytical gaze surveying the surroundings. ¡°That¡¯s precisely the case,¡± she remarked. ¡°You''ve been training and meditating with serein, which will significantly enhance your senses and unveil a new perspective on life. These trees are unique to Ondur; their roots interconnect underground, allowing them to share energy, almost functioning as a singular organism. If any disturbance occurs in one part of the forest, the rest responds accordingly.¡± ¡°That¡¯s fascinating,¡± Si-Woo said, his admiration evident. ¡°Fascinating until something reacts badly,¡± Oapa added dryly. Mai chuckled and tugged Ha-Yoon along gently. ¡°Let¡¯s hope we don¡¯t upset anything then. Come on, let¡¯s get moving. Oapa, lead the way.¡± The group fell silent for a moment, each lost in their thoughts as they continued their journey. The portal¡¯s exit deposited them on the outskirts of the forest of Ondur, a neutral zone. The vibrant sounds of the variety of creatures and nature blend harmoniously with the natural beauty around them. Mai broke the silence with a cheerful tone, clapping her hands together. ¡°Well, now that we¡¯re here, where to first?¡± Oapa''s tone became sharper as they traversed the dense forest. ¡°Stay close,¡± he instructed firmly, his light green eyes scanning their surroundings. ¡°We¡¯re skirting close to lesser territory, and I¡¯d rather not deal with any unnecessary trouble today.¡± As he led them through the forest, the group moved carefully, their senses heightened by the hushed atmosphere. Si-Woo¡¯s eyes caught something unusual on the trunk of a towering tree¡ªa set of engravings etched deeply into the bark. His steps slowed as recognition struck him. ¡°This script...¡± he muttered, his hand brushing the carved lines. ¡°I¡¯ve seen it before.¡± Ha-Yoon shone with enlightenment." When we first came to Ondur!" Si-Woo turned to her, a memory flashing in his mind. Yep, It¡¯s the same script from the Mu path we followed.¡± Oapa stopped, turning slightly to glance at the markings. ¡°You both got sharp eyes,¡± he said with a nod. ¡°This region is rich in history. The Mu left their traces here long before any of us.¡± Suddenly, a sharp whoosh broke the moment as Z launched into the air from Si-Woo¡¯s head, spiraling upward before vanishing beyond the treetops. ¡°Z!¡± Si-Woo called, his voice laced with exasperation. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about him,¡± Oapa said, his calm demeanor unwavering. ¡°He¡¯ll be back when he¡¯s ready. For now, let me show you something.¡± INT. FOREST OF ONDUR-DAY Oapa stopped in his tracks, his gaze locking onto a towering tree marked with intricate Mu engravings. He ran his paw-like hand over the markings, his touch deliberate and reverent. ¡°This will do,¡± he said, his voice calm but laced with anticipation. Lirin, who had been observing the scene with folded arms, smirked. ¡°Haven¡¯t seen you use this one in a while, Oapa,¡± she said casually. ¡°You always go for the fancy entrances.¡± Oapa ignored her, crossing his arms and beginning to mutter foreign words. His voice, deep and rhythmic, seemed to resonate with the air itself. The ground beneath their feet began to tremble, a low rumble spreading through the forest as if the earth were waking from a slumber. The massive trees around them shifted, their trunks pulling back as the scenery blurred and reformed. Leaves scattered in a whirlwind, and the forest seemed to twist and reshape itself in response to Oapa¡¯s chant. When the rumbling stopped, everything fell silent. They now stood on a circular platform glowing faintly with natural luminescence. Around them were the largest trees they had ever seen, their trunks impossibly wide and their tops disappearing into a dense, glittering canopy. The trees radiated life, their bark faintly pulsating with light, and the sky above felt far, far away¡ªas though they had stepped into another world entirely. Si-Woo took a slow breath, his gaze climbing the towering giants. ¡°These trees¡­ they make the sky feel out of reach,¡± he murmured. Oapa, his voice calm and reverent, gestured upward. ¡°These are no ordinary trees. They¡¯re homes to us higher sprits." ¡°Higher sprits,¡± Ha-Yoon whispered, her voice filled with wonder. Tiny large figures flitted among the branches, their strong forms walking along the trunks. ¡°This is beautiful,¡± Mai said softly. Lirin, having been here before, shrugged as if it were nothing new. ¡°Wait until you see the mansion,¡± she said, pointing ahead. In the near distance stood an unmistakable mansion, its massive structure seamlessly interwoven with two colossal trees. Its walls seemed to grow naturally from the wood, blending perfectly with the environment. Smaller shelters surrounded the mansion, their roofs crafted from shimmering leaves that caught the faint, iridescent light filtering through the canopy. ¡°Wow,¡± Ha-Yoon said, her gaze fixed on the sight. Lirin glanced at her and smirked. ¡°Pretty, right? Oapa¡¯s family has a flair for making everything look... magical.¡± Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but marvel. ¡°It¡¯s incredible,¡± he murmured, though his thoughts flickered briefly to the Mu engravings that had led them here. As the group moved through the breathtaking new environment, Ha-Yoon¡¯s attention was drawn upward to the faint, flickering colors in the air¡ªsoft hues of blue, green, and gold that danced like living light. Her gaze followed the movement of small, glowing figures flitting among the towering branches.Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. ¡°Those must be young faeries,¡± she said, her voice filled with awe. Mai tilted her head, observing the same glowing shapes. ¡°They¡¯re beautiful,¡± she whispered. ¡°It¡¯s like the air here is alive.¡± Oapa nodded, his tone calm but carrying a note of pride. ¡°The young faeries make their homes in these sacred trees. They¡¯re drawn to the purity of the environment and the protection the sprits provide.¡± As they continued toward the mansion, the tranquility was interrupted by the sudden appearance of two sprit guards. Dressed in black uniforms bearing a golden claw insignia on their right shoulders, they seemed to materialize from the shadows, their movements swift and silent. Si-Woo instinctively reached toward where his kunai, Eternity, was secured but stopped short as he noticed the guards¡¯ calm yet imposing posture. One of the guards, taller and broader than the other, stepped forward, his glowing green eyes sweeping over the group. ¡°Oapa,¡± he said in a low, gravelly voice, ¡°you¡¯ve brought outsiders into our territory?¡± Oapa met his gaze without hesitation. ¡°They¡¯re under my escort,¡± he said firmly, his relaxed demeanor giving way to quiet authority. ¡°I take full responsibility for their presence here.¡± The shorter guard stepped forward, his piercing eyes scanning each member of the group before settling on Si-Woo. His gaze lingered for a moment, then he spoke. ¡°Where is the whiteblood wyvern? It was with you before.¡± Si-Woo hesitated before responding. ¡°Z¡­ flew off before we entered the portal. I think he¡¯ll find his way back when he¡¯s ready.¡± The taller guard exchanged a glance with his companion, then gave a short nod. ¡°Very well,¡± he said, his tone neutral. ¡°Follow us. The elders have been informed of your arrival.¡± The group fell into step behind the guards, their silent, purposeful movements adding an air of tension to the already otherworldly atmosphere. Lirin, walking beside Si-Woo, leaned closer and muttered, ¡°They like to act intimidating. Don¡¯t let it get to you.¡± Mai offered a small smile of reassurance. ¡°Oapa wouldn¡¯t have brought us here if he thought we were in danger.¡± As they followed the sprit guards through the ethereal forest, Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but replay the exchange in his mind. Finally, he leaned toward Lirin, lowering his voice so only she could hear. ¡°How did the guards know I brought Z?¡± he asked, his brows furrowed in confusion. Lirin tilted her head, considering the question for a moment before smirking. ¡°Sprits have a way of sensing creatures,¡± she replied. ¡°Especially ones as rare as your wyvern. Z¡¯s presence probably left an imprint on the environment.¡± ¡°An imprint?¡± Si-Woo echoed, glancing around at the massive trees surrounding them. Lirin nodded. ¡°Yeah. Think of it like¡­ leaving a signature behind. Bonds like Z have a strong energy, and sprits are extremely in tune with that kind of thing. Even if Z isn¡¯t here right now, they could probably tell he was with you recently just by the way the air feels.¡± Si-Woo digested this, a mixture of awe and unease settling over him. ¡°That¡¯s... impressive,¡± he admitted, though the idea of leaving an invisible trail made him feel slightly exposed. Oapa, overhearing their conversation, glanced back with a small smile. ¡°Lirin¡¯s explanation is accurate,¡± he said. ¡°But there¡¯s more to it. The guards are trained to recognize specific creatures that enter our territory. They would¡¯ve known Z was a whiteblood wyvern the moment he passed through the portal¡ªeven if he didn¡¯t stay long.¡± Mai, walking beside Ha-Yoon, chimed in with a teasing grin. ¡°Z¡¯s reputation precedes him, I guess. Makes sense for such a show-off.¡± Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but chuckle at her comment, though he still found himself wondering where Z had gone. The wyvern always seemed to have a mind of his own, but he hoped his bond would return soon. The conversation faded as the group approached the towering mansion. The glowing lights in the air seemed to pulse rhythmically, creating an almost hypnotic effect. Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but marvel at the sheer scale and beauty of the structure. ¡°Welcome to the heart of the sprit kingdom,¡± Oapa said, gesturing to the mansion as they reached its base. ¡°Let¡¯s not keep the elders waiting.¡± INT. SPRIT KINGDOM-DAY The mansion loomed larger as they approached, its structure so intricately interwoven with the ancient trees that it seemed to grow directly from nature itself. The group could see balconies jutting out from the massive trunks and countless windows glinting in the flickering air. Yet, despite its grandeur, there was no visible entrance¡ªonly an expanse of interwoven tree bark blocking their path. ¡°Hold,¡± one of the sprit guards commanded, his deep voice echoing softly in the tranquil forest. The group halted as instructed, watching with curiosity as the guards stepped forward in unison. They raised their clawed hands, their voices dropping into a low murmur of foreign words. The language was melodic yet unearthly, resonating with the environment around them. The bark in front of them trembled, creaking and groaning as it began to split apart. Light spilled through the widening gap, creating a sharp contrast with the dim forest. The opening revealed a radiant hall beyond, its smooth, glowing floor reflecting the brilliant hues of the flickering air outside. Mai took a step closer, her eyes wide in amazement. ¡°It¡¯s one thing to read about sprits, but seeing them use their magic... it¡¯s a whole other experience.¡± Ha-Yoon nodded, her curiosity piqued. ¡°I read briefly about Maju,¡± she said, turning to Oapa. ¡°It¡¯s only usable by sprits, right?¡± Before Oapa could answer, Lirin chimed in. ¡°You¡¯re right,¡± she said, her tone shifting into that of a teacher. ¡°Sprits are born with an additional anatomical system called mana veins. Unlike fae, who channel serein directly through their bodies, sprits process it differently. Their mana veins allow them to connect deeply with nature, making them terrestrial masters. That¡¯s why they awaken at birth¡ªunlike fae.¡± Oapa nodded approvingly. ¡°Exactly. Our Maju is rooted in that connection to nature. While fae specialize in Toeju for aerial dominance, sprits draw our strength from the earth and all its elements.¡± Mai, still captivated by the glowing hall, glanced at Ha-Yoon. ¡°Can you imagine what it¡¯s like to awaken at birth?¡± Ha-Yoon frowned thoughtfully. ¡°It must be overwhelming, to have all that power and connection right from the start. But it sounds... lonely, in a way.¡± Oapa¡¯s ears twitched slightly, but he didn¡¯t comment. Instead, he gestured toward the glowing entrance. ¡°Lets continue.¡± The group stepped forward, the radiant hall welcoming them with its strange, soothing light. Si-Woo couldn¡¯t shake the feeling of being watched¡ªnot by eyes, but by the very environment around them. It was as if the mansion itself was alive, attuned to their every movement. ¡°Is it just me,¡± Si-Woo muttered under his breath, ¡°or does this place feel... aware?¡± Lirin smirked faintly, clearly used to such reactions. ¡°You¡¯re not wrong,¡± she said. ¡°This mansion has stood here for centuries, shaped and maintained by sprits. It¡¯s as much a part of their community as any living being.¡± Ha-Yoon shivered slightly, clutching Mai¡¯s arm for comfort. ¡°I hope these elders are as welcoming as Oapa.¡± ¡°We¡¯ll soon find out,¡± Oapa said, his voice steady but unreadable. ¡°Make sure not to deviate too far from us until we get to the Grand Study Hall,¡± Oapa cautioned, his voice low but firm. ¡°This mansion has a mind of its own.¡± Si-Woo blinked, glancing at the glowing walls and the shifting light that seemed to pulse faintly in rhythm with their footsteps. The mansion felt alive in an uncanny way, as if it was silently observing them.If you discover this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. As they walked deeper into the structure, the interior design became more apparent. The sprit craftsmanship was a clear contrast to the flowing elegance of fae architecture. The lines and shapes were more rigid, with sharp angles and purposeful patterns carved into the amber-toned walls. The hues ranged from deep gold to rich brown, creating an earthy and grounded atmosphere that seemed to resonate with the sprits¡¯ connection to nature. The ceiling arched high above them, with protruding archways every ten steps or so. From each archway hung a series of tear-drop-shaped crystals, their luminescent light casting soft, warm glows that reflected off the amber surfaces. The effect was mesmerizing, creating a sense of both grandeur and intimacy. Ha-Yoon reached out to brush her fingers along one of the carved patterns in the wall, her gaze filled with curiosity. ¡°It¡¯s so different from the fae¡¯s designs,¡± she remarked. ¡°It feels... more ancient. Like it¡¯s been here forever.¡± Lirin, walking beside her, nodded in agreement. ¡°That¡¯s because it probably has. Sprits build their homes to last centuries, if not longer. Their designs reflect their roots¡ªquite literally.¡± She gestured to the floor, which seemed to merge seamlessly with the tree it was built into. Mai glanced up at the glowing crystals, her eyes wide with admiration. ¡°And those lights,¡± she said softly. ¡°Are they made from Maju too?¡± ¡°They are,¡± Oapa confirmed. ¡°Those crystals aren¡¯t just decorative¡ªthey hold energy collected from the surroundings. It¡¯s how we keep the mansion illuminated without disrupting the natural balance of the forest.¡± Si-Woo, listening closely, couldn¡¯t help but feel a growing respect for the sprits¡¯ harmony with their environment. Yet, a part of him still felt a lingering unease. There was something about the mansion¡¯s quiet, watchful presence that made his skin prickle. ¡°Let¡¯s keep moving,¡± Oapa urged, glancing over his shoulder. ¡°The Grand Study Hall is just ahead, and the elders won¡¯t wait forever.¡± As they continued down the glowing corridor, the group couldn¡¯t help but marvel at the intricate details surrounding them, each step taking them deeper into the heart of the sprits¡¯ world. As they moved through the glowing halls, Oapa¡¯s sharp gaze swept the surroundings. His ears twitched slightly, his demeanor unusually tense. ¡°There are more guards than usual,¡± he muttered. Lirin glanced around, her brows furrowing. ¡°I don¡¯t remember security being this tight the last time I was here,¡± she said quietly, her voice laced with suspicion. The group finally approached an imposing grand door, flanked by two guards on each side. The guards stood stoically, their golden claw insignias glinting under the crystal lights. Just as the group came to a halt, soft giggles and whispers filtered through from the other side of the door. Without a word, the guards stepped forward and pushed the doors open. A chorus of cheerful voices erupted as soon as the group entered. ¡°OAPA!!¡± In an instant, six small sprit children barreled toward Oapa, their excited squeals filling the vast chamber. Oapa, though caught off guard, bent slightly to catch them, his serious expression softening into a rare smile as the little ones clung to him. Si-Woo and the others couldn¡¯t help but smile at the sight. The contrast between the rigid formality of the mansion and the playful energy of the children was striking. Beyond the commotion, Si-Woo¡¯s attention was drawn to the far end of the room. Six towering seats, each carved with intricate designs and radiating authority, lined the back wall. Five of them were occupied by elders, their regal presence undeniable. Si-Woo¡¯s gaze immediately landed on one of the elders he recognized¡ªQuorge. The elder sprit sat in the central seat, his imposing figure draped in a long, flowing black cloak. Beside him sat two others, one wearing a pristine white cloak and the other cloaked in deep green. Their features were distinct, each one exuding an air of wisdom and power. Numerous guards were stationed in the corners of the room, their watchful eyes scanning the space. The heavy atmosphere of authority was tempered only by the children¡¯s playful giggles as they clung to Oapa. From one of the seats, a sprit with white fur and piercing gray eyes rose gracefully. Her presence was commanding yet warm. ¡°It¡¯s good to see you again, Lirin,¡± she said in a soft, feminine voice that carried across the chamber. Lirin smiled warmly and stepped forward to embrace her. ¡°It¡¯s good to see you too, Sartah,¡± she replied, her tone more relaxed than it had been all day. Si-Woo watched the exchange, his curiosity growing. The elders¡¯ presence was overwhelming, but there was something comforting about Sartah¡¯s demeanor. The group stood silently as Oapa disentangled himself from the children and stepped forward to greet the elders. ¡°I¡¯ve brought them as requested,¡± he said, his tone respectful but steady. Quorge¡¯s gaze swept over the group, his eyes lingering on Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon. ¡°Welcome,¡± he said in a deep, resonant voice. ¡°We have much to discuss.¡± INT. SPRIT KINGDOM-GRAND STUDY HALL Quorge stood, his commanding presence filling the room. His black cloak and fur coat swayed as he rose to his full height, his light green eyes scanning the group with a piercing intensity. ¡°first things first,¡± he began, his deep voice carrying a weight that made everyone, including Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, stand a little straighter. ¡°I am Quorge, Chief of Foreign Connections and Law for the Kingdom of Sprits.¡± He gestured to his left, where a tall sprit with soft white fur and serene gray eyes stood. ¡°This is Sartah,¡± he continued, ¡°our Environmental Chief. She oversees the well-being of our natural domains and the harmony between our people and the land.¡± Sartah inclined her head with a gentle smile, her presence exuding calm and care. Quorge then turned to his right, where a sprit with pitch-black fur and gleaming golden eyes leaned back in his seat, his gaze sharp and calculating. ¡°And this is Isah, our Anomaly Chief. He is responsible for managing and investigating the anomalies that touch our lands.¡± Isah¡¯s golden eyes flicked over the group, lingering on Si-Woo for a moment before he gave a slight nod, his expression unreadable. ¡°These three seats represent the rulers of the Kingdom of Sprits,¡± Quorge explained. ¡°We govern our people, ensuring their safety and prosperity while navigating the challenges of our time.¡± Then, with a sweep of his hand, Quorge gestured to the three other seated figures, their fur graying and their forms slightly stooped but their eyes sharp with wisdom. Each wore a ceremonial cloak, their colors muted with age. ¡°And these,¡± Quorge said, his tone shifting to one of reverence, ¡°are the Elders¡ªour former rulers. They have dedicated their lives to the growth of this kingdom and continue to serve as advisors to us and to the generations yet to come.¡± Oapa stepped forward, his normally casual demeanor replaced with solemn respect. Bowing deeply, he addressed each of the elders in turn, murmuring their titles with quiet reverence. ¡°Sartah¡¯s guidance has always been invaluable,¡± Oapa said softly, then moved to Isah. ¡°And the anomaly chief continues to be our most vigilant guardian.¡± When he reached the elders, his voice took on a familial warmth. ¡°Elder Valun,¡± he said to a sprit with silvery fur and amber eyes, ¡°your wisdom has always been my compass.¡± Turning to the next elder, a female sprit with soft, dusky brown fur, he added, ¡°Aunt Mira, your strength of heart has always been unmatched.¡± Finally, he addressed the last elder, a stern-looking male sprit with jet-black fur and piercing green eyes. ¡°Uncle Rehan,¡± Oapa said, bowing low, ¡°you taught me to always seek the truth, no matter how difficult it may be.¡± The elders nodded in acknowledgment, their expressions ranging from pride to quiet amusement. Quorge allowed a moment of silence before he spoke again. ¡°Now that introductions are complete, we can proceed. But first,¡± his gaze fell on Si-Woo,Ha-Yoon, and Mai ¡°I would like to hear from our guests. Its nice to see you two again, but Tell me, what do you make of the Kingdom of Sprits so far?¡±A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Si-Woo glanced at Ha-Yoon, who gave him an encouraging look. Taking a small step forward, he cleared his throat. ¡°It¡¯s... unlike anything I¡¯ve ever seen before,¡± he admitted. ¡°The connection you have with the land, the way everything seems to be alive¡ªit¡¯s amazing.¡± Ha-Yoon nodded, her voice steadier than her brother¡¯s. ¡°And the unity among your people¡ªit¡¯s inspiring. Thank you for allowing us to visit.¡± Mai stepped forward, her voice confident yet respectful. ¡°If I may, Chief Quorge,¡± she began, her gaze steady as she addressed him. ¡°The Kingdom of Sprits is fascinating this kingdom¡ªit feels like a living entity. The structures are interwoven with nature your people move in harmony with the land... it¡¯s a beautiful balance that many could learn from.¡± Quorge¡¯s lips curved into a faint smile. ¡°Your impressions speak well of you,¡± he said. ¡°Let us hope this meeting proves fruitful for all involved.¡± As the group adjusted to the grandeur of the room, the small sprit children had taken to exploring their new guests with unrestrained curiosity. They soon gravitated toward Ha-Yoon¡¯s bonds, their giggles filling the air as they darted around the spade wolves and even tried to get close to the elusive warping teharite. Ha-Yoon¡¯s bonds handled the attention with surprising patience, the wolves wagging their tails playfully while the teharite shimmered in and out of visibility, sparking laughter and gasps of amazement from the children. Sartah observed the scene with a warm smile before turning her attention to Oapa and Lirin. ¡°It¡¯s been some time since I¡¯ve seen either of you,¡± she said gently. ¡°How are things at the academy?¡± Oapa inclined his head respectfully. ¡°Busy, as expected,¡± he replied. ¡°Between student council responsibilities and keeping up with coursework, it¡¯s been a lot to manage.¡± Lirin crossed her arms, her tone more casual. ¡°He¡¯s being modest. He¡¯s handling it better than anyone else could, though he¡¯s still figuring out how to dodge the politics of the council.¡± She gave him a teasing smirk. Sartah chuckled softly. ¡°That doesn¡¯t surprise me. And you, Lirin? How are you adjusting to your advancement?¡± Lirin shrugged, brushing a loose strand of hair from her face. ¡°It¡¯s been fine. The classes are tougher, but they¡¯re more interesting too. Bestiary studies especially¡ªit¡¯s fascinating.¡± ¡°I would expect nothing less from you,¡± Sartah said, her gaze filled with pride. Meanwhile, one of the elders, Valun, leaned forward slightly, his amber eyes narrowing as he addressed Quorge. ¡°These two,¡± he said, motioning to Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon, ¡°are they the so-called prodigy twins we¡¯ve been hearing about?¡± Quorge nodded. ¡°They are,¡± he replied, his tone even. A murmur rippled through the remaining elders. ¡°Remarkable,¡± said Mira, her dusky fur catching the light as she studied the siblings. ¡°They look so young. It¡¯s difficult to imagine such accomplishments at their age.¡± ¡°Potential is one thing,¡± Rehan said, his voice gruff. ¡°Whether they can fulfill it is another matter entirely.¡± ¡°They¡¯ve already achieved what many twice their age could not,¡± Mira countered, her tone sharp but respectful. Sartah interjected, her voice calm but firm. ¡°Let us not make judgments so quickly. They are here as our guests, and their path is still unfolding. Time will reveal their true capabilities.¡± Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon stood quietly, feeling the weight of the elders¡¯ words. Si-Woo clenched his fists slightly, determined to prove himself, while Ha-Yoon¡¯s gaze flickered toward her bonds, who seemed unbothered by the serious conversation, still delighting the children. Quorge raised a hand, silencing the discussion. ¡°Enough,¡± he said, his tone brooking no argument. ¡°The twins are here to learn and to understand. Let us give them the respect they are due.¡± The elders nodded, though Rehan¡¯s skeptical gaze lingered on Si-Woo for a moment longer before he leaned back in his chair. With the conversation shifting back to lighter topics, Sartah turned her attention once more to Oapa. ¡°You should visit more often,¡± she said. ¡°The children always look forward to seeing you.¡± Oapa offered a rare, genuine smile. ¡°I¡¯ll try,¡± he said. ¡°But...the academy keeps me tied up more than I¡¯d like.¡± INT. THE SPRIT KINGDOM- SPRIT MANSION Sartah squinted at Oapa, her gray eyes narrowing slightly as if probing his words for a hidden meaning. It was clear she suspected there was more to his statement, but she chose not to press him further. Instead, she shifted her gaze to Lirin, who spoke up with a smirk. ¡°I¡¯ll make sure he tries to make time,¡± Lirin said, crossing her arms and giving Oapa a pointed look. Oapa sighed softly, shaking his head with a faint smile, but said nothing in response. Quorge cleared his throat, drawing everyone¡¯s attention back to the central discussion. ¡°As Oapa has now fully adjusted to the academy, observing how the fae students and faculty have reacted to the presence of a higher sprit in their educational system, we can confirm the program¡¯s potential.¡± He folded his hands in front of him, his expression calm but resolute. ¡°Both King Morey and the three rulers of the sprit kingdom have agreed to expand this initiative further. We will begin integrating more of our young higher sprit students into the fae academies.¡± Sartah nodded in agreement, her gentle tone adding weight to Quorge¡¯s words. ¡°It¡¯s an important step forward¡ªnot only for our people but for the strengthening of our alliance. The more we understand each other, the better equipped we¡¯ll be to face the challenges that lie ahead.¡± Mai¡¯s eyes widened at the announcement, her expression a mixture of surprise and awe. ¡°You mean... more higher sprits will be at the academies?¡± she asked, her voice tinged with excitement. ¡°Indeed,¡± Sartah confirmed, her calm voice carrying a note of pride. ¡°The hope is that this exchange will foster greater understanding and collaboration between our people.¡± "Mom and Dad almost never tell me anything, even when I pester them," Mai thought with a frown. "But I guess it''s best for the safety of our family and Yohen." Oapa¡¯s gaze drifted to the sprit children still playing with Ha-Yoon¡¯s bonds, their laughter echoing through the grand hall. A rare, genuine grin spread across his face. ¡°I¡¯m glad I could pave the way for them,¡± he said softly. As the conversation progressed, Si-Woo couldn¡¯t help but notice Isah¡¯s silence. The pitch-black sat still, his golden eyes piercing and contemplative, but he offered no comments or opinions. Si-eyes widened in at what he just seen. "Did his... did his eyes just turn completely white?" Si-Woo but Isah blinked and it seemed Si-was mistaken. presence was off-putting, exuding an air of controlled intensity that felt almost predatory. Si-Woo wondered if Isah disapproved of the decisions being made or if his silence was a calculated choice. Quorge spoke up again, drawing everyone¡¯s attention back. ¡°There is also the matter of combining efforts between the sprit adventurers and the fae Rankers Family,¡± he said, his tone deliberate. ¡°Such an alliance would strengthen both our capabilities in exploring anomalies and regulating their dangers.¡± Mira, one of the elders, nodded in agreement. ¡°It would be a step toward ensuring the safety of both our realms,¡± she said. Rehan, however, frowned slightly, his skepticism evident. ¡°Collaboration is a noble idea, but it must be done carefully. The Rankers Family is not without its politics, and we cannot allow our people to be treated as tools.¡±The tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. ¡°I agree,¡± Sartah said. ¡°Which is why any such alliance must be built on mutual respect and equality.¡± Mai glanced at Si-Woo, her excitement tempered by the weight of the discussion. ¡°This is huge,¡± she whispered to him. ¡°If this works, it could change everything for both fae and sprits.¡± Si-Woo nodded, his thoughts racing. The idea of sprits and fae working together seemed both promising and daunting, and he couldn¡¯t help but wonder what role he and Ha-Yoon might play in such a future. Oapa, meanwhile, nodded solemnly at the rulers'' words, his expression thoughtful. ¡°If such an alliance is formed,¡± he said, ¡°it will be up to the next generation¡ªstudents like us¡ªto uphold its principles.¡± The weight of his statement hung in the air, a reminder of the responsibility that loomed over them all. Quorge¡¯s steady gaze swept across the room before he raised a hand, signaling one of the guards stationed near the grand door. The guard, dressed in the black and gold uniform with the claw insignia, stepped forward immediately and bowed. ¡°Escort everyone else to the recreation quarters,¡± Quorge commanded, his voice calm yet firm. ¡°We would like to speak with Oapa separately.¡± Mai glanced at Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon with a mix of curiosity and unease, while Lirin¡¯s brows furrowed slightly as if she were weighing whether to object. Oapa, however, gave a small nod of acknowledgment to Quorge and turned to his companions. ¡°Go ahead,¡± he said softly. ¡°I¡¯ll catch up with you all soon.¡± Ha-Yoon hesitated, her eyes darting to Si-Woo, who gave her a reassuring look. ¡°Come on,¡± he said, gently nudging her shoulder. ¡°We¡¯ll see Oapa later.¡± The group followed the guard as he led them out of the grand study. As they passed through the towering double doors, Ha-Yoon glanced back at Oapa, who remained standing before the rulers, his posture steady and resolute. Once the heavy doors shut behind them, the guard motioned for them to follow. ¡°This way,¡± he said, his voice low but authoritative. Lirin muttered under her breath, ¡°I wonder what they want to talk to him about.¡± Mai shrugged slightly, though her curiosity was evident. ¡°It¡¯s probably something important if they¡¯re excluding us.¡± Si-Woo, however, remained quiet, his mind still lingering on Isah¡¯s silence earlier and the intense air surrounding the room. Whatever the rulers wanted to discuss with Oapa, it was clearly something significant. As they moved down the corridor, Si-Woo suddenly winced, pressing a hand to his temple. A sharp, pounding headache had crept up on him, sending jolts of discomfort through his head. Mai, noticing his pained expression, touched his arm gently. ¡°Si-Woo, are you okay?¡± she asked, her voice filled with concern. Si-Woo forced a faint smile, though his discomfort was evident. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m fine. I just need to use the restroom,¡± he replied, waving her off lightly. The lead guard, observing the exchange, turned to one of his subordinates. ¡°Escort him to the nearest restroom,¡± he instructed. The appointed guard nodded briskly and motioned for Si-Woo to follow. ¡°This way,¡± he said. Ha-Yoon squinted at him, suspicion flickering in her gaze. ¡°Don¡¯t get lost,¡± she teased, though there was an edge of genuine worry in her tone. As Si-Woo peeled off from the group, Mai glanced after him, her expression thoughtful. ¡°I hope he¡¯s really okay,¡± she murmured. ¡°He¡¯ll be fine,¡± Lirin said, though she too cast a lingering glance in the direction Si-Woo had gone before continuing on with the rest of the group. The remaining guard led Si-Woo through another set of corridors, the earthy ambiance of the mansion blending with the faint hum of magical energy in the air. The headache persisted, throbbing as if something were trying to pull his focus elsewhere. Si-Woo clenched his fists, determined to shake it off as he followed the guard deeper into the maze-like structure. Back in the grand study hall, the atmosphere grew heavy the moment the grand doors shut behind the departing group. Quorge¡¯s previously calm demeanor shifted, a grave intensity settling over his features. He leaned forward slightly in his ornate seat, his piercing gaze fixed on Oapa. ¡°Now that they¡¯re gone,¡± Quorge began, his voice low and measured, ¡°we need to inform you of something critical.¡± The other rulers, Sartah and Isah, exchanged glances, their expressions mirroring the tension in the room. Even the elders, who had been observing quietly, now leaned in with rapt attention. Quorge continued, his voice unyielding. ¡°Sprits are showing up dead.¡± INT. THE SPRIT KINGDOM- SPRIT MANSION ... The sprit guard led Si-Woo down the dimly lit hallway, their footsteps echoing softly against the smooth, amber-hued floors. Si-Woo clenched his head slightly, the dull throb of his headache making it hard to focus. The guard finally stopped before a simple wooden door. "The restroom is here," the guard said in a low, monotone voice, then gestured for Si-Woo to enter. "Thank you," Si-Woo replied, his voice strained. He stepped inside, closing the door behind him. The restroom was as intricately designed as the rest of the mansion, with polished wooden panels and a sink carved from a single slab of glistening amber stone. Si-Woo moved to the sink and turned the faucet, letting the cold water flow. He splashed his face, hoping the chill would ease the pressure building in his temples. For a brief moment, he leaned forward, resting his weight on his hands as droplets of water slid down his face. But the headache didn¡¯t subside¡ªit sharpened, stabbing into his mind like a jagged blade. ¡°Ugh¡­¡± Si-Woo groaned, gripping the edges of the sink. The room spun around him as the pain intensified. Then, like a clear note piercing through a cacophony, a voice rang in his head. ¡°Danger.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s breath hitched, his eyes snapping open. ¡°Z?¡± he whispered in a gasp, the recognition immediate. His bond¡¯s voice wasn¡¯t one he heard often, but he knew it as surely as his own. Si-Woo bolted out of the restroom, his breath ragged and heart pounding. The hallway he stepped into wasn¡¯t the same one he¡¯d entered from. The ornate amber walls and softly glowing crystals were gone, replaced by dark, unfamiliar corridors. The guard who had escorted him earlier was nowhere in sight. Panic began to creep in as Si-Woo glanced around, trying to make sense of where he was. The air was heavier here, the silence almost suffocating. Shadows flickered strangely along the walls, their movements unnatural, as if the very space around him was shifting. Then, just ahead, he saw it¡ªa jagged, translucent tear in the air itself. The shimmering edges of the rift pulsed faintly, casting a soft glow onto the floor. Through the rift, Si-Woo could see Ondur¡¯s forest on the other side, its towering trees and vibrant greenery unmistakable. His breath caught. ¡°Danger,¡± Z¡¯s warning echoed in his mind, pushing him forward despite the apprehension gripping him. The rift seemed to call to him, its shimmering edges alive with energy. Si-Woo hesitated for only a moment before stepping closer. His heart raced as he reached out, his hand brushing the edge of the portal. It felt cool, like water without substance, rippling softly under his touch. His instincts screamed at him to stop, but something about the tear pulled at him. Z¡¯s warning still echoed in his mind, urging him forward. He hesitated only for a moment before stepping through. The world shifted in an instant. Si-Woo found himself standing in a dense section of Ondur¡¯s forest. The turquoise sky peeked through the canopy of towering trees, but the atmosphere was far from serene. It was unnervingly quiet, save for the faint rustling of dead leaves. Around him were small stone sculptures, each carved with delicate care and inscribed with intricate engravings. Si-Woo¡¯s stomach tightened as recognition dawned. These were sprit ceremonial tombstones. He remembered reading about how sprits honored their dead, crafting tombstones inscribed with ancient language that captured the essence of their loved ones. A sharp chirp broke his thoughts, and Si-Woo¡¯s eyes darted to his bond. Z stood a few feet away, his white scales gleaming faintly in the dim light, but his stance was rigid, his wings slightly spread. The wyvern¡¯s sharp gaze was fixed on one particular tombstone that stood apart from the others. The stone had a deep red hue, almost pulsating as if alive. Si-Woo felt his body tense, a chill running down his spine. He slowly approached, his eyes locked on the ominous hue emanating from the stone. ¡°Z¡­¡± he murmured, his voice barely above a whisper. The wyvern didn¡¯t move, his body coiled as if ready to strike at a moment¡¯s notice. Whatever this tombstone was, it wasn¡¯t ordinary. Si-Woo¡¯s headache faded, replaced by a gnawing unease. Something about the tombstone felt wrong, its energy foreign and unsettling. He reached out instinctively, not quite touching it, as if drawn to the mystery before him. ...If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Oapa stiffened, the weight of the words sinking in immediately. ¡°What?¡± he asked, his tone laced with disbelief and alarm. Sartah leaned forward slightly, her expression serious yet calm, as she elaborated. ¡°At first glance, the victims have primarily been lesser sprits. While it¡¯s not uncommon for lessers to face conflicts with neighboring habitats or other creatures, this pattern is different. It¡¯s enough to raise alarms.¡± She paused, glancing toward Quorge and Isah, before continuing. ¡°The corpses initially appeared to be the result of enraged behemoths¡ªlarge creatures defending their territories or reacting violently to perceived threats. But upon closer examination by our forensic specialists, the details don¡¯t add up.¡± Quorge¡¯s expression darkened, his sharp features accentuated by the tension in the room. Sartah pressed on. ¡°The wounds are too clean, too precise. They lack the chaos and raggedness typically associated with behemoth attacks. Furthermore, some of the bodies weren¡¯t found where they originally died. Evidence suggests they were moved post-mortem.¡± Oapa¡¯s brow furrowed, his hands clenching at his sides. ¡°Moved? Why?¡± ¡°That¡¯s what we¡¯re trying to determine,¡± Sartah replied, her tone grave. ¡°There¡¯s no clear motive yet, but the deliberate nature of these actions¡ªboth the method and the relocation¡ªpoints to something, or someone, operating with a calculated purpose.¡± Isah finally broke his silence, his deep, commanding voice cutting through the room. ¡°These are not isolated incidents. If the lesser sprits are being targeted, it may only be a matter of time before higher sprits are at risk.¡± Oapa felt a chill run through him. This wasn¡¯t just a matter of natural predation or territorial disputes; it was something far more sinister. ¡°How long has this been happening?¡± he asked, his voice steady despite the turmoil brewing within. ¡°Over the past month,¡± Sartah answered. ¡°The incidents have been scattered, making it difficult to establish a pattern or determine a central cause. But with each passing week, the frequency has increased.¡± Quorge leaned forward, his gaze locking onto Oapa¡¯s. ¡°This is why your presence at the academy is critical. You¡¯ve seen how fae and sprit dynamics unfold firsthand. If there¡¯s even the slightest chance this could spill into Yohen or be connected to their anomalies, we need to act quickly. You¡¯re our eyes and ears beyond the kingdom.¡± Oapa nodded, his resolve hardening. ¡°I understand,¡± he said firmly. ¡°I¡¯ll do whatever it takes to help uncover the truth.¡± The room fell silent for a moment, the weight of the situation pressing down on everyone present. Even the once-playful energy of the children and bonds outside seemed distant, muffled by the enormity of the threat hanging over them. Oapa¡¯s brow furrowed deeply as he considered the implications. He finally spoke, his voice heavy with concern. ¡°Do you think the fae are involved in this?¡± Elder Valun, a stoic figure with silvery fur streaked with black, shifted in his seat, his ancient gaze falling on Oapa. ¡°We cannot ignore the possibility,¡± he began, his voice low and deliberate. ¡°But direct involvement seems unlikely given the treaty that was established.¡± Sartah interjected, her tone measured yet tinged with caution. ¡°The peace treaty was a monumental agreement, ensuring fae cooperation during our migration to Yohen. It has held strong, fostering collaboration between our people. However, such alliances can often conceal underlying tensions. If there are factions among the fae who oppose our presence, they may act in ways that violate the treaty without implicating the broader community.¡± Quorge nodded in agreement, his piercing gaze fixed on Oapa. ¡°The treaty was built on mutual necessity, not trust. While the ruling families and King Morey have upheld their end of the agreement, we cannot account for every individual¡¯s actions or intentions. If rogue fae, or even splinter groups, are operating in secret, they could be responsible for what¡¯s happening to the lessers.¡± Oapa¡¯s expression hardened. ¡°And if they are?¡± Isah, who had been silent for much of the discussion, finally spoke. His golden eyes gleamed with an unsettling intensity. ¡°Then we will remind them why the sprits should not be trifled with.¡± The air in the room grew heavier, Isah¡¯s ominous words reverberating through the study. Elder Mira, her white fur shimmering faintly in the light, raised a hand with serene authority, her tone calm yet firm. ¡°Enough,¡± she said, her voice cutting through the tension like a clear bell. ¡°Let us think rationally before implicating the fae. Are they not a species we have known for eons? Beings who live by their word and honor?¡± Her gentle gaze swept across the room, her words carrying weight. ¡°King Morey is no foolish ruler. His actions clearly reflect the trust he has placed in our community, allowing Oapa to attend their academy and ensuring his safety. Not only that, but he has allowed our younger generation to join their ranks as well. These are not the actions of a kingdom seeking to harm us.¡± Isah¡¯s gaze faltered momentarily under Mira¡¯s reasoning, though his expression remained unreadable. Sartah nodded, her calm demeanor returning. ¡°Mira is right. We must not lose ourselves to fear and suspicion. The fae have shown themselves as allies thus far. Our focus should remain on uncovering the true source of this threat without endangering our alliance.¡± Quorge glanced at Oapa, his gaze sharp but thoughtful. ¡°This is why your role is so crucial, Oapa. Continue to observe and report. Should you discover any signs that may connect the fae to these occurrences, bring them to us immediately. But until then, we tread carefully.¡± Oapa nodded slowly, his mind racing with the weight of his assignment. ¡°I¡¯ll do everything I can.¡± Elder Mira¡¯s serene expression softened as she looked at him. ¡°And remember, you are not alone in this. We stand with you, as does King Morey. Keep that trust in mind as you navigate these challenges.¡± Oapa¡¯s piercing green eyes bore into Quorge, a mixture of frustration and determination radiating from him. ¡°But that doesn¡¯t explain the boosted security in the kingdom,¡± Oapa pressed, his voice steady yet edged with concern. Quorge¡¯s black-furred ears flicked slightly as he met Oapa¡¯s gaze. His expression was grave, his usual calm demeanor overshadowed by the severity of the situation. ¡°That brings me to the other point,¡± Quorge began, his voice low but commanding. ¡°There are signs of infiltration in the heart of the sprit kingdom.¡± INT. SPRIT KINGDOM- SPRIT MANSION ... Just as Si-Woo''s hand was about to graze the glowing, red-hued tombstone, a firm grip locked around his wrist. He turned in shock to see Lirin standing behind him, her indigo eyes sharp and her face set in a stern expression. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t touch that if I were you,¡± she said, her voice low but resolute. Si-Woo blinked, his thoughts racing. ¡°Lirin? How did you even find me?¡± Lirin released his wrist, crossing her arms as she glanced at the ominous tombstone. ¡°When you were taking too long, I figured something was up. Ha-Yoon was furious when they restrained her from coming, but the guards allowed me through since they know me. I used Toro to track you. But the guards do seem more on edge for some reason, something is amiss in this mansion.¡± Si-Woo followed her gaze as Toro emerged, the small, mouse-like creature darting around with nimble precision. ¡°Toro has excellent sight,¡± Lirin continued. ¡°It might not have a sharp sense of smell, but it more than makes up for it with its ability to track residual traces left by living beings. It wasn¡¯t too hard to find you once we caught your trail.¡± Z, who had been intensely focused on the glowing tombstone, perked up at the mention of Toro. With a sudden burst of energy, the whiteblood wyvern darted toward the small creature, its curious coo echoing through the air. Toro squeaked and quickly vanished, reappearing moments later on Lirin¡¯s shoulder, a smug expression on its tiny face. Lirin sighed and brushed off some dust from her dress. ¡°I lost the guard who was with me,¡± she admitted, her tone annoyed. ¡°But it¡¯s not like they were much help anyway.¡± Si-Woo looked back at the tombstone, its red glow still ominous and pulsing faintly. ¡°Why shouldn¡¯t I touch it?¡± he asked, the curiosity in his voice laced with caution. Lirin fixed him with an intense stare, her expression deadly serious. ¡°Si-Woo, in a cemetery of sprit tombstones, this one serves a nefarious purpose,¡± she said, her voice lowering to a near whisper. She stepped closer, her gaze locking onto his. ¡°This shouldn''t exist.¡± Lirin gave him a long look. ¡° We don¡¯t know what kind of energy it¡¯s emitting,¡± she said. ¡°Residual traces aren¡¯t always safe to interact with. Some sprit artifacts can contain traps¡ªor worse, curses. You¡¯re better off leaving it alone unless you want to deal with something you can¡¯t handle.¡± Her words sent a chill down Si-Woo¡¯s spine as she turned back to the tombstone. ¡°As you know,¡± Lirin began, ¡°this is the old language of the sprits¡ªused on their tombstones. The sprits believe these symbols offer comfort, a way to feel close to their deceased loved ones. They speak to their departed through these stones but never hear back. It¡¯s a sacred practice.¡± Her tone shifted, growing sharper, as she crouched to trace the strange symbols on the tombstone with her finger, careful not to touch the stone itself. ¡°The old language is a blend of hieroglyphs and ancient text. Each tombstone is supposed to symbolize an incantation, a gateway of sorts, connecting the living to the deceased. The tombstone acts as the medium for that connection.¡± Si-Woo listened intently, his breathing steady but his chest tight. ¡°Then what makes this one different?¡± he asked, his voice quieter now, as if afraid of the answer. Lirin¡¯s lips pressed into a thin line before she spoke. ¡°Because this¡­ this isn¡¯t a connection to the loved ones of the past. This is something else entirely. This tombstone¡¯s glow, the energy radiating from it¡ªit¡¯s corrupted. Twisted.¡± She stood and brushed off her hands, glancing at him again. ¡°Whatever lies beyond this medium isn¡¯t someone¡¯s loved one. It¡¯s something dark. Something dangerous.¡± Lirin¡¯s voice trembled slightly, though her expression remained stern. " This really worries me,¡± she admitted, her gaze locked on the glowing tombstone. She knelt again, pointing at the faint burgundy stains that traced through shallow grooves in the stone. ¡°Not just because of the color¡ªthat dried burgundy hue¡ªbut because the usual hieroglyphs are missing.¡±Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. Si-Woo leaned closer, his brow furrowing. ¡°Missing?¡± ¡°In their place,¡± Lirin explained, ¡°are small absorption wells. Do you see these?¡± She gestured to the slight indentations across the stone, shaped like shallow, uneven bowls. ¡°Some gravely saddened sprits used to create these. They believed that by offering blood as a sacrifice, they could bring their loved ones back.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened in shock. ¡°Bring them back? You mean resurrection?¡± Lirin nodded gravely. ¡°It¡¯s called sacrificial magic. This practice is forbidden in all the lands of fae and sprits. No record exists of the magic ever working. But it dates back so far that its origins are buried in history, predating even to the Mu era.¡± She stood, dusting off her knees and looking Si-Woo directly in the eyes. ¡°This kind of tombstone shouldn¡¯t be here. Not in Ondur, not anywhere. It¡¯s a relic of a dangerous and desperate time, and its presence alone is deeply troubling.¡± Si-Woo shivered as he glanced back at the stone. The weight of her words pressed down on him, making the air around the tombstone feel heavier. ¡°But why here?¡± he asked, almost in a whisper. ¡°And why now?¡± Lirin shook her head, her jaw tight. ¡°That¡¯s what I want to know too.¡± ... The room fell silent. Sartah and Isah exchanged uneasy glances, though Isah¡¯s golden eyes, usually so intense, seemed to dim slightly as he remained silent. ¡°Our capital,¡± Quorge continued, his tone sharper now, ¡°has been compromised.¡± Oapa stiffened at the words, his claws flexing instinctively. ¡°What do you mean, compromised?¡± he asked, leaning forward. Sartah, the environmental chief, interjected, her voice calm but firm. ¡°Suspicious activities have been reported within the inner sanctum of the kingdom. Citizens have been reporting seeing cloaked beings entering and leaving the kingdom late at night, carrying large baggage. Sensitive information has been tampered with, and unregistered presences have been detected near areas of anomalies in Yohen. Guards have gone missing without a trace, and even stranger¡ªsome are reporting that they can¡¯t remember entire shifts.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not just an external threat,¡± Quorge added. ¡°The signs point to someone¡ªor something¡ªoperating from within. And we believe it¡¯s tied to the disturbances with the lesser sprits.¡± Isah finally stirred, his deep, commanding voice reverberating through the hall. ¡°The patterns are too deliberate to be coincidence. Whoever is responsible has extensive knowledge of our kingdom¡¯s inner workings. They¡¯ve managed to evade detection despite our best efforts.¡± Elder Valun¡¯s gravelly voice cut through the tension. ¡°And what of the fae? Could their recent advancements be linked to this breach?¡± Elder Mira shook her head, her silvery fur catching the light as she spoke. ¡°We must not jump to conclusions, Valun. The fae have stood by their word since the treaty was signed. King Morey is no foolish ruler, and his trust in our community is evident. He allowed Oapa to attend the academy, ensured his safety, and permitted their younger generation to integrate with ours. This infiltration could just as easily be a force unknown to both of our kinds.¡± Oapa¡¯s tail flicked in agitation as he absorbed the gravity of the situation. ¡°If the capital has been compromised,¡± he said slowly, his voice tight, ¡°then why wasn¡¯t I informed earlier? My role in the academy¡ª¡± ¡°¡ªis precisely why we waited,¡± Sartah interrupted gently, though her silver eyes squinted slightly, as if suspecting Oapa¡¯s objection ran deeper. ¡°Your presence in Yohen has been invaluable, Oapa. If there is a connection between this infiltration and external forces, your position may be our best chance at uncovering it.¡± Quorge leaned forward, his gaze fixed firmly on Oapa. ¡°Your rapport with the fae students and their leadership offers a unique perspective that we need now more than ever. But we had to confirm the threat before involving you.¡± Oapa¡¯s gaze hardened as he absorbed their reasoning, but he nodded reluctantly. ¡°What¡¯s the plan?¡± he asked, his voice steady despite the storm of emotions churning within him. ¡°For now,¡± Quorge replied, ¡°you continue your duties as usual. Gather what information you can from the academy. Stay vigilant, but do not draw unnecessary attention to yourself. Report anything that seems amiss¡ªanything at all.¡± ¡°And the infiltration?¡± Oapa pressed, his tone unwavering. ¡°We¡¯ll handle it from within,¡± Quorge said resolutely. ¡°But the kingdom¡¯s safety depends on our collective vigilance.¡± The weight of responsibility settled on Oapa¡¯s shoulders, but he met Quorge¡¯s gaze head-on. ¡°Understood.¡± INT. FOREST OF ONDUR- SPRIT CEMETARY This text was taken from Royal Road. Help the author by reading the original version there. INT. SPRIT KINGDOM- RECREATION QUARTERS Ha-Yoon¡¯s arms flew up in exasperation as she pointed at Si-Woo and Lirin. ¡°What happened to you two?¡± she demanded, her voice sharp with concern. Mai turned to look at them as well, her curiosity evident in the way her brows furrowed slightly. ¡°Yeah, you¡¯re both... off. Did something happen?¡± Si-Woo glanced at Lirin, who adjusted her glasses with a calm yet unreadable expression. He opened his mouth to respond, but before he could utter a word, the sound of approaching footsteps filled the room. ¡°Am I interrupting something?¡± Oapa¡¯s voice cut through the tension as he strode in, his hood pulled back just slightly, revealing his gray fur and light green eyes. Ha-Yoon spun to face him. ¡°Oapa!¡± she said, her tone less accusatory but still brimming with energy. ¡°You missed all the drama! Si-Woo went missing, Lirin ran off to find him, and I got locked in a cage! A cage!¡± Oapa raised an eyebrow, his gaze briefly darting to Lirin, who met his look with a slight shrug as if to say, Don¡¯t ask. ¡°And yet,¡± Oapa said with a faint smirk, ¡°here you all are, perfectly fine and still managing to cause a commotion.¡± Mai tilted her head toward Oapa, her voice light but probing. ¡°So, what happened in your meeting with the elders?¡± Oapa¡¯s smirk faded slightly, his tone becoming more serious. ¡°Plenty. But let¡¯s just say I have even more reason now to keep a close eye on you all while we¡¯re here.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s eyes narrowed slightly at Oapa¡¯s words, sensing the weight behind them. He glanced at Lirin again, who avoided his gaze, instead focusing on the sprit children still playing with Ha-Yoon¡¯s bonds. Ha-Yoon folded her arms. ¡°Well, whatever it is, you¡¯d better tell us soon,¡± she said firmly. ¡°We¡¯re not just here to sit around and look pretty, you know.¡± Oapa chuckled softly. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Ha-Yoon. When the time comes, you¡¯ll know everything you need to. For now, let¡¯s just make it through the day without any more... incidents.¡± Si-Woo exhaled, his mind still racing with the events of the past hour. Whatever Oapa and the elders had discussed, it was clear that it was far more than he had anticipated. The bustling atmosphere of the open stands in the sprit kingdom buzzed with life. The air carried an eclectic mix of aromas, each stall offering unique and vibrant sprit cuisine that seemed to glow faintly under the gentle, flickering hues of the sky. Si-Woo and Lirin walked a few paces behind Oapa, who, to his visible chagrin, was being enthusiastically dragged from one stand to another by Ha-Yoon, her bonds trailing playfully behind. Mai followed close to them, her expression a blend of amusement and intrigue as she occasionally added her own commentary to Ha-Yoon¡¯s excited exclamations. Si-Woo glanced to his side at Lirin, who had a small, neatly folded pouch of some sparkling treat in her hands. She seemed more interested in observing the crowd than eating it. After a moment of watching her cool, calculating demeanor, Si-Woo leaned slightly closer and asked in a low voice, ¡°What do we do now?¡± Lirin tilted her head just enough to acknowledge him, adjusting her glasses with her free hand. ¡°What do you mean?¡± she replied, her tone as neutral as ever, though her curiosity was evident in the way her indigo eyes flicked toward him. Si-Woo sighed, his gaze drifting to Ha-Yoon and Oapa ahead, the latter clearly resisting yet reluctantly indulging Ha-Yoon¡¯s relentless energy.If you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. ¡°The tombstone, the rip, the beast... None of this feels random. Something¡¯s going on, and it feels bigger than us. Do we just... pretend it didn¡¯t happen?¡± Lirin¡¯s lips curled into a faint smirk as she took a delicate bite of her treat. ¡°You¡¯re catching on, aren¡¯t you?¡± she murmured. ¡°No, Si-Woo, we don¡¯t pretend it didn¡¯t happen. But rushing in without enough information would only make us pawns in someone else¡¯s game. We wait, observe, and...¡± She trailed off, glancing pointedly at Oapa. ¡°...follow the leads as they come.¡± Si-Woo frowned, the weight of her words settling on his shoulders. ¡°You think Oapa knows more than he¡¯s letting on?¡± Lirin shrugged nonchalantly, taking another bite. ¡°It¡¯s not about what he knows¡ªit¡¯s about what he¡¯s willing to share. The sprit kingdom clearly has its secrets, and Oapa is walking a fine line between duty and loyalty. Don¡¯t push him too hard, or you¡¯ll find yourself on the wrong side of his claws.¡± Si-Woo nodded slowly, her advice sinking in as he watched Oapa finally manage to peel himself away from Ha-Yoon¡¯s grip, only for Mai to step in and pull him toward another stand. Ha-Yoon laughed, her bonds weaving around her feet like joyful shadows. Despite the lighthearted scene in front of him, Si-Woo couldn¡¯t shake the uneasy feeling growing in his chest. Whatever they had stumbled upon in the forest felt like the beginning of something far larger than any of them were prepared for. Lirin¡¯s gaze flicked between Si-Woo and Ha-Yoon as she spoke, her voice thoughtful and almost analytical. ¡°I¡¯m just curious,¡± she said again, her tone shifting to something more contemplative. ¡°But I don¡¯t think that¡¯s the case. Fae are essentially immortal because of our awakening with serein. It¡¯s integrated with our bodies, making us ageless. Scientifically speaking, your kind shouldn¡¯t even be able to use serein, let alone use it as effectively as you two do.¡± She paused for a moment, her indigo eyes narrowed slightly as she considered her words. ¡°And yet, here you both are, using it with a mastery that even some of the oldest fae struggle to attain. You¡¯re not just surviving¡ªit¡¯s as if you¡¯ve adapted to it in a way that defies logic. You¡¯ve become more than just human.¡± Si-Woo looked at Lirin, the weight of her words settling over him. Ha-Yoon, who had been absentmindedly feeding her wolves, looked up in surprise. ¡°What do you mean by that?¡± she asked, genuinely curious. Lirin¡¯s eyes shifted to Ha-Yoon before returning to Si-Woo. ¡°What I mean is, I don¡¯t know how long you two will live for. You¡¯re like an anomaly, even among fae and sprits. Fae can live indefinitely because our serein connection through our awakening keeps us stable, but you...¡± She trailed off, tapping her fingers lightly on the table as she processed her thoughts. ¡°I don¡¯t know what your connection with serein means in the long term. It¡¯s never been seen before.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s mind raced as he thought about the implications of Lirin¡¯s words. His bond with Z, Ha-Yoon¡¯s ability to handle her own bonds and the Grimoire of Oblivion, their connection with serein¡ªit was all so far beyond anything he had expected. He had always known that he and Ha-Yoon were different from the others, but hearing Lirin say it out loud made it all feel even more surreal. ¡°So, you¡¯re saying we might not follow the same rules as others?¡± Si-Woo asked, his voice tinged with a mix of uncertainty and wonder. Lirin nodded slowly. ¡°Exactly. The more I observe you two, the more it seems like you¡¯re not bound by the same limitations. You¡¯ve got this innate ability to use serein that shouldn¡¯t even be possible for humans. And it¡¯s not just raw power; it¡¯s the way you¡¯re connected to it¡ªit¡¯s... harmonious.¡± She paused, her expression softened by a rare vulnerability. ¡°And that makes you an unknown, Si-Woo. You and Ha-Yoon both.¡± Si-Woo felt a strange mix of pride and unease. He had always known he was different, but now it seemed that the path ahead was even more uncertain than he had thought. He glanced over at Ha-Yoon, whose spade wolves were now resting at her feet, their eyes trained on him. ¡°I don¡¯t think that¡¯s a bad thing, though,¡± he said, breaking the silence. ¡°We¡¯ve always known we were different, Ha-Yoon. And maybe... maybe that¡¯s just part of our journey. Not following the same path others have walked.¡± Ha-Yoon met his gaze, her usual confident demeanor softened by the weight of his words. She smiled faintly and shrugged. ¡°Maybe. But I still think we should take it one step at a time.¡± Lirin smirked at their exchange, clearly entertained by their dynamic. ¡°It¡¯s good to see you two not get lost in the moment,¡± she remarked before adding with a wry smile, ¡°But trust me, this world will test you. And it¡¯s only a matter of time before you¡¯ll be asked to choose a side.¡± Si-Woo nodded, thinking of what happened at the cemetery. ¡°We¡¯ll face it when the time comes.¡± He glanced at the table in front of him, the quiet buzz of the surrounding marketplace still in the background. INT. SPRIT KINGDOM- DAY Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN- TRAINING GROUNDS Unauthorized duplication: this narrative has been taken without consent. Report sightings. INT. OUTSKIRTS OF YOHEN- LATE AFTERNOON. Support the author by searching for the original publication of this novel. INT. SPRIT KINGDOM- OAPAS HOME Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on Royal Road. INT. HOME- AFTERNOON ... The sun hung low in the sky in the middle of school break away from the academy before a new year starts, casting golden hues over Yohen as Si-Woo stirred from his afternoon nap. He blinked groggily, only to be jolted awake by the sound of hurried footsteps. Before he could fully register what was happening, Minho burst into the room, his face tight with anxiety. "Get up," Minho ordered, his voice urgent as he grabbed Si-Woo¡¯s arm and pulled him to his feet. Si-Woo stumbled, his heart racing. "What¡¯s going on?" he asked in a hurried tone, his confusion growing with each passing second. Minho didn¡¯t respond. His grip was firm, almost unrelenting, as he dragged Si-Woo downstairs. "Put on your shoes," Minho barked, the command leaving no room for questions. At the sound of the commotion, Ha-Yoon appeared at the top of the stairs, her eyes wide with fear. "What¡¯s happening?" she called, her voice trembling. Minho glanced up at her, his expression softening for just a moment. "Stay here, Ha-Yoon," he said firmly. "Don¡¯t leave the house." Ha-Yoon¡¯s lips quivered as tears welled in her eyes. "But why? What¡¯s going on?" Minho didn¡¯t answer. He turned back to Si-Woo, practically shoving him out the door. The cool afternoon breeze did little to calm Si-Woo¡¯s growing panic. He dug his heels into the ground, yanking his arm free from Minho¡¯s grip. "What¡¯s happening?" Si-Woo yelled, his voice cracking with desperation. But the sight before him stole the words from his mouth. His home was surrounded by Yohen¡¯s military wyvern riders, their mounts prowling restlessly, their sharp eyes scanning the surroundings as if expecting an imminent attack. The riders themselves sat rigid, their weapons gleaming in the sunlight, their postures taut with readiness. Si-Woo turned back to Minho, his chest tightening. "Why are they here? What¡¯s going on?" Minho grabbed his shoulders, his eyes searching Si-Woo¡¯s face with an intensity that sent a chill down his spine. "I was wrong," Minho said, his voice thick with regret. "Wrong about what?" Si-Woo demanded, but before he could press further, Minho hauled him toward Lemmy, who was waiting nearby, his wings half-open as if sensing the urgency in the air. Minho lifted Si-Woo onto Z¡¯s back with a strength that left no room for resistance. "Stay on him," Minho commanded. "Minho¡ª" Minho cut him off with a sharp gesture, his eyes darting to the wyvern riders who now flanked them. "We don¡¯t have time for this. Just hold on!"Did you know this story is from Royal Road? Read the official version for free and support the author. Lemmy let out a shrill cry as his wings unfurled, and with a powerful leap, he took to the skies. The wind roared in Si-Woo¡¯s ears as he clung to Lemmys neck, his mind racing with unanswered questions. Below them, some of the wyvern riders took flight, following closely behind, while others remained stationed around the house. The sight of Ha-Yoon¡¯s tearful face disappearing in the distance gnawed at Si-Woo¡¯s heart. They flew for what felt like an eternity, the familiar landscape of Yohen blurring beneath them until they reached a desolate field of tall grass that swayed gently in the breeze. The field stretched endlessly in every direction, empty save for the faint hum of tension in the air. As Lemmy descended into the desolate field, Si-Woo could make out several figures waiting below. Princess Deane stood at the forefront, her white hair shimmering under the fading light, but her expression was unlike anything Si-Woo had ever seen¡ªgrief-stricken, heavy with sorrow. Beside her stood King Morey, his imposing presence only adding to the gravity of the scene. Two fae guards flanked the king, their postures stiff and their hands resting on the hilts of their weapons. As Lemmy landed, Si-Woo dismounted hesitantly, his gaze flickering between the gathered figures. Before he could speak, Princess Deane rushed toward him, her light blue eyes glistening with unshed tears. Without a word, she took Si-Woo¡¯s hand and began leading him toward a group of military guards gathered nearby. Her grip was firm, almost desperate. "I saw countless die," she said, her voice trembling, "from something I could have prevented." A single tear rolled down her cheek as she spoke, and Si-Woo¡¯s heart sank at the raw emotion in her words. Si-Woo didn¡¯t respond. His mind raced with questions, but the sight of the princess¡ªnormally so composed¡ªrendered him silent. He let her guide him, though unease clawed at the edges of his consciousness. They stopped at the center of the military formation, where three concentric circles of fae soldiers sat cross-legged on the ground. Each soldier held a glowing serein stone in their hands, the stones pulsing faintly with energy. The air around them buzzed with an almost palpable tension, and Si-Woo felt the weight of countless eyes on him. Finally, he couldn¡¯t stay silent any longer. "Princess," he began, his voice laced with worry, "what¡¯s going on?" Princess Deane stopped, turning to face him. She cupped his cheeks with her hands, her touch warm but trembling. Her eyes met his, and in that moment, Si-Woo saw not just a ruler but someone deeply burdened by guilt and responsibility. "All I want you to do," she said softly, her voice almost pleading, "is cultivate. Just sit and meditate. Can you do that for me?" Si-Woo hesitated but then nodded, his trust in her outweighing his apprehension. "I can," he said quietly. Princess Deane gave him a faint, grateful smile before stepping back, her hands lingering for a moment before falling to her sides. She walked away from the center of the formation, her head held high despite the sorrow etched into her features. As Si-Woo lowered himself into a seated position at the very center of the circles, King Morey raised his hand. With a sharp snap of his fingers, a translucent barrier shimmered to life around Si-Woo, layered three times over. The barrier thrummed faintly, its edges glowing with a soft golden hue. Si-Woo glanced around, his unease growing as he realized the layers of protection were not just for show. Why do I need this much protection? he thought. But before he could dwell on the question, he closed his eyes and took a deep breath, forcing himself to focus. The world around him faded as he centered himself. The familiar flow of serein within him became his anchor, steady and calming. Whatever was happening, Si-Woo resolved to do as Princess Deane asked. For now, he would meditate. INT. FIELDS OF YOHEN- AFTERNOON As Si-Woo breathed out and immersed himself in meditation, the world around him began to shift. Minutes passed in silence, but then subtle tremors rippled through the ground. Princess Deane, standing just outside the translucent barriers, tensed as the vibrations intensified. The soft thrum of energy from the serein stones held by the guards around Si-Woo grew louder, almost deafening. The rumbling grew stronger, and suddenly, small rocks and debris around the field began to levitate into the air, caught in an unseen current. Princess Deane¡¯s eyes widened in alarm, and she turned to King Morey, who was already fixated on Si-Woo with a calculating gaze. King Morey¡¯s deep voice broke the growing tension. ¡°The energies¡­¡± he muttered, his golden aura flickering faintly. His sharp eyes caught the chaotic movements of foreign energies rushing in and out of Si-Woo¡¯s meditative form, colliding violently with the protective barriers around him. ¡°The force fields are going to break.¡± With a swift movement, King Morey pulled Princess Deane behind him, his posture radiating authority and readiness. ¡°Brace yourselves!¡± he bellowed, his voice carrying over the chaos as the soldiers gritted their teeth and pushed their limits to maintain the barriers. The first layer of the force field shattered with a resounding crack, sending shockwaves through the field. Then the second barrier broke, its collapse sending a burst of wind outward that made Princess Deane shield her face. The final barrier, shimmering and fragile, struggled to hold against the overwhelming force. Inside the last barrier, Si-Woo¡¯s body was surrounded by a maelstrom of energy. The foreign currents twisted and spiraled around him, refusing to be contained. His figure seemed to glow faintly, the energies pressing against the barrier, testing its limits. With one final surge, the barrier quaked violently, the glowing lines around it flickering as if about to collapse. Then, just as suddenly as the chaos began, everything stilled. The floating rocks fell to the ground, the trembling stopped, and the air grew unnervingly quiet. Most of the military guards lost consciousness and the rest were drained from maintaining the barriers, slumped to the ground in exhaustion, their hands trembling as their serein stones dimmed. King Morey surveyed the scene, his sharp gaze darting back to the center of the field. Si-Woo, seemingly unfazed, slowly rose to his feet. His expression was blank, his movements deliberate as he began to walk toward Princess Deane and King Morey. The silence was almost suffocating as all eyes turned to him. Then, the ground beneath him shifted unnaturally, the sensation of movement overwhelming his senses. His vision blurred, and a strange dizziness took hold of him. Si-Woo reached out, as if trying to grasp something solid, but the world tilted beneath him. The last thing he saw was Princess Deane running toward him, her voice calling his name, before everything went black. When Si-Woo awoke, the first thing he noticed was the softness of his bed. The familiar scent of home surrounded him, and as his vision cleared, he realized he was back in his room. He turned his head slightly and saw Mai sitting in a chair beside his bed, her head resting on the edge of the mattress as she slept. Her breathing was soft and steady, her usual composure replaced by a rare vulnerability in her relaxed state. Si-Woo tried to sit up, but his body protested with a dull ache. "How did I get here?" he murmured to himself, his voice raspy. Si-Woo¡¯s raspy question, ¡°How did I get here?¡± lingered in the quiet room. Suddenly, a bronze-colored screen materialized in front of him, glowing faintly. Startled, Si-Woo instinctively swatted at it, but his hand passed through it harmlessly as if it were a hologram. ¡°What¡­?¡± he muttered, turning his head to Mai, still asleep in the chair beside him. Her calm, steady breathing was unchanged, confirming she hadn¡¯t noticed anything unusual. He cautiously looked back at the screen, his eyes scanning the glowing letters that formed across its surface:Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. CONGRATULATIONS! YOU HAVE AWAKENED THE ''WARRIOR'' CLASS. Si-Woo blinked, his heart racing as he whispered hoarsely, ¡°What?¡± The screen shifted as though responding to his confusion, the letters rearranging into a new message: SIMPLY THINK OF YOUR STATUS WINDOW TO VIEW YOUR STATS. Si-Woo stared at the screen, his brows furrowing deeply. ¡°Are you serious?¡± he thought, unsure if this was real or some fever dream brought on by his exhaustion. He pinched his arm, wincing slightly at the sharp pain. "Not dreaming." Tentatively, he whispered in his mind: ¡°Status.¡± The bronze screen dissolved and reformed, displaying a new window filled with detailed information:

Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened as he processed the information. His mind raced, comparing this to the games he used to play when Earth was Earth. ¡°This can¡¯t be real¡­¡± he thought, his gaze fixed on the glowing screen in disbelief. The screen seemed to pulse slightly, and a message appeared: THIS IS VERY REAL. Si-Woo¡¯s jaw dropped, and he nearly stumbled out of bed. ¡°You¡­ understand me?¡± he thought tentatively, unsure what else to say. The screen responded instantly: IF I COULDN¡¯T UNDERSTAND YOU, WOULD I BE COMMUNICATING WITH YOU RIGHT NOW? Si-Woo frowned at the snarky response. ¡°Oh, great, you have a personality,¡± he muttered under his breath, trying to wrap his head around this bizarre development. "I''M JUST ANSWERING YOUR REDUNDANT QUESTIONS, SI-WOO." ¡°Whatever,¡± he thought, brushing off the screen¡¯s tone. ¡°Can you give me a tutorial or something?¡± The screen¡¯s text shimmered before a new message appeared: OF COURSE. IN YOUR STATUS WINDOW, YOUR ABILITIES AND STATS WILL BE DISPLAYED FOR YOU TO VIEW AND ONLY YOU. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT YOUR ABILITIES, SIMPLY THINK OF THE SKILL, AND A DESCRIPTION WILL BE DISPLAYED. YOU CAN LEVEL UP YOUR STATS AND GAIN NEW SKILLS BY OBTAINING STAT POINTS, WHICH YOU WILL EARN UPON LEVELING UP. TO LEVEL UP, YOU MUST EARN EXP FROM DAILY QUESTS AND MISSIONS. Si-Woo stared at the glowing words, his curiosity igniting. He tested the system by thinking about his abilities. First, he focused on "Master of Toeju (Divine Breathing)." The screen adjusted immediately, displaying: "MASTER OF TOEJU (DIVINE BREATHING): A BREATHING TECHNIQUE THAT ENHANCES PHYSICAL AND SPIRITUAL CAPACITIES. AS YOU PROGRESS, YOU WILL GAIN INCREASED CONTROL OVER YOUR BODY, HIGHER RESILIENCE, AND THE ABILITY TO UNLOCK ADVANCED COMBAT SKILLS. CURRENT PROGRESSION: 18%." His brows furrowed in thought. This... could actually be useful. Si-Woos mind a whirlwind of questions, thought ¡°Quests and missions?, This really is like a game.¡± Before he could delve deeper, the screen displayed another message: QUEST LOG ACTIVATED. Another screen popped up alongside his status window, listing objectives and rewards. Si-Woo stared at the glowing text, still trying to comprehend what this all meant. Before Si-Woo could dive into the Daily Quests section, a soft groan broke his focus. He blinked as the glowing screen dissipated abruptly, leaving no trace of its existence. ¡°Si-Woo?¡± Mai¡¯s groggy voice pulled his attention. She stretched in her chair, her silver hair slightly tousled. Rubbing her eyes, she looked at him with her deep sea blue eyes in astonishment. ¡°OH MY GOODNESS!, YOUR AWAKE!... How are you feeling?¡± Si-Woo hesitated, his mind still lingering on the surreal experience of the status window. ¡°I¡¯m... okay,¡± he said, his voice hoarse. ¡°How long was I out?¡± ¡°About three days,¡± Mai replied, standing to check his forehead for any lingering signs of fever. ¡°You scared all of us, you know. Ha-Yoon was a mess, and Minho¡ª¡± she paused, her voice catching slightly. ¡°Minho brought you back after that whole... scene.¡± Si-Woo frowned, piecing together fragments of his last memory. ¡°What happened after I... blacked out?¡± Mai crossed her arms, her brows furrowed. ¡°The details are fuzzy. Princess Deane said you were fine, but... you were out cold when they brought you home.¡±Mai¡¯s expression softened with relief, but then a teasing grin crept across her face. ¡°You¡¯re the talk of Yohen, you know. Minho told me you¡¯ve awakened.¡± Si-Woo¡¯s eyes widened. ¡°What? He said that?¡± Mai nodded, leaning back in her chair. ¡°Yep. And it¡¯s not just Minho. The news is spreading fast. The fae are already gossiping about the ¡®prodigy twin¡¯ who¡¯s awakened at eleven.¡± Si-Woo groaned, running a hand over his face. ¡°Great. More pressure.¡± Mai chuckled, her silverish hair glinting faintly in the sunlight streaming through the window. ¡°Its okay to bask in it for a little bit. You¡¯ve done something incredible, Si-Woo.¡± He gave her a small smile, appreciating her words even as the weight of her statement settled in his chest. Her genuine concern made Si-Woo¡¯s chest tighten slightly. He gave her a small smile and said, ¡°Thanks for staying with me.¡± Mai smiled back, a faint blush coloring her cheeks. ¡°Of course. Someone had to make sure you didn¡¯t do anything reckless in your sleep.¡± Si-Woo chuckled softly, though his thoughts remained elsewhere, the lingering presence of the system in the back of his mind. INT. HOME-AFTERNOON
Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. INT. THE ROYAL PALACE OF YOHEN- AFTERNOON The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation.